CN111936071A

CN111936071A - Method for smoke evacuation for surgical hub

Info

Publication number: CN111936071A
Application number: CN201980024126.3A
Authority: CN
Inventors: D·C·耶茨; B·J·丹兹格; F·E·谢尔顿四世; J·L·哈里斯; J·L·奥尔德里奇
Original assignee: Ethicon LLC
Current assignee: Ethicon LLC
Priority date: 2018-03-30
Filing date: 2019-03-29
Publication date: 2020-11-13
Also published as: JP2021519637A; WO2019186502A1; BR112020019771A2

Abstract

A method for evacuating particles from a surgical site is disclosed. The method includes communicatively coupling a particle extraction module with a surgical hub, wherein the surgical hub includes a surgical hub housing, and wherein the particle extraction module is configured to be received within the surgical hub housing. The method also includes removing particles from the surgical site and entering the particles into a particle extraction module, analyzing the removed particles, and modifying operation of the particle extraction module based on the analysis of the removed particles.

Description

Method for smoke evacuation for surgical hub

Cross Reference to Related Applications

This application claims, in accordance with the provisions OF section 119 (e) OF the U.S. code 35, U.S. provisional patent application 62/773,778 entitled "METHOD FOR ADAPTATION CONTROL FOR SURGICAL NETWORK CONTROL AND INTERACTION" filed on.11, month 30 in 2018, U.S. provisional patent application 62/773,728 entitled "METHOD FOR SIATIONAL AWARESS FOR SURGICAL NETWORK OR SURGICAL NETWORK CONNECTED CAPABLE OF JUSE TRANSITION BASE STATIONS OR USAGE" filed on.11, month 30 in 2018, U.S. provisional patent application 62/773,741 entitled "METHOD FOR COLLECTION AND INTERACTION CONTENT APPLICATION 2 entitled" filed on.11, month 30 in 2018, the disclosure of each of these provisional patent applications is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

The present application claims the priority of U.S. provisional patent application 62/750,529 entitled "METHOD FOR OPERATING A POWER ARTICULATING MULTITI-CLIP APPLIER" filed 2018, 10, 25, 2018, U.S. provisional patent application 62/750,539 entitled "SURGICAL CLIP APPLIER" filed 2018, 10, 25, and U.S. provisional patent application 62/750,555 entitled "SURGICAL CLIP APPLIER" filed 2018, 10, 25, 35, in accordance with the provisions of section 119 (e), volume 35, U.S. code, the disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

THE present application further requires U.S. provisional patent application 62/729,183 entitled "CONTROL FOR a minor networking OR minor networking CONNECTED DEVICE THAT adopted services BASED ON 2018 filed ON 9, 10.s.35 OF THE American code, U.S. provisional patent application 62/729,177 entitled" automatic matched 2 organic BASED ON PREDEFINED PARAMETERS WITHIN A consolidated networking TRANSMISSION filed ON 9, 10.s.2018, U.S. provisional patent application 62/729,177 entitled "INDIRECT communication SYSTEM linked AND linked SYSTEM linked by 2018 filed ON 9, 10.s.d.s.9.s.35 OF THE American code, U.S. provisional patent application 2018 filed ON 9, 10.s.s.63 filed ON" INDIRECT communication SYSTEM linked AND linked SYSTEM linked together OF THE same OF THE USE OF a linked SYSTEM linking SYSTEM WITHIN A STERILE FIELD WHERE AND linked optimization OF THE same patent application, AND supplementary linked SYSTEM linked application OF THE same patent application 2018 filed ON 9, 10.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.35, item 119 (e.), ADVANCEMENT SPEED, AND US provisional patent application 62/729,185 OF coverage study OF coverage MEMBER OF THE DEVICE BASED SENSED PARAMETER OF FIRING OR CLAMPING, US provisional patent application 62/729,184 entitled "POWER SURGICAL TOOL WITH A PREDEFINED ADJUSE CONTROL ALGORITHM FOR CONTROLLING AT LEAST ONE ED FOFED 465R LIMITING THE ADJUSE ENT" filed 2018 ON 9-10-th, US provisional patent application 62/729,182 entitled "SENSING THE PATIENT ITION AND CONTACT UTILITY MONO-POLAR RETURN METHOD PROVIDE SIGNAL ATIONAL AWAREST HU B" filed 2018-9-10-9-62/729,191 US provisional patent application HIGHLIGHTING DIFFERENCES entitled "METHOD OF SURGICAL NETWORK SYSTEM OF SUGATE OF SUGATION PAT SUGATION FOR INVENTION 62/729,191, U.S. provisional patent application 62/729,195 entitled "ULTRASONIC ENERGY DEVICE WHICH VARIES PRESSURE APPLIED BY CLAMP ARM TO PROVIDE THRESHOLD CONTROL PRESSURE AT A CUT PROGRESSION LOCATION," filed ON 10.9.2018, AND U.S. provisional patent application 62/729,186 entitled "WIRELESS PAIRING OF SURGICAL DEVICE WITH ANOTHER DEVICE WITHIN A STERILE SURGICAL FILED BASE THE USAGE AND SITUONATION AWARENESS OF ICES," filed ON 10.9.2018, THE disclosures OF each OF which are hereby incorporated BY reference in their entirety.

The present application further requires, in accordance with the provisions OF clause 119 (e) OF the U.S. code, U.S. provisional patent application 62/721,995 entitled "control AN ultra semiconductor minor energized TO time position" filed ON 23.8.8.2018, U.S. provisional patent application 62/721,998 entitled "lateral awariness OF electric SYSTEMS" filed ON 23.8.2018, U.S. provisional patent application 62/721,999 entitled "interference OF estimate TO INADVERTENT CAPACITIVE apply" filed ON 23.8.2018.8, U.S. provisional patent application 62/721,999 entitled "accumulation OF ENERGY TO INADVERTENT CAPACITIVE apply" filed ON 23.8.2018.8.8.3.8.35.64. optimization SYSTEMS preferred "filed ON basis OF ENERGY position" filed ON 368.8.3.8.3.3.3.8.3.3.3. provisional patent application 36 62/721,994 entitled "delayed version OF estimate TO obtain position" filed ON 368.23, the disclosure of each of these provisional patent applications is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

This application also claims priority from U.S. provisional patent application 62/692,747 entitled "SMART activity OF AN ENERGY DEVICE BY anoter DEVICE" filed on 30.6.2018, U.S. provisional patent application 62/692,748 entitled SMART ENERGY achitecture filed on 30.6.2018, and U.S. provisional patent application 62/692,768 entitled "SMART ENERGY DEVICES" filed on 30.6.2018, the disclosures OF each OF which are incorporated herein BY reference in their entireties, as specified in clause 119 (e) OF U.S. code 35.

The present application further requires U.S. provisional patent application 62/691,228 entitled "METHOD OF USING INFORMATION REINFORCED FLEX CICULTS WITH MULTIPLE SENSE SENSES WITH ELECTROTURAL DEVICES" filed IN 2018, 6, 28, U.S. provisional patent application 62/691,227 entitled "CONTROL A SURGICAL TRUMENTS ACCORDING CORDINGATION SENSE PARAMETERS" filed IN 2018, U.S. provisional patent application 62/691,230 entitled "SURGICAL INSTRUMENT A FLEXIBLE ELECTROECTDE" filed IN 2018, 28, U.S. provisional patent application 62/691,219 entitled "SURGICAL INSTRUMENT A FLEXIBLE ELECTROECTDE" filed IN 2018, U.S. provisional patent application 62/691,230 entitled "SURGICAL ACCORTION SENSING AND MOTOR ROL" filed IN 2018, U.S. provisional patent application SYSTEM PARAMETERS filed IN 2018, and SMALL OF MULTICAUTION PHONE MULTIPLE SENSE MULTIPLE TRANSISTOR 62/691,257 filed IN 2018, US provisional patent application 35AUTO MULTIPLE, U.S. provisional patent application 62/691,262 entitled "preliminary circulation FOR circulation DEVICE A FILTER AND A SMOKE circulation DEVICE," filed on 28.6.2018, and U.S. provisional patent application 62/691,251 entitled "DUAL IN-SERIES LARGE AND SMALL dry FILTERS," filed on 28.6.2018, the disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by reference IN their entirety.

This application claims us provisional patent application 62/665,129 entitled "minor warming SYSTEMS" filed on 5/1/2018, us provisional patent application 62/665,139 entitled "minor warming SYSTEMS" filed on 5/1/2018, us provisional patent application 62/665,177 entitled "minor warming SYSTEMS HANDLE ARRANGEMENTS" filed on 5/1/2018, us provisional patent application 62/665,128 entitled "model warming SYSTEMS" filed on 5/1/2018, us provisional patent application 62/665,192 entitled "minor warming SYSTEMS" filed on 5/1/2018, and us provisional patent application 62/665,134 entitled "minor warming CLIP APPLIER" filed on 5/1/2018 according to the provisions of clause 119 (e) of american code dictionary, the disclosure of each of these provisional patent applications is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

This application claims the priority OF U.S. provisional patent application 62/659,900 entitled "METHOD OF HUB COMMUNICATION," filed 2018, 4, 19, in accordance with the provisions OF section 119 (e) OF the U.S. code, volume 35, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

The present application further claims us provisional patent application 62/650,898 entitled "CAPACITIVE COUPLED RETURN PATH PAD WITH search ARRAY ELEMENTS" filed in 2018, 3, 30, 2018, us provisional patent application 62/650,887 entitled "minor SYSTEMS WITH OPTIMIZED sensitive capturing patents" filed in 2018, 3, 30, 2018, us provisional patent application 62/650,882 entitled "minor implementation mode FOR iterative motion program" filed in 2018, 3, 30, and us provisional patent application 62/650,877 entitled "minor implementation SENSING AND control" filed in 2018, 3, 30, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

This application also requires, in accordance with the provisions OF clause 119 (e) OF section 35 OF the American code, US provisional patent application 62/649,302 entitled "INTERACTIVE SURGICAL SYSTEMS WITH ENCRYPTED COMMUNICATION CAPABILIIES" filed on day 28 OF 3.28.2018, US provisional patent application 62/649,294 entitled "DATA STRIPPING METHOD TO INTERROTATE PATIENT RECORDS AND CREATE ANONIZED RECORD" filed on day 28.3.2018, US provisional patent application 62/649,300 entitled "SURGICAL HUB STATIONAL ARENESS" filed on day 8658.3.28.2018, US provisional patent application 62/649,309 entitled "SURGICAL HUB SPATIAL AWARENESS TO DETERMINE DEVICES IN OPERING THEREATER" filed on day 8658.3.28, US provisional patent application 3625 entitled "COMPUTER IMPLEMENTED INTERACTIVE SYSTEM" filed on year 3.28.2018, US provisional patent application LASER LIGHT AND RED filed on day 2018.3.28.8.3.20.20.23.3.23.3.20.3.23.3.20.3.3.3.3.23.3.3.3.3.3.3.20.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3.3. US provisional patent application 62/649,291, US provisional patent application 62/649,296 entitled "ADAPTIVE CONTROL PROGRAM update FOR temporary DEVICES" filed on 28.3.2018, US provisional patent application 62/649,333 entitled "CLOUD-BASED MEDICAL ANALYTICS FOR CUSTOMIZATION AND RECOMMENDATION TO A USER" filed on 28.3.2018, US provisional patent application 62/649,333 entitled "CLOUD-BASED BASE 45 FOR SECURITY AND AUTOMATICATION TRENDS AND REACTIVE MEASURES" filed on 28.3.2018, US provisional patent application 62/649,315 entitled "CLOUD-PRIORIZATION IN A CLOUD-COAGUALWORKS" filed on 28.3.2018, US provisional patent application 62/649,315 filed on 28.3.2018, US provisional patent application 62/649,313 entitled "CLOUD COCE PROGRAM FOR temporary DEVICES", US provisional patent application 62/649,313 filed on 28.2018 649,320, U.S. provisional patent application No. 62/649,307 entitled "AUTOMATIC TOOL kit FOR purposes of assistant minor requirements FOR purposes" filed on 28.3.2018, and U.S. provisional patent application No. 62/649,323 entitled "SENSING ARRANGEMENTS FOR purposes of assistant minor requirements FOR purposes" filed on 28.3.2018, the disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

This application also claims the benefit of priority from U.S. provisional patent application 62/611,341 entitled "INTERACTIVE SURGICAL PLATFORM" filed on 28.12.2017, U.S. provisional patent application 62/611,340 entitled "CLOUD-BASED MEDICAL ANALYTICS" filed on 28.12.2017, and U.S. provisional patent application 62/611,339 entitled "ROBOT ASSISTED SURGICAL PLATFORM" filed on 28.12.2017, in accordance with the provisions of section 119 (e) of U.S. code, volume 35, the disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

Background

The present disclosure relates to methods for surgical systems and evacuation devices therefor. The surgical smoke ejector is configured to eject smoke and fluids and/or particulates from the surgical site. For example, during a surgical procedure involving an energy device, smoke may be generated at the surgical site.

Disclosure of Invention

In one aspect, the present disclosure provides a method for evacuating particles from a surgical site. The method comprises communicatively connecting a particle extraction module with a surgical hub, wherein the surgical hub comprises a surgical hub housing, and wherein the particle extraction module is configured to be housed within the surgical hub housing; removing particles from the surgical site and entering the particles into the particle evacuation module; analyzing the removed particles; and modifying operation of the particle extraction module based on the analysis of the removed particles.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method for evacuating particles from a surgical site, the method comprising: connecting a particle extraction module with a surgical hub, wherein the surgical hub comprises a surgical hub housing, and wherein the particle extraction module is configured to be housed within the surgical hub housing; activating a surgical instrument within the surgical site; aspirating particles from the surgical site into the particle evacuation module; analyzing the particles; and modifying an operating parameter of the particle extraction module based on the analysis of the particles.

In another aspect, the present disclosure provides a method for evacuating smoke from a surgical site, the method comprising: connecting a smoke evacuation module with a surgical hub, wherein the surgical hub comprises a surgical hub housing, and wherein the smoke evacuation module is configured to be housed within the surgical hub housing; inserting components of the smoke evacuation module into the surgical site; removing smoke from the surgical site; analyzing the removed smoke; and modifying operation of the smoke evacuation module based on the analysis of the removed smoke.

Drawings

The features of the various aspects are set out with particularity in the appended claims. The various aspects, however, both as to organization and method of operation, together with further objects and advantages thereof, may best be understood by reference to the following description, taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.

FIG. 1 is a perspective view of an extractor housing of a surgical extraction system according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 2 is a perspective view of a surgical row electrosurgical tool according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 3 is an elevation view of a surgical evacuation tool releasably secured to an electrosurgical pencil according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram illustrating internal components within an extractor housing of a surgical extraction system according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 5 is a schematic view of an electrosurgical system including an extractor hood according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 6 is a schematic view of a surgical evacuation system according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 7 is a perspective view of a surgical system including a surgical evacuation system according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 8 is a perspective view of an extractor housing of the surgical extraction system of fig. 7, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 9 is a front cross-sectional view of a socket in the ejector housing of fig. 8 along the plane shown in fig. 8, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 10 is a perspective view of a filter for a drainage system according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 11 is a perspective cut-away view of the filter of fig. 10 taken along a central longitudinal plane of the filter, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 12 is a pump for a surgical evacuation system, such as the surgical evacuation system of fig. 7, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 13 is a perspective view of a portion of a surgical evacuation system according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 14 is a front perspective view of a fluid trap of the surgical evacuation system of fig. 13, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 15 is a rear perspective view of the fluid trap of fig. 14, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 16 is a front cross-sectional view of the fluid trap of fig. 14, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 17 is a front cross-sectional view of the fluid trap of fig. 14 with portions removed for clarity and showing liquid captured within the fluid trap and smoke flowing through the fluid trap, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 18 is a schematic view of a ejector housing of an ejector system according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

FIG. 19 is a schematic view of a row extractor housing of another row extraction system in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 20 illustrates a smoke evacuation system in communication with various other modules and devices in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 21 illustrates an exemplary flow diagram of interconnectivity between the surgical hub, cloud, smoke evacuation module, and/or various other modules A, B and C according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 22 illustrates a smoke evacuation system in communication with various other modules and devices in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 23 illustrates one aspect of a segmented control circuit in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 24 discloses a method of operating a control circuit portion of a smoke evacuation module to energize segmented control circuits in stages according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 25 is a schematic view of a smoke evacuation system according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 26 is a schematic diagram of a filter communication circuit of the smoke evacuation system of fig. 25, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 27 is a schematic view of a filter device of the smoke evacuation system of fig. 25, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 28 is a schematic view of a housing of a drainage system according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 29 illustrates an electrosurgical system according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 30 illustrates a return pad of the electrosurgical system of fig. 29 in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 31 illustrates a plurality of electrodes of the return pad of fig. 30 in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 32 illustrates an array of sensing devices of the return pad of fig. 30 in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 33 illustrates a method for simultaneously applying a neural stimulation signal and electrosurgical energy to a patient, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 34 is a block diagram of a computer-implemented interactive surgical system in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 35 is a surgical system for performing a surgical procedure in an operating room according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 36 is a surgical hub paired with a visualization system, a robotic system, and a smart instrument according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 37 is a partial perspective view of a surgical hub housing and a composite generator module slidably receivable in a drawer of the surgical hub housing according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 38 is a perspective view of a combined generator module with bipolar, ultrasonic and monopolar contacts and a smoke evacuation component according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 39 illustrates an individual power bus attachment for a plurality of lateral docking ports of a lateral modular housing configured to be capable of housing a plurality of modules, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 40 illustrates a vertical modular housing configured to be capable of housing a plurality of modules in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 41 illustrates a surgical data network including a modular communication hub configured to connect modular devices located in one or more operating rooms of a medical facility or any room in a medical facility dedicated to surgical operations to a cloud in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 42 is a computer-implemented interactive surgical system in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 43 illustrates a surgical hub including a plurality of modules coupled to a modular control tower according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 44 illustrates one aspect of a Universal Serial Bus (USB) hub device in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 45 illustrates a logic diagram of a control system of a surgical instrument or tool in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 46 illustrates a control circuit configured to control various aspects of a surgical instrument or tool in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 47 illustrates a combinational logic circuit configured to control aspects of a surgical instrument or tool in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 48 illustrates sequential logic circuitry configured to control aspects of a surgical instrument or tool in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 49 illustrates a surgical instrument or tool including multiple motors that can be activated to perform various functions in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 50 is a schematic view of a robotic surgical instrument configured to operate a surgical tool described herein, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 51 illustrates a block diagram of a surgical instrument programmed to control distal translation of a displacement member according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 52 is a schematic view of a surgical instrument configured to control various functions in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 53 is a simplified block diagram of a generator configured to provide inductor-less tuning, as well as other benefits, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 54 illustrates an example of a generator (which is one form of the generator of fig. 53) in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure.

Fig. 55 is a timeline illustrating situational awareness of a surgical hub, according to one aspect of the present disclosure.

Detailed Description

The applicant of the present patent application owns the following U.S. patent applications filed on 12/4/2018, the disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety:

attorney docket number END8495USNP/170727M entitled "METHOD OF HUB COMMUNICATION, PROCESSING, STORAGE AND DISPLAY";

attorney docket number END8495USNP1/170727-1M entitled "METHOD OF HUB COMMUNICATION";

attorney docket number END8496USNP/170728M entitled "METHOD OF CLOUD BASED DATA ANALYTICS FOR USE WITH THE HUB";

attorney docket number END8497USNP/170729M entitled "METHOD OF ROBOTIC HUB COMMUNICATION, DETECTIONION, AND CONTROL";

attorney docket number END8505USNP/170772M entitled "METHOD OF HUB COMMUNICATION, PROCESSING, DISPLAY, AND CLOUD analysis";

Attorney docket number END8538USNP/170751M entitled "METHOD OF COMPRESSING TISSUE WITHIN A STAPLING DEVICE AND SIMULTANEOUSLY DISPLAYING THE LOCATION OF THE TISSUE WITHIN THE JAWS";

attorney docket number END8539USNP/170752M entitled "METHOD OF USING INFORMATION FLUX FLUEXIBLE CIRCUITS WITH MULTIPLE SENSORS TO OPTIMIZATION PERFOMANCE OF RADIO FREQUENCY DEVICES";

attorney docket number END8540USNP/170753M entitled "Method Of Sensing partial From Medium exposed From A Panel, adapting The Pump Speed Based On The Sensed Information, And d Communicating The Functional Parameters Of The System To The Hub";

attorney docket number END8558USNP1/180138-1M entitled "METHOD FOR CONTROL SMART ENERGY DEVICES";

attorney docket number END8559USNP1/180141-1M entitled "METHOD FOR SMART ENERGY DEVICE infrastructurure";

attorney docket number END9011USNP1/180510-1M entitled "METHOD FOR ADAPTIVE CONTROL FOR SURGICAL NETWORK CONTROL AND INTERACTION";

attorney docket number END9015USNP1/180514-1M entitled "METHOD FOR APPARATUS FOR SURGICAL NETWORK OR SURGICAL NETWORK CONNECTED DEVICE OF ADJUSE FUNCTION BASED A SENSED STATIONS OR USAGE";

Attorney docket number END9017USNP1/180516-1M entitled "METHOD FOR FACILITY DATA COLLECTION AND INTERPRETATION"; and

attorney docket number END9033USNP1/180520-1M entitled "METHOD FOR CIRCULAR STAPLER CONTROL ALGORITHM ADJUSTMENT BASED ON STATIONIONAL AWARESS".

The applicant of the present patent application owns the following U.S. patent applications filed on 6/11/2018, the disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety:

U.S. patent application 16/182,224 entitled "SURGICAL NETWORK, INSTRUMENT, AND CLOUD RESPONSES BASED ON VALIDITION OF RECEIVED DATASET AND AUTHENTICATION OF ITS SOURCE AND INTEGRITY";

U.S. patent application 16/182,230 entitled "SURGICAL SYSTEM FOR PRESENTING INFORMATION INTERPRETED FROM EXTERNAL DATA";

U.S. patent application 16/182,233 entitled "SURGICAL SYSTEMS WITH AUTONOMOUSLY ADJUSTABLE CONTROL PROGRAMS";

U.S. patent application 16/182,239 entitled "apparatus CONTROL program BASED ON structured DATA IN ADDITION TO THE DATA";

U.S. patent application 16/182,243 entitled "SURGICAL HUB AND MODULAR DEVICE RESPONSE ADJUSTMENT BASED ON STATIONIONAL AWARENESS";

U.S. patent application 16/182,248 entitled "DETECTION AND evaluation OF safety RESPONSES OF SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS TO INCREASING SEVERITY THREATS";

U.S. patent application 16/182,251 entitled "INTERACTIVE SURGICAL SYSTEM";

U.S. patent application 16/182,260 entitled "AUTOMATED DATA SCALING, ALIGNMENT, AND ORGANIZING BASED ON PREDEFINED PARAMETERS WITHIN SURGICAL NETWORKS";

U.S. patent application 16/182,267 entitled "SENSING THE PATIENT POSITION AND CONTACT UTILIZING THE MONO-POLAR RETURN PAD ELECTRORDE TO PROVIDE SITUATIONAL AWARENESS TO HUB";

U.S. patent application 16/182,249 entitled "POWER SURGICAL TOOL WITH PREDEFINED ADJUSTABLE CONTROL ALGORITHM FOR CONTROLLING END EFFECTOR PARAMETER";

U.S. patent application 16/182,246 entitled "ADJUSTMENTS BASED ON AIRBORNE PARTLE PROPERTIES";

U.S. patent application 16/182,256 entitled "ADJUSTMENT OF A SURGICAL DEVICE FUNCTION BASED ON SITUATIONAL AWARENESS";

U.S. patent application 16/182,242 entitled "REAL-TIME ANALYSIS OF COMPREHENSIVE COST OF ALL INSTRUMENTATION USE IN SURGERY UTILIZING DATA FLUIDITY TO TRACK INSTRUMENTS THROUGH STOCKING AND IN-HOUSE PROCESSES";

U.S. patent application 16/182,255 entitled "use AND TECHNIQUE ANALYSIS OF SURGEON/STAFF PERFOMANCE AGAINST A BASELINE TO OPTIMIZE DEVICE UTILIZATION AND PERFOMANCE FOR BOTH CURRENT AND FUTURE PROCEDURES";

U.S. patent application 16/182,269 entitled "IMAGE CAPTURING OF THE article AREAS OUTSIDE THE ABDOMEN TO IMPROVE PLACEMENT AND CONTROL OF A SURGICAL DEVICE IN USE";

U.S. patent application 16/182,278 entitled "COMMUNICATION OF DATA WHERE A SURGICAL NETWORKS USE CONTEXT OF THE DATA AND REQUIREMENTS OF A RECEIVING SYSTEM/USER TO INFLUENCE INCLUSION OR LINKAGE OF DATA AND METADATA TO ESTABLISH CONTINUITY";

U.S. patent application 16/182,290 entitled "SURGICAL NETWORK RECOMMENDITION FROM REAL TIME ANALYSIS OF PROCEDURE VARIABLE AGAINST A BASELINE HIGHLIGHTING DIFFERENCES FROM THE OPTIMAL SOLUTION";

U.S. patent application 16/182,232 entitled "CONTROL OF A SURGICAL SYSTEM THROUGH A SURGICAL BARRIER";

U.S. patent application 16/182,227 entitled "SURGICAL NETWORK DETECTION OF PRIORITION OF COMMUNICATION, INTERACTION, OR PROCESSING BASED SYSTEM OR DEVICE NEEDS";

U.S. patent application 16/182,231 entitled "WIRELESS PAIRING OF A SURGICAL DEVICE WITH ANOTHER DEVICE WITHIN A STERILE SURGICAL FIELD BASED ON THE USAGE AND SITUATIONAL AWARESS OF DEVICES";

U.S. patent application 16/182,229 entitled "ADJUSTMENT OF STAPLE HEIGHT OF AT LEAST ONE ROW OF STAPLES BASED ON THE SENSED TISSUE THICKNESS OR FOR THE CONTROL IN CLOSING";

U.S. patent application 16/182,234 entitled "STAPLING DEVICE WITH BOTH COMPOSITE AND DISCRITIONARY LOCKOUTS BASED ON SENSED PARAMETERS";

U.S. patent application 16/182,240 entitled "POWER STAPLING DEVICE CONGURED TO ADJUSE FORCE, ADVANCEMENT SPEED, AND OVERALL STROKE OF CUTTING MEMBER BASED ON SENSED PARAMETER OF FIRING OR CLAMPING";

U.S. patent application 16/182,235 entitled "VARIATION OF RADIO FREQUENCY AND ULTRASONIC POWER LEVEL IN COOPERATION WITH VARYING CLAMP ARM PRESSURE TO ACHIEVE PREDEFINED HEAT FLUX OR POWER APPLIED TO TISSUE"; and

U.S. patent application 16/182,238 entitled "ULTRASONIC ENERGY DEVICE WHICH VARIES PRESSURE APPLIED BY CLAMP ARM TO PROVIDE THRESHOLD CONTROL AT A CUT PROGRESSION LOCATION".

The applicant of the present patent application owns the following U.S. patent applications filed on 26.10.2018, the disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety:

U.S. patent application 16/172,303 entitled "METHOD FOR OPERATING A Power engineering Multi-CLIP APPLIER";

U.S. patent application 16/172,130 entitled "CLIP APPLIER comprisinginterchangeable CLIP reload";

U.S. patent application 16/172,066 entitled "CLIP APPLIER complementation A Movable CLIP MAGAZINE";

U.S. patent application 16/172,078 entitled "CLIP APPLIER complementation a ROTATABLE CLIP MAGAZINE";

U.S. patent application 16/172,087 entitled "CLIP APPLIER COMPRISING CLIP ADVANCING SYSTEMS";

U.S. patent application 16/172,094 entitled "CLIP APPLIER COMPRISING A CLIP CRIMPING SYSTEM";

U.S. patent application 16/172,128 entitled "CLIP APPLIER comprisinga recipercolating CLIP ADVANCING MEMBER";

U.S. patent application 16/172,168 entitled "CLIP APPLIER comprisinga MOTOR CONTROLLER";

U.S. patent application 16/172,164 entitled "SURGICAL SYSTEM COMPRISING A SURGICAL TOOL AND A SURGICAL HUB";

U.S. patent application 16/172,328 entitled "METHOD OF HUB COMMUNICATION WITH SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS SYSTEMS";

U.S. patent application 16/172,280 entitled "METHOD FOR PRODUCING A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A SMART ELECTRICAL SYSTEM";

U.S. patent application 16/172,219 entitled "METHOD OF HUB COMMUNICATION WITH SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS SYSTEMS";

U.S. patent application 16/172,248 entitled "METHOD OF HUB COMMUNICATION WITH SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS SYSTEMS";

U.S. patent application 16/172,198 entitled "METHOD OF HUB COMMUNICATION WITH SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS SYSTEMS"; and

U.S. patent application 16/172,155 entitled "METHOD OF HUB COMMUNICATION WITH SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS".

The applicant of the present patent application owns the following U.S. patent applications filed on 28/8/2018, the disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety:

U.S. patent application 16/115,214 entitled "ESTIMATING STATE OF ultrasilicon END EFFECTOR AND CONTROL SYSTEM valve;

U.S. patent application No. 16/115,205 entitled "TEMPERATURE CONTROL OF ULTRASONIC END EFFECTOR AND CONTROL SYSTEM THEREFOR";

U.S. patent application 16/115,233 entitled "RADIO FREQUENCY ENERGY DEVICE FOR delay COMBINED ELECTRICAL SIGNALS";

U.S. patent application No. 16/115,208 entitled "CONTROL AN ULTRASONIC SURGICAL INSTRUMENT ACCORDING TO TISSUE LOCATION";

U.S. patent application 16/115,220 entitled "control ACTIVATION OF AN ultra simple simulation TO THE PRESENCE OF TISSUE";

U.S. patent application 16/115,232 entitled "DETERMINING TISSUE COMPOSITION VIA AN ULTRASONIC SYSTEM";

U.S. patent application 16/115,239 entitled "DETERMINING THE STATE OF AN ultra semiconductor apparatus for making a SYSTEM consistent TO FREQUENCY SHIFT";

U.S. patent application 16/115,247 entitled "DETERMINING THE STATE OF AN ultra impact actuator";

U.S. patent application No. 16/115,211 entitled "STATIONAL AWARENESS OF ELECTROSTRURGICAL SYSTEMS";

U.S. patent application 16/115,226 entitled "MECHANISMS FOR CONTROLLING DIFFERENT ELECTROMECHANICAL SYSTEMS OF AN ELECTROSURGICAL INSTRUMENT";

U.S. patent application No. 16/115,240 entitled DETECTION OF END effect evaluation IN LIQUID;

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/115,249 entitled "INTERRUPTION OF ENERGY DUE TO INADVERTENT CAPACITIVE COUPLING";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/115,256 entitled "INCREASING RADIO FREQUENCY TO CREATE PAD-LESS MONOPOLAR LOOP";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/115,223 entitled "BIPOLAR COMMUNICATION DEVICE THAT AUTOMATICALLY ADJUSTS PRESSURE BASED ON ENERGY MODALITY"; and

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/115,238 entitled "ACTIVATION OF ENERGY DEVICES".

The applicant of the present patent application owns the following U.S. patent applications filed on 24/8/2018, the disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety:

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,129 entitled "SURGICAL SUTURING INSTRUMENT CONGURED TO MANIPULATE TISSUE USE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL POWER";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,155 entitled "SURGICAL SUTURING INSTRUMENTS COMPRISING A CAPTURE WIDTH WHICH IS LARGER THAN TROCAR DIAMETER";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,168 entitled "SURGICAL SUTURING INSTRUMENTS COMPRISING A NON-CIRCULAR NEEDLE";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,180, entitled "ELECTRICAL POWER OUTPUT CONTROL BASED ON MECHANICAL FORCES";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,193 entitled "REACTIVE ALGORITHM FOR SURGICAL SYSTEM";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,099 entitled "SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING AN ADAPTIVE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,112, entitled "CONTROL SYSTEM ARRANGEMENTS FOR A MODULAR SURGICAL INSTRUMENT";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,119 entitled "ADAPTIVE CONTROL program FOR A SURGICAL SYSTEM COMPATIONING MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF CARTRIDGE";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,097 entitled "SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS COMPARING BATTERY ARRANGEMENTS";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,109 entitled "SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS COMPRISING HANDLE ARRANGEMENTS";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,114 entitled "SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SYSTEM COMPISING FEEDBACK MECHANISMS";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,117 entitled "SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SYSTEM COMPISING LOCKOUT MECHANISMS";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,095 entitled "SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS COMPRISING A LOCKABLE END EFFECTOR SOCKET";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,121 entitled "SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS COMPRISING A SHIFTING MECHANISM";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,151 entitled "SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS COMPLEMENTING A SYSTEM FOR ARTICULATION AND ROTATION COMPENSATION";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,154 entitled "SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS COMPRISING A BIASED SHIFTING MECHANISM";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,226 entitled "SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS COMPRISING AN ARTICULATION DRIVE THAT PROVIDES FOR HIGH ARTICULATION ANGLES";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,062 entitled "SURGICAL DISSECTORS AND MANUFACTURING TECHNIQUES";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,098 entitled "SURGICAL DISSECTORS CONFIG TO APPLY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ENERGY";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,237 entitled "SURGICAL CLIP APPLIER CONFIG TO STORE CLIPS IN A STORED STATE";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,245 entitled "SURGICAL CLIP APPLIER COMPRISING AN EMPTY CLIP CARTRIDGE LOCKOUT";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,249 entitled "SURGICAL CLIP APPLIER COMPRISING AN AUTOMATIC CLIP FEEDING SYSTEM";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,253 entitled "SURGICAL CLIP APPLIER COMPRISING ADAPTIVE FIRING CONTROL"; and

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/112,257 entitled "SURGICAL CLIP APPLIER COMPRISING ADAPTIVE CONTROL IN RESPONSE TO A STRAIN GAUGE CICUIT".

The applicant of the present patent application owns the following U.S. patent applications filed on 29.6.2018, the disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety:

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/024,090 entitled "CAPACITIVE COUPLED RETURN PATH PAD WITH SEPARABLE ARRAY ELEMENTS";

U.S. patent application 16/024,057 entitled "control A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT ACCORDING TO SENSED CLOSURE PARAMETERS";

U.S. patent application 16/024,067 entitled "SYSTEM FOR ADJUSTING END EFFECTOR PARAMETERS BASED ON PERIORATIVE INFORMATION";

U.S. patent application 16/024,075 entitled "SAFETY SYSTEMS FOR SMART POWER SURGICAL STAPLING";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/024,083, entitled "SAFETY SYSTEMS FOR SMART POWER SURGICAL STAPLING";

U.S. patent application 16/024,094 entitled "SURGICAL SYSTEMS FOR DETECTING END EFFECTOR TISSUE DISTRIBUTION IRREGULARITIES";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/024,138 entitled "SYSTEM FOR DETECTING PROXIMITY OF SURGICAL END EFFECTOR TO CANCEROUS TISSUE";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/024,150 entitled "SURGICAL INSTRUMENT CARTRIDGE SENSOR ASSEMBLIES";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/024,160 entitled "VARIABLE OUTPUT CARTRIDGE SENSOR ASSEMBLY";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/024,124 entitled "SSURGICAL INSTRUMENTS HAVING A FLEXIBLE ELECTRODRODE";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/024,132 entitled "SURGICAL INSTRUMENT HAVING A FLEXIBLE CIRCUIT";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/024,141 entitled "SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH A TISSUE MARKING ASSEMBLY";

U.S. patent application 16/024,162 entitled "SURGICAL SYSTEMS WITH PRIORIZED DATA TRANSMISSION CAPABILITIES";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/024,066 entitled "SURGICAL EVACUTION SENSING AND MOTOR CONTROL";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/024,096 entitled "SURGICAL EVACUTION SENSOR ARRANGEMENTS";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/024,116 entitled "SURGICAL EVACUATION FLOW PATHS";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/024,149 entitled "SURGICAL EVACUTION SENSING AND GENERATOR CONTROL";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/024,180 entitled "SURGICAL EVACUTION SENSING AND DISPLAY";

U.S. patent application 16/024,245 entitled "COMMUNICATION OF SMOKE EVACUTION SYSTEM PARAMETERS TO HUB OR CLOUD IN SMOKE EVACUTION MODULATE FOR INTERACTIVE SURGICAL PLATFORM";

U.S. patent application 16/024,258 entitled "SMOKE EVACUTION SYSTEM INCLUDING A SEGMENTED CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR INTERACTIVE SURGICAL PLATFORM";

U.S. patent application 16/024,265 entitled "SURGICAL EVACATION SYSTEM WITH A COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A FILTER AND A SMOKE EVACATION DEVICE"; and

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/024,273 entitled "DUAL IN-SERIES LARGE AND SMALL DROPLET FILTERS".

The applicant of the present patent application owns the following U.S. patent applications filed on 3/29 of 2018, the disclosure of each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety:

U.S. patent application 15/940,641 entitled "INTERACTIVE SURGICAL SYSTEMS WITH ENCRYPTED COMMUNICATION CAPABILITIES";

U.S. patent application 15/940,648 entitled "INTERACTIVE SURGICAL SYSTEMS WITH Conditioning HANDLING OF DEVICES AND DATA CAPABILITIES";

U.S. patent application 15/940,656 entitled "SURGICAL HUB COORDINATION OF CONTROL AND COMMUNICATION OF OPERATING ROOM DEVICES";

U.S. patent application 15/940,666 entitled "SPATIAL AWARENESS OF SURGICAL HUBS IN OPERATING ROOMS";

U.S. patent application 15/940,670 entitled "cooling timing OF DATA DERIVED FROM SECONDARY SOURCES BY INTELLIGENT SURGICAL HUBS";

U.S. patent application 15/940,677 entitled "SURGICAL HUB CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS";

U.S. patent application 15/940,632, entitled "DATA STRIPPING METHOD TO INTERROGATE PATIENT RECORD AND CREATE ANONYMIZED RECORD";

U.S. patent application 15/940,640 entitled "COMMUNICATION HUB AND STORAGE DEVICE FOR STORING PARAMETERS AND STATUS OF A SURGICAL DEVICE TO BE SHARED WITH CLOUD BASED ANALYTICS SYSTEMS";

U.S. patent application 15/940,645 entitled "SELF DESCRIPTING DATA PACKETS GENERATED AT AN ISSUING INSTRUMENT";

U.S. patent application 15/940,649 entitled "DATA PAIRING TO INTERCONNECT A DEVICE MEASURED PARAMETER WITH AN OUTCOME";

U.S. patent application 15/940,654 entitled "SURGICAL HUB SITUATIONAL AWARENESS";

U.S. patent application 15/940,663 entitled "SURGICAL SYSTEM DISTRIBUTED PROCESSING";

U.S. patent application 15/940,668 entitled "AGGREGAGATION AND REPORTING OF SURGICAL HUB DATA";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/940,671 entitled "SURGICAL HUB SPATIAL AWARENESS TO DETERMINE DEVICES IN OPERATING THEEATER";

U.S. patent application 15/940,686 entitled "DISPLAY OF ALIGNMENT OF STAPLE CARTRIDGE TO PRIOR LINEAR STAPLE LINE";

U.S. patent application 15/940,700 entitled "STERILE FIELD INTERACTIVE CONTROL DISPLAYS";

U.S. patent application 15/940,629 entitled "COMPUTER IMPLEMENTED INTERACTIVE SURGICAL SYSTEMS";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/940,704, entitled "USE OF LASER LIGHT AND RED-GREEN-BLUE COLORATION TO DETERMINE PROPERTIES OF BACK SCATTERED LIGHT";

U.S. patent application 15/940,722 entitled "CHARACTERIZATION OF TISSUE IRREGULARITIES THROUGH THE USE OF MONO-CHROMATIC LIGHT REFRACTIVITY";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/940,742 entitled "DUAL CMOS ARRAY IMAGING";

U.S. patent application 15/940,636 entitled "ADAPTIVE CONTROL PROGRAM UPDATES FOR basic DEVICES";

U.S. patent application 15/940,653 entitled "ADAPTIVE CONTROL PROGRAM UPDATES FOR minor HUBS";

U.S. patent application 15/940,660 entitled "CLOOUD-BASED MEDICAL ANALYTICS FOR CURSTOMIZATION AND RECOMMENDATION TO A USER";

U.S. patent application 15/940,679 entitled "CLOOUD-BASED MEDICAL ANALYTICS FOR LINKING OF LOCAL USAGE TRENDS WITH THE RESOURCE ACQUISITION BEHAVORS OF LARGER DATA SET";

U.S. patent application 15/940,694 entitled "CLOOUD-BASED MEDICAL ANALYTICS FOR MEDICAL FACILITY SEGMENTED INDIVULALIZATION OF INSTRUMENTS FUNCTION";

U.S. patent application 15/940,634 entitled "CLOOUD-BASED MEDICAL ANALYTICS FOR SECURITY AND AUTHENTICATION TRENDS AND REACTIVE MEASURES";

U.S. patent application 15/940,706 entitled "DATA HANDLING AND PRIORITION IN A CLOUD ANALYTICS NETWORK";

U.S. patent application 15/940,675 entitled "CLOOUD INTERFACE FOR COUPLED SURGICAL DEVICES";

U.S. patent application 15/940,627 entitled "DRIVE ARRANGEMENTS FOR ROBOT-ASSISTED SURGICAL PLATFORMS";

U.S. patent application 15/940,637 entitled "COMMUNICATION ARRANGEMENTS FOR ROBOT-ASSISTED SURGICAL PLATFORMS";

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/940,642 entitled "CONTROL FOR ROBOT-ASSISTED SURGICAL PLATFORMS";

U.S. patent application 15/940,676 entitled "AUTOMATIC TOOL ADJUSTMENT FOR R ROBOT-ASSISTED SURGICAL PLATFORMS";

U.S. patent application 15/940,680 entitled "CONTROL FOR ROBOT-ASSISTED SURGICAL PLATFORMS";

U.S. patent application 15/940,683 entitled "passenger activity FOR ROBOT-ASSISTED passenger platformes";

U.S. patent application 15/940,690 entitled "DISPLAY ARRANGEMENTS FOR ROBOT-ASSISTED SURGICAL PLATFORMS"; and

U.S. patent application 15/940,711 entitled "SENSING ARRANGEMENTS FOR ROBOT-ASSISTED SURGICAL PLATFORMS".

The applicant of the present patent application owns the following U.S. provisional patent applications filed on 8/3/2018, the disclosures of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety:

U.S. patent application 62/640,417 entitled "TEMPERATURE CONTROL IN ULTRASONIC DEVICE AND CONTROL SYSTEM THEREFOR"; and

U.S. patent application 62/640,415 entitled "ESTIMATING STATE OF ULTRASONIC END EFFECTOR AND CONTROL SYSTEM THEREFOR".

Before explaining various aspects of the surgical device and generator in detail, it should be noted that the example illustrated application or use is not limited to the details of construction and arrangement of parts illustrated in the accompanying drawings and description. The illustrative examples may be implemented alone or in combination with other aspects, variations and modifications, and may be practiced or carried out in various ways. Furthermore, unless otherwise indicated, the terms and expressions employed herein have been chosen for the purpose of describing the illustrative embodiments for the convenience of the reader and are not for the purpose of limiting the invention. Moreover, it is to be understood that expressions of one or more of the following described aspects, and/or examples may be combined with any one or more of the other below described aspects, and/or examples.

Energy device and exhaust gas

The present disclosure relates to an energy device and an intelligent surgical evacuation system for evacuating smoke and/or other fluids and/or particles from a surgical site. Smoke is typically generated during a surgical procedure using one or more energy devices. The energy device uses energy to affect tissue. In the energy device, energy is supplied by a generator. Energy devices include devices having tissue contacting electrodes, such as electrosurgical devices having one or more Radio Frequency (RF) electrodes, and devices having vibrating surfaces, such as ultrasonic devices having ultrasonic blades. For an electrosurgical device, the generator is configured to generate an oscillating current to energize the electrodes. For ultrasonic devices, the generator is configured to generate ultrasonic vibrations to energize the ultrasonic blade. The generator is further described herein.

Ultrasonic energy may be used for coagulation and cutting of tissue. The ultrasonic energy coagulates and cuts tissue by vibrating an energy delivery surface (e.g., an ultrasonic blade) in contact with the tissue. The ultrasonic blade may be coupled to a waveguide that transmits vibrational energy from an ultrasonic transducer that generates mechanical vibrations and is powered by a generator. Vibrating at high frequencies (e.g., 55,500 times per second), the ultrasonic blade generates friction and heat between the blade and the tissue (i.e., at the blade-tissue interface), which denatures proteins in the tissue to form a viscous coagulum. The pressure exerted by the blade surface on the tissue collapses the blood vessel and allows the coagulum to form a hemostatic seal. The precision of cutting and coagulation can be controlled by the skill of the clinician as well as by adjustments to, for example, power level, blade edge, tissue traction, and blade pressure.

Ultrasonic surgical instruments are increasingly used in surgery by virtue of the unique performance characteristics of such instruments. Depending on the particular instrument configuration and operating parameters, the ultrasonic surgical instrument is capable of substantially simultaneously performing cutting and coagulation-induced hemostasis of tissue, which may advantageously minimize patient trauma. The cutting action is typically accomplished by an end effector or blade tip at the distal end of the ultrasonic instrument. The ultrasonic end effector transfers ultrasonic energy to tissue that comes into contact with the end effector. Ultrasonic instruments of this nature may be configured for open surgical use, laparoscopic surgery, or endoscopic surgery, including, for example, robotically-assisted procedures.

Electrical energy may also be used for coagulation and/or cutting. Electrosurgical devices typically include a handpiece and an instrument with an end effector (e.g., one or more electrodes) mounted distally. The end effector may be positioned against and/or adjacent tissue such that an electrical current is introduced into the tissue. Electrosurgery is widely used and provides many advantages, including the use of a single surgical instrument for both coagulation and cutting.

The electrodes or tips of the electrosurgical device are small at the point of contact with the patient to generate RF currents with high current densities to produce the surgical effect of coagulating and/or cutting tissue by cauterization. After the return electrode passes through the patient, the return electrode brings the same RF current back to the electrosurgical generator, providing a return path for the RF signal.

The electrosurgical device may be configured for bipolar or monopolar operation. During bipolar operation, current is introduced into and returned from the tissue through the active and return electrodes, respectively, of the end effector. During monopolar operation, current is introduced into tissue through the active electrode of the end effector and returned through a return electrode (e.g., a ground pad) that is positioned separately on and against the patient's body. The heat generated by the current flowing through the tissue may form a hemostatic seal within and/or between the tissues, and thus may be particularly useful, for example, in sealing blood vessels. The end effector of the electrosurgical device may also include a cutting member movable relative to the tissue and an electrode to transect the tissue.

In use, the electrosurgical device may emit low frequency RF current through tissue, which may cause ionic oscillations or friction (actually causing resistive heating), thereby raising the temperature of the tissue. Because a boundary is formed between the affected tissue and the surrounding tissue, the clinician is able to operate with high precision and control without damaging adjacent non-target tissue. The low operating temperature of the RF energy is suitable for removing, contracting, or sculpting soft tissue while sealing the vessel. RF energy may be particularly effective for connective tissue, which is composed primarily of collagen and contracts when exposed to heat. Other electrosurgical instruments include, but are not limited to, irreversible and/or reversible electroporation, and/or microwave technology, among others. The techniques disclosed herein may be applicable to ultrasound, bipolar and/or monopolar RF (electrosurgical), irreversible and/or reversible electroporation, and/or microwave-based surgical instruments, among others.

Electrical energy applied by the electrosurgical device may be transmitted from the generator to the instrument. The generator is configured to convert the electrical power into a high frequency waveform comprised of an oscillating current that is transmitted to the electrode to affect tissue. Electrical current is passed through the tissue to electrocautery the tissue (a form of coagulation in which an arc of current over the tissue produces charring of the tissue), desiccation (direct application of energy to water driving the cells), and/or cutting (indirect application of energy to evaporate cellular fluids, causing the cells to explode). The response of tissue to current flow depends on the resistance of the tissue, the current density through the tissue, the power output, and the duration of the current application. In some cases, the current waveform can be adjusted to affect different surgical functions and/or to accommodate tissues of different characteristics, as further described herein. For example, different types of tissue (vascular tissue, neural tissue, muscle, skin, fat, and/or bone) may respond differently to the same waveform.

The electrical energy may be in the form of RF energy, which may be in the frequency range described in EN 60601-2-2:2009+ a11:2011, definition 201.3.218-high frequency. For example, frequencies in monopolar RF applications are typically limited to less than 5MHz to minimize problems associated with high frequency leakage currents. Monopolar applications can typically use frequencies higher than 200kHz in order to avoid unwanted stimulation of nerves and muscles due to the use of low frequency currents.

In bipolar RF applications, the frequency can be almost any value. In some cases, bipolar techniques may use lower frequencies, such as if risk analysis shows that the likelihood of neuromuscular stimulation has been mitigated to an acceptable level. It is generally considered that 10mA is the lower threshold for tissue thermal effects. In the case of bipolar technology, higher frequencies may also be used.

In some cases, the generator may be configured to digitally generate and provide an output waveform to the surgical device such that the surgical device may use the waveform for various tissue effects. The generator may be a monopole generator, a bipolar generator, and/or an ultrasound generator. For example, a single generator may supply energy to a monopolar device, a bipolar device, an ultrasound device, or a combination electrosurgical/ultrasound device. The generator may promote tissue-specific effects by wave-shaping, and/or may drive RF energy and ultrasonic energy simultaneously and/or sequentially to a single surgical instrument or multiple surgical instruments.

In one instance, a surgical system can include a generator and various surgical instruments that can be used therewith, including ultrasonic surgical instruments, RF electrosurgical instruments, and combinations of ultrasonic/RF electrosurgical instruments. The GENERATOR may be configured FOR use with a variety of SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, as further described in U.S. patent application 15/265,279 (now U.S. patent application publication 2017/0086914) entitled "TECHNIQES FOR OPERATING GENERATOR FOR DIGITALLY GENERATING ELECTRICAL SIGNAL WAVEFORMS AND SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS," filed on 9, 14, 2016, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.

As described herein, medical procedures for cutting tissue and/or cauterizing blood vessels are typically performed by utilizing RF electrical energy generated by a generator and transmitted to the patient's tissue through electrodes operated by a clinician. The electrodes deliver an electrical discharge to cellular material of the patient's body adjacent the electrodes. The electrical discharge causes the cellular material to heat up in order to cut tissue and/or cauterize blood vessels.

The high temperatures involved in electrosurgery can cause thermal necrosis of the tissue adjacent to the electrode. The longer the tissue is exposed to the high temperatures involved in electrosurgery, the more likely the tissue will undergo thermal necrosis. In some cases, thermal necrosis of tissue can reduce the speed of cutting the tissue and increase post-operative complications, eschar generation and healing time, and increase the incidence of thermal damage to tissue located away from the cutting site.

The concentration of RF energy released affects the efficiency with which the electrode can cut tissue and the likelihood of tissue damage away from the cutting site. For standard electrode geometries, the RF energy tends to be distributed evenly over a relatively large area adjacent the intended incision site. The generally uniform distribution of RF energy release increases the likelihood of external charge loss into the surrounding tissue, which may increase the likelihood of unwanted tissue damage in the surrounding tissue.

Typical electrosurgical generators generate various operating frequencies and output power levels of RF electrical energy. The particular operating frequency and power output of the generator varies based on the particular electrosurgical generator used and the needs of the practitioner during the electrosurgical procedure. The particular operating frequency and power output level may be manually adjusted on the generator by a clinician or other operating room personnel. Adjusting these various settings appropriately requires a great deal of knowledge, skill and attention by the clinician or other worker. Once the clinician makes the desired adjustments to the various settings on the generator, the generator may maintain these output parameters during the electrosurgical procedure. Generally, a wave generator for electrosurgery is adapted to generate RF waves having an output power in the range of 1W to 300W in the cutting mode and an output power in the range of 1W to 120W in the coagulation mode, and a frequency in the range of 300kHz to 600 kHz. A typical wave generator is adapted to maintain a selected setting during an electrosurgical procedure. For example, if the clinician sets the output power level of the generator to 50W and then touches the electrode to the patient to perform the electrosurgical procedure, the power level of the generator will rise rapidly and remain at 50W. While setting the power level to a particular setting (such as 50W) will allow the clinician to cut through the patient's tissue, maintaining such a high power level increases the likelihood of thermal necrosis of the patient's tissue.

In some forms, the generator is configured to provide sufficient power to effectively perform electrosurgery in conjunction with the electrode increasing the RF energy release concentration while limiting unwanted tissue damage, reducing post-operative complications, and facilitating faster healing. For example, the waveform from the generator may be optimized throughout the surgical procedure by the control circuit. However, the claimed subject matter herein is not limited in that respect to addressing any disadvantages or operating only in environments such as those described above. Rather, this background is provided merely to illustrate examples of technical areas in which some aspects described herein may be practiced.

As provided herein, an energy device delivers mechanical and/or electrical energy to a target tissue for treating the tissue (e.g., cutting tissue, cauterizing blood vessels, and/or coagulating tissue within and/or adjacent to the target tissue). The cutting, cauterization, and/or coagulation of tissue may result in the release of fluids and/or particles into the air. Such fluids and/or particles expelled during a surgical procedure may constitute smoke, which may include, for example, carbon particles and/or other particles suspended in air. In other words, the fluid may include smoke and/or other fluid matter. Approximately 90% of endoscopic and open surgical procedures generate a certain level of smoke. Smoke may smell an unpleasant smell to a clinician, assistant, and/or patient, may obstruct the clinician's view of the surgical site, and in some cases may be unhealthy to inhale. For example, smoke generated during electrosurgery may contain toxic chemicals including acrolein, acetonitrile, acrylonitrile, acetylene, alkylbenzenes, benzene, butadiene, butylene, carbon monoxide, cresol, ethane, ethylene, formaldehyde, free radicals, hydrogen cyanide, isobutylene, methane, phenol, polycyclic aromatics, propylene (propene), propylene (propylene), pyridine, pyrrole, styrene, toluene, and xylene, as well as dead and living cell matter (including blood debris) and viruses. Certain materials that have been identified in surgical smoke have been identified as known carcinogens. It is estimated that one gram of tissue cauterized during electrosurgery may be equivalent to the toxins and carcinogens of six unfiltered cigarettes. In addition, exposure to smoke released during electrosurgery has been reported to cause eye and lung irritation to health care workers.

In addition to the toxicity and odor associated with the materials in surgical smoke, the size of the particulate matter in surgical smoke may be harmful to the clinician, assistant, and/or patient's respiratory system. In some cases, the particles may be extremely small. In some cases, repeated inhalation of very small particles can lead to acute and chronic respiratory disorders.

Many electrosurgical systems employ surgical evacuation systems that capture smoke generated by the surgical procedure and direct the captured smoke through filters and exhaust ports away from the clinician and/or away from the patient. For example, the evacuation system may be configured to evacuate smoke generated during an electrosurgical procedure. The reader will appreciate that such evacuation systems may be referred to as "smoke evacuation systems," but such evacuation systems may be configured to evacuate more than just smoke from the surgical site. Throughout this disclosure, "smoke" evacuated by the evacuation system is not limited to only smoke. Rather, the smoke evacuation system disclosed herein may be used to evacuate a variety of fluids, including liquids, gases, vapors, fumes, vapors, or combinations thereof. The fluid may be of biological origin and/or may be introduced to the surgical site from an external source during surgery. The fluid may include, for example, water, saline, lymph, blood, exudate, and/or purulent discharge. Further, the fluid may include particles or other matter (e.g., porous matter or debris) evacuated by the evacuation system. For example, such particles may be suspended in a fluid.

The evacuation system typically includes a pump and a filter. The pump generates suction that draws the smoke into the filter. For example, the suction may be configured to draw smoke from the surgical site into the conduit opening, through the evacuation conduit, and into an evacuation device housing of the evacuation system. An evacuation housing 50018 for a surgical evacuation system 50000 is shown in fig. 1. In one aspect of the present disclosure, the pump and filter are positioned within the ejector housing 50018. The smoke drawn into the extractor housing 50018 travels to the filter via the suction conduit 50036 and as the smoke moves through the filter, harmful toxins and pungent odors are filtered from the smoke. The suction catheter may also be referred to as, for example, a vacuum and/or evacuation catheter and/or tube. The filtered air may then exit the surgical extraction system as exhaust. In certain instances, the various evacuation systems disclosed herein can also be configured to deliver fluid to a desired location, such as a surgical site.

Referring now to fig. 2, the aspiration conduit 50036 from the evacuator housing 50018 (fig. 1) may terminate in a handpiece, such as handpiece 50032. Handpiece 50032 includes an electrosurgical instrument that includes an electrode tip 50034 and a row of evacuation conduit openings near and/or adjacent to electrode tip 50034. The evacuation conduit opening is configured to capture fluids and/or particles released during a surgical procedure. In this case, the evacuation system 50000 is integrated into the electrosurgical instrument 50032. Still referring to fig. 2, smoke S is drawn into the suction conduit 50036.

In some cases, the evacuation system 50000 can include a separate surgical tool that includes a catheter opening and is configured to draw smoke into the system. In other cases, the tool including the evacuation conduit and the opening may be snap-engaged to the electrosurgical tool, as shown in fig. 3. For example, a portion of the aspiration catheter 51036 may be positioned around (or adjacent to) the electrode tip 51034. In one instance, the aspiration catheter 51036 can be releasably secured to a handpiece 51032 of an electrosurgical tool that includes an electrode tip 51034 having a clamp or other fastener.

The various internal components of the ejector housing 50518 are shown in fig. 4. In various instances, the internal components of fig. 4 can also be incorporated into the ejector housing 50018 of fig. 1. Referring primarily to fig. 4, the evacuation system 50500 includes an evacuation housing 50518, a filter 50502, a vent mechanism 50520, and a pump 50506. The evacuation system 50500 defines a flow path 50504 through an evacuation housing 50518 having an inlet port 50522 and an outlet port 50524. The filter 50502, vent mechanism 50520, and pump 50506 are, in turn, disposed in-line with a flow path 50504 through the ejector housing 50518 between an inlet port 50522 and an outlet port 50524. The inlet port 50522 may be fluidly coupled to an aspiration conduit, such as, for example, the aspiration conduit 50036 in fig. 1, which may include a distal conduit opening positionable at a surgical site.

The pump 50506 is configured to mechanically generate a pressure differential in the flow path 50504. The pressure differential is configured to draw smoke 50508 from the surgical site into the inlet port 50522 and along the flow path 50504. After the smoke 50508 has moved through the filter 50502, the smoke 50508 can be considered filtered smoke or air 50510, which can continue through the flow path 50504 and exit through the outlet port 50524. Flow path 50504 includes first region 50514 and second region 50516. The first region 50514 is located upstream of the pump 50506; the second region 50516 is located downstream of the pump 50506. The pump 50506 is configured to pressurize the fluid in the flow path 50504 such that the fluid in the second region 50516 has a higher pressure than the fluid in the first region 50514. A motor 50512 drives the pump 50506. Various suitable motors are also described herein. The exhaust 50520 is a mechanism that controls the velocity, direction, and/or other characteristics of the filtered smoke 50510 exiting the exhaust 50500 at the outlet port 50524.

The flow path 50504 through the evacuation system 50500 may be comprised of tubing or other conduits that substantially contain and/or isolate fluid moving through the flow path 50504 from fluids outside of the flow path 50504. For example, the first region 50514 of flow path 50504 may include a tube through which flow path 50504 extends between filter 50502 and pump 50506. The second region 50516 of the flow path 50504 may also include a tube through which the flow path 50504 extends between the pump 50506 and the exhaust 50520. Flow path 50504 also extends through filter 50502, pump 50506, and vent mechanism 50520 such that flow path 50504 extends continuously from inlet port 50522 to outlet port 50524.

In operation, smoke 50508 can flow into filter 50502 at inlet port 50522 and can be pumped by pump 50506 through flow path 50504, such that smoke 50508 is drawn into filter 50502. The filtered smoke 50510 can then be pumped through the exhaust 50520 and out an outlet port 50524 of the exhaust 50500. The filtered smoke 50510 exiting the exhaust system 50500 at the outlet port 50524 is exhaust gas and may be comprised of filtered gas that has passed through the exhaust system 50500.

In various instances, the evacuation systems disclosed herein (e.g., evacuation system 50000 and evacuation system 50500) may be incorporated into a computer-implemented interactive surgical system, such as, for example, system 100 (fig. 39) or system 200 (fig. 47). In one aspect of the present disclosure, for example, a computer-implemented surgical system 100 may include a cloud 104 and at least one hub 106. Referring primarily to fig. 41, hub 106 includes a smoke evacuation module 126. The operation of smoke evacuation module 126 may be controlled by hub 106 based on its situational awareness and/or feedback from its components and/or based on information from cloud 104. Further described herein are computer-implemented

surgical systems

100 and 200 and situational awareness thereof.

Situational awareness encompasses the ability of some aspects of a surgical system to determine or infer information related to a surgical procedure from data received from a database and/or instrument. The information may include the type of surgery being performed, the type of tissue being operated on, or the body cavity being the subject of the surgery. With contextual information relating to the surgical procedure, the surgical system may, for example, improve the way it controls the modular devices (e.g., smoke evacuation systems) connected to it, and provide contextual information or advice to the clinician during the surgical procedure. Situational awareness is further described in U.S. provisional patent application serial No. 62/611,341 entitled "INTERACTIVE SURGICAL PLATFORM," filed herein and 2017, 12, month 28, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

In various instances, the surgical systems and/or evacuation systems disclosed herein may include a processor. The processor may be programmed to control one or more operating parameters of the surgical system and/or the drainage system based on, for example, sensed and/or aggregated data and/or one or more user inputs. Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of an electrosurgical system 50300 that includes a processor 50308. Electrosurgical system 50300 is powered by an AC source 50302 that provides 120V or 240V AC power. The voltage supplied by AC source 50302 is directed to AC/DC converter 50304, which converts the 120V or 240V alternating current to 360V direct current. The 360V dc power is then directed to a power converter 50306 (e.g., a buck converter). The power converter 50306 is a step-down DC-DC converter. The power converter 50306 is adapted to reduce the incoming 360V to a desired level in the range of 0V to 150V.

Processor 50308 can be programmed to adjust various aspects, functions, and parameters of electrosurgical system 50300. For example, the processor 50308 can determine a desired output power level at the electrode tip 50334, which can be similar in many respects to, for example, the electrode tip 50034 in fig. 2 and/or the electrode tip 51034 in fig. 3, and direct the power converter 50306 to reduce the voltage to a specified level to provide the desired output power. The processor 50308 is coupled to memory 50310 that is configured to store machine executable instructions for operating the electrosurgical system 50300 and/or subsystems thereof.

A digital-to-analog converter ("DAC") 50312 is connected between processor 50308 and power converter 50306. DAC 50312 is adapted to convert digital codes generated by processor 50308 into an analog signal (current, voltage, or charge) that controls the voltage reduction performed by power converter 50306. Once the power converter 50306 reduces the 360V to a level that the processor 50308 has determined will provide the desired output power level, the reduced voltage is directed to the electrode tip 50334 to effect electrosurgical treatment of the patient tissue and then to the return or ground electrode 50335. The voltage sensor 50314 and the current sensor 50316 are adapted to detect the voltage and current present in the electrosurgical circuit and communicate the detected parameters to the processor 50308 so that the processor 50308 can determine whether to adjust the output power level. As described herein, a typical wave generator is adapted to maintain a selected setting throughout the electrosurgical procedure. In other instances, the operating parameters of the generator can be optimized during the surgical procedure based on one or more inputs to the processor 5308 (such as inputs from a surgical hub, cloud, and/or situational awareness module), as further described herein.

The processor 50308 is coupled to the communication device 50318 to communicate over a network. The communication device includes a transceiver 50320 configured to be able to communicate by physical wire or wirelessly. The communication device 50318 can also include one or more additional transceivers. Transceivers may include, but are not limited to, cellular modems, wireless mesh network transceivers,

A transceiver, a Low Power Wide Area (LPWA) transceiver, and/or a near field communication transceiver (NFC). The communication devices 50318 can include a mobile phone, a sensor system (e.g., environmental, location, motion, etc.) and/or a sensor network (wired and/or wireless), a computing system (e.g., server, workstation computer, desktop computer, laptop computer, tablet computer (e.g.,

etc.), ultra-portable computers, ultra-mobile computers, netbook computers, and/or mini-notebook computers, etc. or may be configured to be able to communicate with such devices; in at least one aspect of the disclosure, one of the apparatuses may be a coordinator node.

The transceiver 50320 can be configured to receive serial transmission data from the processor 50308 via a corresponding UART, modulate the serial transmission data onto an RF carrier to generate a transmission RF signal, and transmit the transmission RF signal via a corresponding antenna. The transceiver is further configured to be capable of receiving a receive RF signal via the respective antenna (the receive RF signal including an RF carrier modulated with serial receive data), demodulating the receive RF signal to extract serial receive data, and providing the serial receive data to the respective UART to be provided to the processor. Each RF signal has an associated carrier frequency and an associated channel bandwidth. Channel bandwidth and carrier frequency Transmit data, and/or receive data. Each RF carrier frequency and channel bandwidth is associated with one or more operating frequency ranges of the one or more transceivers 50320. Each channel bandwidth is also associated with a wireless communication standard and/or protocol with which one or more transceivers 50320 can adhere. In other words, each transceiver 50320 can correspond to a particular implementation of a selected wireless communication standard and/or protocol, e.g., for

And/or IEEE 802.15.4 for wireless mesh networks using Zigbee routing.

Processor 50308 is coupled to sensing and intelligent control device 50324, which is coupled to smoke ejector 50326. The smoke ejector 50326 can include one or more sensors 50327, and can also include a pump and a pump motor controlled by a motor drive 50328. The motor driver 50328 is communicatively coupled to the processor 50308 and the pump motor in the smoke extractor 50326. Sensing and smart control device 50324 includes a sensor algorithm 50321 and a communications algorithm 50322 that facilitate communications between smoke ejector 50326 and other devices to adapt their control programs. The sensing and smart control device 50324 is configured to be able to evaluate the fluid, particulates, and gases drawn through the exhaust conduit 50336 to improve smoke evacuation efficiency and/or reduce device smoke output, for example, as further described herein. In some cases, sensing and smart control device 50324 is communicatively coupled to one or more sensors 50327 in smoke ejector 50326, one or more internal sensors 50330 and/or one or more external sensors 50332 of electrosurgical system 50300.

In some cases, the processor may be located within an extractor housing of the surgical extraction system. For example, referring to fig. 6, the processor 50408 and its memory 50410 are positioned within an extractor housing 50440 of a surgical extraction system 50400. The processor 50408 is in signal communication with a motor driver 50428, various internal sensors 50430, a display 50442, a memory 50410, and a communication device 50418. The communication device 50418 is similar in many respects to the communication device 50318 described above with respect to fig. 5. The communication device 50418 may allow the processor 50408 in the surgical evacuation system 50400 to communicate with other devices within the surgical system. For example, the communication device 50418 may allow wired and/or wireless communication with one or more external sensors 50432, one or more surgical devices 50444, one or more hubs 50448, one or more clouds 50446, and/or one or more additional surgical systems and/or tools. The reader will readily appreciate that in some instances, the surgical evacuation system 50400 of fig. 6 can be incorporated into the electrosurgical system 50300 of fig. 5. The surgical evacuation system 50400 also includes a pump 50450 (including its pump motor 50451), an evacuation conduit 50436, and an exhaust port 50452. Various pumps, evacuation conduits, and vents are further described herein. The surgical drainage system 50400 can also include a sensing and intelligent control device, which can be similar in many respects to, for example, the sensing and intelligent control device 50324. For example, such sensing and smart control devices may be in signal communication with one or more of the processor 50408 and/or the sensor 50430 and/or the external sensor 50432.

The electrosurgical system 50300 (fig. 5) and/or the surgical drainage system 50400 (fig. 6) can be programmed to monitor one or more parameters of the surgical system and can affect a surgical function based on one or more algorithms stored in memory in signal communication with the processors 50308 and/or 50408. For example, various exemplary aspects disclosed herein may be implemented by such algorithms.

In one aspect of the disclosure, the processor and sensor system, such as the

processors

50308 and 50408 and corresponding sensor systems in communication therewith (fig. 5 and 6), is configured to sense airflow through the vacuum source in order to adjust parameters of the smoke evacuation system and/or external devices and/or systems used in series with the smoke evacuation system, such as, for example, an electrosurgical system, an energy device, and/or a generator. In one aspect of the present disclosure, the sensor system may include a plurality of sensors positioned along an airflow path of the surgical evacuation system. These sensors may measure a pressure differential within the pumping system in order to detect a condition or state of the system between the sensors. For example, the system between the two sensors may be a filter, and the pressure differential may be used to increase the speed of the pump motor when flow through the filter is reduced in order to maintain flow through the system. As another example, the system may be a fluid trap of an exhaust system, and the pressure differential may be used to determine a gas flow path through the exhaust system. In yet another example, the system may be an inlet and an outlet (or exhaust) of an evacuation system, and the pressure differential may be used to determine a maximum suction load in the evacuation system in order to keep the maximum suction load below a threshold.

In one aspect of the present disclosure, the processor and sensor system, such as the

processors

50308 and 50408 and corresponding sensor systems in communication therewith (fig. 5 and 6), are configured to be capable of detecting the rate of aerosol or carbonized particles (i.e., smoke) in the fluid withdrawn from the surgical site. For example, the sensing system may include a sensor that detects the size and/or composition of the particles, which is used to select the airflow path through the exhaust system. In this case, the drainage system may comprise a first filtration path or state and a second filtration path or state, which may have different characteristics. In one case, the first path includes only a particulate filter, and the second path includes both a fluid filter and a particulate filter. In some cases, the first path includes a particulate filter and the second path includes a particulate filter and a finer particulate filter arranged in series. Additional and/or alternative filtering paths are also contemplated.

processors

50308 and 50408 and the corresponding sensor systems in communication therewith (fig. 5 and 6), are configured to be capable of performing chemical analysis on particles evacuated from the patient's abdominal cavity. For example, the sensing and smart control device 50324 can sense particle count and type in order to adjust the power level of the ultrasonic generator, thereby causing the ultrasonic blade to generate less smoke. In another example, the sensor system may include sensors for detecting particle counts, temperature, fluid content, and/or contaminant percentage of the evacuated fluid, and may communicate the detected one or more characteristics to the generator for adjusting its output. For example, the smoke ejector 50326 and/or its sensing and intelligent control device 50324 can be configured to adjust the exhaust flow rate and/or the motor speed of the pump, and at a predetermined particle level, can be operable to affect the output power or waveform of the generator to reduce smoke generated by the end effector.

In one aspect of the present disclosure, the processors and sensor systems, such as the

processors

50308 and 50408 and their respective sensor systems (fig. 5 and 6), are configured to be able to assess particle count and contamination in the operating room by assessing one or more characteristics in the ambient air and/or the exhaust from the extractor housing. The particle count and/or air quality may be displayed on the smoke evacuation system, such as, for example, on the extractor housing, in order to communicate this information to a clinician and/or to confirm the effectiveness of the smoke evacuation system and its filter(s).

In one aspect of the disclosure, a processor, such as, for example, the processor 50308 or the processor 50408 (fig. 5 and 6), is configured to be able to compare the sample rate image obtained from the endoscope to the ejector particle count from the sensing system (e.g., the sensing and intelligent control device 50324) in order to determine correlation and/or adjust the rate of Revolutions Per Minute (RPM) of the pump. In one case, activation of the generator may be communicated to the smoke extractor so that a desired smoke extraction rate may be achieved. Generator activation may be communicated to the surgical evacuation system through, for example, a surgical hub, a cloud communication system, and/or a direct connection.

In one aspect of the present disclosure, a sensor system and algorithm for a smoke evacuation system (see, e.g., fig. 5 and 6) may be configured to control smoke evacuators, and may adjust its motor parameters to adjust the filtration efficiency of the smoke evacuator based on the needs of the surgical site at a given time. In one case, an adaptive airflow pump speed algorithm is provided to automatically vary the motor pump speed based on sensed particles entering the inlet of the extractor and/or exiting the outlet or exhaust of the extractor. For example, the sensing and smart control device 50324 (fig. 5) can include, for example, a user-selectable speed and an automatic mode speed. At automatic mode speeds, the airflow through the exhaust system may be scaled based on the smoke entering the exhaust system and/or the lack of filtered particulates exiting the exhaust system. In some cases, the automatic mode speed may provide automatic sensing and compensation for the laparoscopic mode.

In one aspect of the present disclosure, the drainage system may include an electrical and communication architecture (see, e.g., fig. 5 and 6) that provides data collection and communication functionality to improve interactivity with the surgical hub and cloud. In one example, the surgical evacuation system and/or its processors, such as, for example, processor 50308 (fig. 5) and processor 50408 (fig. 6), may include segmented control circuitry that is powered on in a phased manner to check the system for errors, shorts, and/or safety checks. The segmented control circuit can also be configured to have a powered portion and a portion that is not powered until the powered portion performs the first function. The segmented control circuit may include circuit elements for identifying and displaying status updates to a user of the attachment component. The segmented control circuit also includes circuit elements for operating the motor in a first state in which the motor is activated by a user and a second state in which the motor has not been activated by the user, but rather operates the pump in a quieter manner and at a slower rate. For example, the segmented control circuit may allow the extractor to be powered in stages.

The electrical and communication architecture for the extraction system (see, e.g., fig. 5 and 6) may also provide interconnectivity of the extractor with other components within the surgical hub to facilitate interaction and data transfer with the cloud. Communication of surgical drainage system parameters to the surgical hub and/or cloud may be provided to affect the output or operation of other attached devices. The parameter may be operational or sensed. The operating parameters include airflow, pressure differential, and air quality. The sensed parameters include particle concentration, aerosol percentage, and chemical analysis.

In one aspect of the present disclosure, a drainage system (such as, for example, the surgical drainage system 50400) may also include a housing and replaceable components, controls, and a display. A circuit element for communicating a secure Identification (ID) between such replaceable components is provided. For example, communication between the filter and the smoke evacuation electronics may be provided to verify the authenticity, remaining life of the component, update parameters in the component, log errors, and/or limit the number and/or types of components that may be identified by the system. In various instances, the communication circuit may authenticate features for enabling and/or disabling the configuration parameters. The communication circuitry may employ encryption and/or error handling schemes to manage the secure and proprietary relationship between the components and the smoke evacuation electronics. In some cases, disposable/reusable components are included.

In one aspect of the present disclosure, a drainage system may provide fluid management and extraction filters and airflow configurations. For example, a surgical evacuation system is provided that includes a fluid capture mechanism having a first set of evacuation or air flow control features and a second set of evacuation or air flow control features in series with each other to evacuate large and small fluid droplets, respectively. In some cases, the airflow path may include a recirculation channel or secondary fluid channel from downstream of the exhaust port of the primary fluid management chamber back to the primary reservoir.

In one aspect of the present disclosure, the advanced pad may be coupled to an electrosurgical system. For example, ground electrode 50335 of electrosurgical system 50300 (fig. 5) can include an advanced pad with localized sensing integrated into the pad while maintaining capacitive coupling. For example, the capacitively coupled return path pad may have small separable array elements that may be used to sense neural control signals and/or motion of selected anatomical locations in order to detect the proximity of the unipolar tip to the nerve bundle.

The electrosurgical system may include a signal generator, an electrosurgical instrument, a return electrode, and a surgical evacuation system. The generator may be an RF wave generator that generates RF electrical energy. Connected to the electrosurgical instrument is a utility catheter. The utility conduit includes a cable that carries electrical energy from the signal generator to the electrosurgical instrument. The utility conduit also includes a vacuum hose that conveys the captured/collected smoke and/or fluid away from the surgical site. Fig. 7 illustrates such an exemplary electrosurgical system 50601. More specifically, the electrosurgical system 50601 includes a generator 50640, an electrosurgical instrument 50630, a return electrode 50646 and a drainage system 50600. The electrosurgical instrument 50630 includes a handle 50632 and a distal catheter opening 50634 that is fluidly coupled to a suction hose 50636 of the evacuation system 50600. The electrosurgical instrument 50630 also includes electrodes powered by the generator 50640. A first electrical connection 50642 (e.g., a wire) extends from the electrosurgical instrument 50630 to the generator 50640. A second electrical connection 50644 (e.g., a lead) extends from the electrosurgical instrument 50630 to an electrode, i.e., a return electrode 50646. In other cases, the electrosurgical instrument 50630 may be a bipolar electrosurgical instrument. The distal catheter opening 50634 on the electrosurgical instrument 50630 is fluidly coupled to a suction hose 50636 that extends to a filter end cap 50603 of a filter that is mounted in an extractor housing 50618 of an extraction system 50600.

In other instances, the distal catheter opening 50634 of the evacuation system 50600 may be located on a handpiece or tool separate from the electrosurgical instrument 50630. For example, the evacuation system 50600 may include a surgical tool that is not coupled to the generator 50640 and/or does not include a tissue energizing surface. In some cases, the distal catheter opening 50634 of the evacuation system 50600 can be releasably attachable to an electrosurgical tool. For example, the evacuation system 50600 may include a clip-on or snap-on catheter terminating at a distal catheter opening, which may be releasably attached to a surgical tool (see, e.g., fig. 3).

The electrosurgical instrument 50630 is configured to deliver electrical energy to a target tissue of a patient to cut tissue and/or cauterize blood vessels within and/or adjacent to the target tissue, as described herein. In particular, an electrical discharge is provided by the electrode tip to the patient in order to heat cellular material of the patient in close contact or proximity to the electrode tip. Tissue heating occurs at an appropriately high temperature to allow the electrosurgical instrument 50630 to be used to perform electrosurgery. The return electrode 50646 is administered to or placed in close proximity to the patient (depending on the type of return electrode) in order to complete the electrical circuit and provide a return electrical path to the generator 50640 for energy delivered into the patient.

Heating of the patient's cellular material by the electrode tip, or cauterizing the blood vessel to prevent bleeding, typically results in the release of smoke where the cauterization occurs, as further described herein. In such cases, because the evacuation conduit opening 50634 is proximate to the electrode tip, the evacuation system 50600 is configured to capture fumes released during the surgical procedure. Vacuum suction may draw smoke through the electrosurgical instrument 50630 into the conduit opening 50634 and into the suction hose 50636 toward the ejector housing 50618 of the smoke evacuation system 50600.

Referring now to fig. 8, the ejector housing 50618 of the ejector system 50600 (fig. 7) is shown. The extractor housing 50618 includes a socket 50620 sized and configured to receive a filter. The ejector housing 50618 may completely or partially enclose the internal components of the ejector housing 50618. The socket 50620 includes a first socket 50622 and a second socket 50624. Transition surface 50626 extends between first socket 50622 and second socket 50624.

Referring now primarily to FIG. 9, the socket 50620 is shown along the cross-sectional plane shown in FIG. 8. The socket 50620 includes a first end 50621 that is open to receive a filter and a second end 50623 that communicates with a flow path 50699 through the extractor housing 50618. The filter 50670 (fig. 10 and 11) can be removably positioned with the socket 50620. For example, the filter 50670 may be inserted and removed from the first end 50621 of the socket 50620. The second socket 50624 is configured to receive a connector tab of the filter 50670.

Surgical evacuation systems typically use filters to remove unwanted contaminants from the smoke before the smoke is released as exhaust. In some cases, the filter may be replaceable. The reader will appreciate that the filter 50670 shown in fig. 10 and 11 can be used with the various extraction systems disclosed herein. The filter 50670 may be a replaceable and/or disposable filter.

The filter 50670 includes a front cover 50672, a rear cover 50674, and a filter body 50676 disposed between the front and rear covers. The front cover 50672 includes a filter inlet 50678 that, in some cases, is configured to receive smoke directly from a suction hose 50636 (fig. 7) or other smoke source. In some aspects of the present disclosure, front cover 50672 may be replaced with a fluid trap (e.g., fluid trap 50760 shown in fig. 14-17) that directs smoke directly from a smoke source and, after removing at least a portion of the fluid from the smoke, passes the partially treated smoke into filter body 50676 for further processing. For example, the filter inlet 50678 may be configured to receive smoke via a fluid trap exhaust port, such as port 50766 in the fluid trap 50760 (fig. 14-17), to deliver partially-treated smoke into the filter 50670.

Once the smoke enters the filter 50670, the smoke may be filtered by components housed within the filter body 50676. The filtered smoke may then exit filter 50670 through filter vent 50680 defined in rear cover 50674 of filter 50670. When filter 50670 is associated with the extraction system, suction generated in the extractor housing 50618 of the extraction system 50600 can be communicated through filter vent 50680 to filter 50670 to draw smoke through the internal filtering components of filter 50670. The filter typically includes a particulate filter and a charcoal filter. The particulate filter may be, for example, a High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filter or an Ultra Low Penetration Air (ULPA) filter. ULPA filtration utilizes a depth filter similar to a labyrinth. The particles may be filtered using at least one of the following methods: direct interception (where particles above 1.0 micron are captured because they are too large to pass through the fibers of the media filter), inertial impaction (where particles between 0.5 and 1.0 micron collide with the fibers and remain there), and diffuse interception (where particles smaller than 0.5 micron are captured by brownian random thermal motion effects as the particles "find" the fibers and attach to the fibers).

The charcoal filter is configured to remove toxic gases and/or odors generated by surgical smoke. In each case, the charcoal may be "activated," meaning that it has been treated with a heating process to expose active absorption sites. The charcoal may be derived from, for example, activated natural coconut shells.

Referring now to fig. 11, the filter 50670 includes a coarse media filtration layer 50684 followed by a fine particle filtration layer 50686. In other cases, the filter 50670 may consist of a single type of filter. In other cases, filter 50670 may include more than two filtration layers and/or more than two different types of filtration layers. After the particulate matter is removed by

filter layers

50684 and 50686, the smoke is drawn through a carbon reservoir 50688 in filter 50670 to remove gaseous contaminants, such as volatile organic compounds, within the smoke. In various instances, carbon reservoir 50688 can include a charcoal filter. The filtered smoke, now substantially free of particulate and gaseous contaminants, is drawn through filter exhaust 50680 and into exhaust system 50600 for further processing and/or abatement.

The filter 50670 includes a plurality of baffles between components of the filter body 50676. For example, the first baffle 50690 is positioned intermediate the filter inlet 50678 (fig. 10) and a first particulate filter, such as a coarse media filter 50684. A second baffle 50692 is positioned intermediate a second particulate filter (such as, for example, a fine particulate filter 50686) and a carbon reservoir 50688. Additionally, a third baffle 50694 is positioned intermediate carbon reservoir 50688 and filter vent 50680.

Baffles

50690, 50692, and 50694 can include gaskets or O-rings configured to prevent movement of components within filter body 50676. In various circumstances, the size and shape of the

baffles

50690, 50692, and 50694 can be selected to prevent the filter component from expanding in the direction of the applied suction.

The coarse media filter 50684 may comprise a low air resistance filter material, such as a fiberglass, polyester, and/or pleated filter configured to remove a majority of particulate matter greater than 10 μm, for example. In some aspects of the disclosure, this includes a filter that removes at least 85% of the particulates greater than 10 μm, greater than 90% of the particulates greater than 10 μm, greater than 95% of the particulates greater than 10 μm, greater than 99% of the particulates greater than 10 μm, greater than 99.9% of the particulates greater than 10 μm, or greater than 99.99% of the particulates greater than 10 μm.

Additionally or alternatively, the coarse media filter 50684 may comprise a low air resistance filter that removes a majority of particulate matter greater than 1 μm. In some aspects of the disclosure, this includes a filter that removes at least 85% of the particulates greater than 1 μm, greater than 90% of the particulates greater than 1 μm, greater than 95% of the particulates greater than 1 μm, greater than 99% of the particulates greater than 1 μm, greater than 99.9% of the particulates greater than 1 μm, or greater than 99.99% of the particulates greater than 1 μm.

The fine particle filter 50686 may include any filter that is more efficient than the coarse media filter 50684. This includes, for example, filters capable of filtering a higher percentage of the same size particles than the coarse media filter 50684 and/or filters capable of filtering smaller size particles than the coarse media filter 50684. In some aspects of the disclosure, the fine particle filter 50686 may include a HEPA filter or an ULPA filter. Additionally or alternatively, the fine particle filter 50686 may have pleats to increase its surface area. In some aspects of the disclosure, the coarse media filter 50684 comprises a pleated HEPA filter and the fine particulate filter 50686 comprises a pleated ULPA filter.

After particulate filtration, the fumes enter a downstream portion of the filter 50670 that includes a carbon reservoir 50688. Carbon reservoir 50688 is bounded by

porous partition walls

50696 and 50698 disposed between intermediate baffle 50692 and end baffle 50694, respectively. In some aspects of the present disclosure, the

porous partition walls

50696 and 50698 are rigid and/or inflexible and define a constant spatial volume of the carbon reservoir 50688.

Carbon reservoir 50688 can include additional adsorbents that act cumulatively with or independently of the carbon particles to remove gaseous contaminants. The additional adsorbent may comprise, for example, an adsorbent such as magnesium oxide and/or copper oxide, which may be used to adsorb gaseous pollutants such as, for example, carbon monoxide, ethylene oxide, and/or ozone. In some aspects of the present disclosure, the additional adsorbent is dispersed throughout reservoir 50688 and/or positioned in a different layer above, below or inside reservoir 50688.

Referring again to fig. 4, the evacuation system 50500 includes a pump 50506 located within the evacuation housing 50518. Similarly, the evacuation system 50600 shown in fig. 7 may include a pump located in the evacuation device housing 50618 that may generate suction to draw smoke from the surgical site through the suction hose 50636 and through the filter 50670 (fig. 10 and 11). In operation, the pump can create a pressure differential within the ejector housing 50618 that causes smoke to travel into the filter 50670 and exit a vent mechanism (e.g., vent mechanism 50520 in fig. 4) at the outlet of the flow path. The filter 50670 is configured to be able to extract harmful, contaminated, or otherwise unwanted particles from the smoke.

The pump may be positioned in-line with the flow path through the ejector housing 50618 such that gas flowing through the ejector housing 50618 enters the pump at one end and exits the pump at the other end. The pump may provide a sealed positive displacement flow path. In various instances, the pump may create a sealed positive displacement flow path by trapping (sealing) a first volume of gas and reducing that volume to a second, smaller volume as the gas moves through the pump. Reducing the volume of trapped gas increases the pressure of the gas. The second pressurized volume of gas may be released from the pump at the pump outlet. For example, the pump may be a compressor. More specifically, the pump may include a hybrid regenerative blower, a claw pump, a screw compressor, and/or a scroll compressor. The positive displacement compressor may provide improved compression ratios and operating pressures while limiting the vibration and noise generated by the extraction system 50600. Additionally or alternatively, the extraction system 50600 may include a fan for moving fluid therethrough.

An example of a positive displacement compressor (e.g., scroll compressor pump 50650) is shown in fig. 12. The scroll compressor pump 50650 includes a stator scroll 50652 and a moving scroll 50654. The stator volute 50652 may be fixed in place while the moving volute 50654 orbits eccentrically. For example, the moving scroll 50654 may orbit eccentrically such that it rotates about a central longitudinal axis of the stator scroll 50652. As shown in FIG. 12, the central longitudinal axes of the stator volute 50652 and the moving volute 50654 extend perpendicular to the viewing plane of the

volutes

50652, 50654. The stator volute 50652 and the moving volute 50654 interleave with one another to form a discrete sealed compression chamber 50656.

In use, gas may enter the scroll compressor pump 50650 at the inlet 50658. As the moving scroll 50654 orbits relative to the stator scroll 50652, inlet gas is first trapped in the compression chamber 50656. Compression chamber 50656 is configured to enable a discrete volume of gas to move toward the center of scroll compressor pump 50650 along the spiral profile of

scroll housings

50652 and 50654. Compression chamber 50656 defines a sealed space in which gas resides. Further, as the moving scroll 50654 moves trapped gas toward the center of the stator scroll 50652, the volume of the compression chamber 50656 decreases. This reduction in volume increases the pressure of the gas inside compression chamber 50656. The gas inside the sealed compression chamber 50656 is trapped as the volume decreases, thereby pressurizing the gas. Once the pressurized gas reaches the center of the scroll compressor pump 50650, the pressurized gas is released through an outlet 50659.

Referring now to FIG. 13, a portion of a drainage system 50700 is shown. The evacuation system 50700 may be similar in many respects to the evacuation system 50600 (FIG. 7). For example, the evacuation system 50700 includes an evacuation housing 50618 and a suction hose 50636. Referring again to fig. 7, the suction system 50600 is configured to generate suction to draw smoke from the distal end of the suction hose 50636 into the extractor housing 50618 for treatment. Notably, the suction hose 50636 is not connected to the extractor housing 50618 by the filter end cap 50603 in fig. 13. Instead, the suction hose 50636 is connected to the ejector housing 50618 by a fluid trap 50760. A filter similar to filter 50670 can be positioned in a socket of the extractor housing 50618 behind the fluid trap 50760.

The fluid trap 50760 is a first treatment point that draws and retains at least a portion of the fluid (e.g., liquid) from the partially treated fumes before relaying the fumes to the evacuation system 50700 for further treatment and filtration. The evacuation system 50700 is configured to be capable of processing, filtering, and otherwise cleaning smoke to reduce or eliminate unpleasant odors or other problems associated with smoke generation in an operating room (or other operating environment), as described herein. In some cases, the fluid trap 50760 may (among other things) increase the efficiency of the evacuation system 50700 and/or extend the life of a filter associated therewith by extracting droplets and/or aerosols from the fumes before the fumes are further processed by the evacuation system 50700.

Referring primarily to fig. 14-17, the fluid trap 50760 is shown separated from the ejector housing 50618 (fig. 13). The fluid trap 50760 includes an inlet port 50762 defined in a front cover or surface 50764 of the fluid trap 50760. The inlet port 50762 may be configured to releasably receive a suction hose 50636 (fig. 13). For example, the end of the suction hose 50636 may be at least partially inserted into the inlet port 50762 and secured with an interference fit therebetween. In various instances, the interference fit can be a fluid-tight and/or air-tight fit such that substantially all of the smoke passing through the suction hose 50636 is conveyed into the fluid trap 50760. In some cases, other mechanisms for coupling or engaging the suction hose 50636 to the inlet port 50762 may be employed, such as, for example, a latch-based compression fitting, an O-ring that threadably couples the suction hose 50636 to the inlet port 50762, and/or other coupling mechanisms.

In various circumstances, the fluid-tight and/or air-tight fit between the suction hose 50636 and the fluid trap 50760 is configured to prevent fluid and/or other materials in the evacuated smoke from leaking at or near the junction of these components. In some instances, the suction hose 50636 may be associated with the inlet port 50762 by intermediate coupling devices (such as, for example, O-rings and/or adapters) to further ensure an air-tight and/or fluid-tight connection between the suction hose 50636 and the fluid trap 50760.

As described above, the fluid trap 50760 includes an exhaust port 50766. The exhaust port extends away from a back cover or surface 50768 of the fluid trap 50760. The exhaust port 50766 defines an open passageway between the internal cavity 50770 of the fluid trap 50760 and the external environment. In some instances, the exhaust port 50766 is sized and shaped to be closely associated with a surgical evacuation system or components thereof. For example, the exhaust port 50766 may be sized and shaped to associate at least partially treated smoke from the fluid trap 50760 and deliver it to a filter housed within the extractor housing 50618 (fig. 13). In some cases, the exhaust port 50766 can extend away from a front plate, top surface, or side surface of the fluid trap 50760.

In some instances, the exhaust port 50766 includes a diaphragm that spaces the exhaust port 50766 from the extractor housing 50618. Such diaphragms may be used to prevent water or other liquids collected in the fluid trap 50760 from passing through the exhaust port 50766 and into the extractor housing 50618, while allowing air, water, and/or vapor to freely enter the extractor housing 50618. For example, high flow microporous Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) may be positioned downstream of the exhaust port 50766 and upstream of the pump to protect the pump or other components of the evacuation system 50700 from damage and/or contamination.

The fluid trap 50760 also includes a gripping area 50772 positioned and sized to assist a user in gripping the fluid trap 50760 and/or connecting the fluid trap 50760 with a suction hose 50636 and/or a extractor housing 50618. The gripping region 50772 is shown as an elongated depression; however, the reader will readily appreciate that the gripping region 50772 may include, for example, at least one depression, groove, protrusion, tassel and/or loop that may be sized and shaped to receive a user's finger or otherwise provide a gripping surface.

Referring now primarily to fig. 16 and 17, an internal cavity 50770 of the fluid trap 50760 is shown. The relative positioning of the inlet port 50762 and the exhaust port 50766 is configured to facilitate the extraction and retention of fluid from smoke as the smoke enters the fluid trap 50760. In some instances, the inlet port 50762 may include a notched cylindrical shape that may direct smoke and entrained fluid toward the fluid reservoir 50774 of the fluid trap 50760, or otherwise be directed away from the exhaust port 50766. Examples of such fluid flow are illustrated in fig. 17 by arrows A, B, C, D and E.

As shown, smoke enters the fluid trap 50760 through an inlet port 50762 (shown by arrow a) and exits the fluid trap 50760 through an exhaust port 50766 (shown by arrow E). Due at least in part to the inlet port geometry (e.g., longer upper sidewall 50761 and shorter lower sidewall 50763), smoke entering the inlet port 50762 is initially directed primarily downward into fluid reservoir 50774 of fluid trap 50760 (shown by arrow B). As the smoke continues to be drawn down into the fluid trap 50760 along arrows a and B, the initially downwardly directed smoke rolls down and is directed laterally away from its source to travel along a substantially opposite but parallel path toward the upper portion of the fluid trap 50760 and out of the exhaust port 50766 (shown by arrows D and E).

The directional flow of the aerosol through the fluid trap 50760 may ensure that liquid within the aerosol is drawn out and retained within a lower portion of the fluid trap 50760 (e.g., fluid reservoir 50774). Further, when the fluid trap 50760 is in an upright position, the relative vertical positioning of the eductor port 50766 above the inlet port 50762 is configured to prevent liquid from being inadvertently carried through the exhaust port 50766 by the flow of smoke while substantially not impeding the flow of fluid into and out of the fluid trap 50760. Additionally, in certain instances, the configuration of the inlet port 50762 and the outlet port 50766 and/or the size and shape of the fluid trap 50760 itself may enable the fluid trap 50760 to resist spillage.

In various instances, the evacuation system may include a plurality of sensors and intelligent controls, for example, as further described herein with respect to fig. 5 and 6. In one aspect of the present disclosure, the evacuation system may include one or more temperature sensors, one or more fluid detection sensors, one or more pressure sensors, one or more particle sensors, and/or one or more chemical sensors. The temperature sensor may be positioned to detect a temperature of fluid at the surgical site, moving through the surgical evacuation system, and/or being evacuated from the surgical evacuation system into the operating room. The pressure sensor may be positioned to detect pressure within the evacuation system, such as within the ejector housing. For example, the pressure sensor may be positioned upstream of the filter, between the filter and the pump, and/or downstream of the pump. In some cases, the pressure sensor may be positioned to detect a pressure in an ambient environment external to the evacuation system. Similarly, a particle sensor may be positioned to detect particles within the evacuation system, such as particles within the ejector housing. For example, the particulate sensor may be located upstream of the filter, between the filter and the pump, and/or downstream of the pump. In various instances, a particle sensor may be positioned to detect particles in the ambient environment in order to determine, for example, air quality in an operating room.

FIG. 18 schematically illustrates a row extractor housing 50818 for use in the row extraction system 50800. The extractor housing 50818 can be similar in many respects to, for example, the extractor housing 50018 and/or 50618, and/or can be incorporated into the various extraction systems disclosed herein. The extractor housing 50818 includes a number of sensors, which are further described herein. The reader will appreciate that some extractor housings may not include each of the sensors shown in fig. 18 and/or may include additional sensors. Similar to the

extractor housings

50018 and 50618 disclosed herein, the extractor housing 50818 of fig. 18 includes an inlet 50822 and an outlet 50824. The fluid trap 50860, filter 50870, and pump 50806 are aligned in series along a flow path 50804 through the ejector housing 50818 between an inlet 50822 and an outlet 50824.

The ejector housing may include modular and/or replaceable components, as further described herein. For example, the extractor housing can include a socket or receptacle 50871 sized to receive a modular fluid trap and/or a replaceable filter. In some cases, the fluid trap and filter may be incorporated into a single interchangeable module 50859, as shown in fig. 18. More specifically, the fluid trap 50860 and filter 50870 form an interchangeable module 50859, which may be modular and/or replaceable and which may be removably mountable in a receptacle 50871 in the extractor housing 50818. In other cases, the fluid trap 50860 and the filter 50870 may be separate and distinct modular components that may be assembled together and/or installed separately in the extractor housing 50818.

Still referring to the extractor housing 50818, the extractor housing 50818 includes a plurality of sensors for sensing various parameters therein and/or parameters of the surrounding environment. Additionally or alternatively, one or more modular components installed in the extractor housing 50818 can include one or more sensors. For example, still referring to fig. 18, the interchangeable module 50859 includes a plurality of sensors for detecting various parameters therein.

In various instances, the ejector housing 50818 and/or one or more modular components compatible with the ejector housing 50818 can include a processor, such as processors 50308 and 50408 (fig. 5 and 6), configured to be capable of receiving input from one or more sensors and/or transmitting output to one or more systems and/or drives. Various processors are further described herein for use with the extractor housing 50818.

In operation, smoke from the surgical site may be drawn into the inlet 50822 of the extractor housing 50818 via the fluid trap 50860. The flow path 50804 through the ejector casing 50818 in FIG. 18 may include a sealed conduit or tube 50805 extending between the various components in series. In various circumstances, smoke may flow through the fluid detection sensor 50830 and the chemical sensor 50832 to the diverter valve 50834 as further described herein. A fluid detection sensor such as sensor 50830 may detect fluid particles in the smoke. In one case, the fluid detection sensor 50830 may be a continuity sensor. For example, the fluid detection sensor 50830 may include two spaced apart electrodes and a sensor for detecting the degree of continuity between the two. When no fluid is present, the continuity may be, for example, zero or substantially zero. The chemical sensor 50832 may detect a chemical characteristic of the smoke.

At the diverter valve 50834, the fluid may be directed into a condenser 50835 of the fluid trap 50860, and the fumes may continue toward a filter 50870. A flow guide 50864 is positioned within the condenser 50835 to facilitate condensation of fluid droplets from the mist into a reservoir in the fluid trap 50860. The fluid detection sensor 50836 may ensure that any fluid in the ejector housing is completely or at least substantially captured within the fluid trap 50860.

Still referring to fig. 18, the smoke may then be directed to flow into the filter 50870 of the interchangeable module 50859. At the inlet of the filter 50870, smoke may flow through a particulate sensor 50838 and a pressure sensor 50840. In one form, the particle sensor 50838 may comprise a laser particle counter, as further described herein. The smoke may be filtered through a pleated Ultra Low Permeability Air (ULPA) filter 50842 and a charcoal filter 50844 as shown in fig. 18.

Upon exiting the filter, the filtered smoke may flow past the pressure sensor 50846, and may then continue to flow along the flow path 50804 within the extractor housing 50818 toward the pump 50806. As it moves through the pump 50806, the filtered smoke may flow through a particulate sensor 50848 and a pressure sensor 50850 at the outlet to the ejector housing 50818. In one form, the particle sensor 50848 may include a laser particle counter, as further described herein. The extractor housing 50818 of fig. 18 also includes an air quality particle sensor 50852 and an ambient pressure sensor 50854 that are used to detect various characteristics of the surrounding environment, such as the environment within the operating room. The air quality particle sensor or the external/ambient air particle sensor 50852 may include at least one form of laser particle counter. Various sensors shown in fig. 18 are further described herein. Further, in various instances, alternative sensing devices may be utilized in the smoke evacuation systems disclosed herein. For example, alternative sensors for counting particles and/or determining the concentration of particles in a fluid are also disclosed herein.

In various circumstances, the fluid trap 50860 of fig. 18 can be configured to prevent spillage and/or leakage of the captured fluid. For example, the geometry of the fluid trap 50860 may be selected to prevent spillage and/or leakage of the captured fluid. In some instances, the fluid trap 50860 may include a baffle and/or a splash plate (such as plate 50862) for preventing captured fluid from splashing out of the fluid trap 50860. In one or more instances, the fluid trap 50860 may include a sensor for detecting a volume of fluid within the fluid trap and/or determining whether the fluid trap 50860 is filled to capacity. The fluid trap 50860 may include a valve for emptying fluid therefrom. The reader will readily appreciate that various alternative fluid trap arrangements and geometries may be employed to capture fluid drawn into the extractor housing 50818.

In some cases, the filter 50870 may include additional and/or fewer levels of filtration. For example, the filter 50870 may include one or more filtration layers selected from the following group of filters: coarse media filters, fine media filters, and adsorbent-based filters. The coarse media filter may be a low air resistance filter, which may be constructed of, for example, fiberglass, polyester, and/or pleated filters. The fine media filter may be a High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filter and/or an ULPA filter. The adsorbent-based filter may be, for example, an activated carbon filter. The reader will readily appreciate that various alternative filter arrangements and geometries may be employed to filter smoke drawn along the flow path through the extractor housing 50818.

In one or more instances, the pump 50806 shown in FIG. 18 can be replaced with and/or used in conjunction with another compressor and/or pump (such as a hybrid regenerative blower, claw pump, and/or screw compressor). The reader will readily appreciate that various alternative pumping arrangements and geometries can be employed to generate suction within flow path 50804 to draw smoke into extractor housing 50818.

Various sensors in the evacuation system, such as the sensor shown in fig. 18, may be in communication with the processor. The processor may be incorporated into the evacuation system and/or may be a component of another surgical instrument and/or a surgical hub. Various processors are also described herein. The onboard processor may be configured to adjust one or more operating parameters of the ejector system (e.g., the motor of pump 50806) based on input from one or more sensors. Additionally or alternatively, the on-board processor may be configured to adjust one or more operating parameters of another device (such as an electrosurgical tool and/or an imaging device) based on input from one or more sensors.

Referring now to fig. 19, another ejector housing 50918 for the ejector system 50900 is shown. The ejector casing 50918 of FIG. 19 may be similar in many respects to the ejector casing 50818 of FIG. 18. For example, the ejector casing 50918 defines a flow path 50904 between an inlet 50922 to the ejector casing 50918 and an outlet 50924 to the ejector casing 50918. Disposed intermediate the inlet 50922 and the outlet 50924 are a fluid trap 50960, a filter 50970, and a pump 50906, in that order. The evacuation housing 50918 can include, for example, a socket or receptacle 50971 (similar to receptacle 50871) sized to receive a modular fluid trap and/or a replaceable filter. At the diverter valve 50934, the fluid may be directed into a condenser 50935 of the fluid trap 50960 and the fumes may continue toward the filter 50970. In some cases, the fluid trap 50960 can include, for example, a baffle (such as baffle 50964) and/or a splash screen (such as screen 50962) for preventing captured fluid from splashing out of the fluid trap 50960. Filter 50970 includes a pleated Ultra Low Permeability Air (ULPA) filter 50942 and a charcoal filter 50944. A sealing conduit or tube 50905 extends between the various embedded components. The extractor housing 50918 also includes

sensors

50830, 50832, 50836, 50838, 50840, 50846, 50848, 50850, 50852, and 50854, which are further described herein and shown in fig. 18 and 19.

Still referring to fig. 19, the ejector housing 50918 also includes a centrifugal blower arrangement 50980 and a recirculation valve 50990. The recirculation valve 50990 is selectively openable and closable to recirculate fluid through the fluid trap 50960. For example, if fluid is detected by the fluid detection sensor 50836, the recirculation valve 50990 may be opened such that fluid is directed back away from the filter 50970 and back into the fluid trap 50960. If fluid is not detected by the fluid detection sensor 50836, the valve 50990 may close such that smoke is directed into the filter 50970. As fluid is recirculated through recirculation valve 50990, fluid may be drawn in through recirculation conduit 50982. The centrifugal blower device 50980 engages with the recirculation conduit 50982 to generate a recirculation suction in the recirculation conduit 50982. More specifically, when the recirculation valve 50990 is open and the pump 50906 is activated, the suction generated by the pump 50906 downstream of the filter 50970 may generate rotation of a first centrifugal blower or squirrel cage 50984, which may be translated to a second centrifugal blower or squirrel cage 50986, which draws the recirculated fluid through the recirculation valve 50990 and into the fluid trap 50960.

In various aspects of the present disclosure, the control schematic of fig. 5 and 6 may be utilized with the various sensor systems and extractor housings of fig. 18 and 19.

Communicating smoke evacuation system parameters to a surgical hub or cloudTo effect output or operation of other attached devices END8546USNP(M-1/164469)

During a surgical procedure in which an electrosurgical instrument has been used, parameters such as particle type, particle concentration and particle size in surgical smoke have not previously been monitored. Not performing smoke monitoring during surgery means that smoke evacuation devices present at the surgical site fail to adjust operation to more carefully evacuate smoke in order to compensate for parameter variations in the course of the surgery (e.g., higher particle concentrations in the evacuated smoke, etc.).

With reference to fig. 20-22 and 25-35, an exemplary smart smoke evacuation system 56100 as described herein can communicate detected or sensed parameters to the surgical hub 206 or cloud analysis computing environment 204 (hereinafter cloud 204), which in turn enables output and operation of other devices in communication with the surgical hub 206 or cloud 204. For example, if a varying particle concentration is detected, the varying parameter is communicated to the surgical hub 206 or cloud 204, and the surgical hub 206 or cloud 204 may adjust the operation of another component in the intelligent smoke evacuation system 56100, such as the power level applied to the electrosurgical instrument, to compensate for the varying parameter.

By automatically adjusting the operation of other devices due to the parameters detected by the intelligent smoke evacuation system, smoke generated by the operation of the electrosurgical instrument is more effectively removed and risks to doctors and other personnel during surgery are reduced.

Fig. 20 shows a smoke evacuation system 56100 in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure, wherein various modules and devices communicate with each other. Communication between the modules and devices identified in the smoke evacuation system 56100 may occur directly or indirectly via a connection through the surgical hub 204 and/or cloud 204. The smoke evacuation system 56100 may be interactively coupled to the surgical hub 206 and/or cloud 204, as described in fig. 25-35, for example. As such, the parameters sensed or detected by the smoke evacuation module 226 may affect the functionality of other modules, devices, or components in a computer-implemented surgical system, such as those shown in fig. 32-24. For example, fig. 20 shows a computer-implemented smoke evacuation system 56100 that includes a cloud 204, a surgical hub 206, a smoke evacuation module 226, and modules a 56108, B56106, and C56104. Modules a 56108, B56106, and C56104 may be any module or device connected to the surgical hub 206 or part of the surgical hub 206. For example, modules a 56108, B56106, and C56104 may be part of visualization system 208, robotic system 222, smart instrument 235, imaging module 238, generator module 240, suction/irrigation module 228, communication module 230, processor module 232, storage array 234, operating room mapping module 242, and so forth. Examples and descriptions of these various types of modules and components may be found, for example, in the discussion of fig. 25-35.

The smoke evacuation module 226 includes at least one sensor. The sensor may be any type of sensor including, for example, a sensor that detects an operating parameter, such as an ambient pressure sensor, an air quality particle sensor, and the like. Further, the sensor may be an internal sensor, such as, for example, a pressure sensor, a fluid detection sensor, a chemical sensor, a laser particle counter, or the like. Further, more than one pressure sensor may be included in the smoke evacuation module 226 to determine the pressure differential across various portions of the smoke evacuation module 226. A description of the sensors used in the context of the smoke evacuation system 56100 may be found, for example, in conjunction with fig. 4-6, 18, and 19.

In various aspects, smoke evacuation module 226 and modules a 56108, B56106, and C56104 may be in direct or indirect communication with surgical hub 206 and/or cloud 204, for example. Turning again to fig. 20, the smoke evacuation module 206 and modules a 56108, B56106, and C56104 are shown engaged in bi-directional communication with the surgical hub 206. Such bidirectional communication is indicated by bidirectional arrows, such as arrow 56112. In one example, this two-way communication may be achieved by connecting the modular housing of smoke evacuation module 226 or modules a 56108, B56106, and C56104 to a modular backplane that includes an internal connector console. The modular backplane is configured to be capable of being connected to the smoke evacuation module 226 or the modular housings of modules a 56108, B56106, and C56104 either laterally or vertically through the surgical hub 206. One example of this is shown in fig. 27 to 31. In an alternative example, bi-directional communication may be established by the smoke evacuation module 226 or the housings of modules a 56108, B56106, and C56104 being separate housings with wired connection attachments on the back of the device that allow it to interface with the surgical hub 206. Alternatively, as another example, smoke evacuation module 226 and modules a 56108, B56106, and C56104 may be directly connected to each other. As another example, the smoke evacuation module 226 and modules a 56108, B56106, and C56104 may include wireless communication modules to communicate directly or indirectly with the surgical hub 206 and/or cloud 204. In the example shown in fig. 20, the surgical hub 206 is shown in bidirectional communication with the cloud 204. Alternatively, as further shown by dashed line 56110, smoke evacuation module 226 and any or all of modules a 56108, B56106, and C56104 may communicate directly with cloud 204 in order to receive commands or information directly from the cloud without continuing through surgical hub 206.

Fig. 21 illustrates an example method flow diagram 56200 of interconnectivity among the surgical hub 206, cloud 204, smoke evacuation module 226, and/or various other modules a 56108, B56106, and C56104 in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure. Although the example method 56200 is described with reference to the flowchart shown in fig. 21, it should be understood that many other methods of performing the actions associated with this method may be used. For example, the order of some blocks may be changed, some blocks may be combined with other blocks, and some of the blocks described may be optional.

Referring also to fig. 25-35, initially, the smoke evacuation module 226 obtains 56202 parameters. For example, a sensor component of the smoke evacuation module 226 (such as an air quality particle sensor) will detect the parameter. The parameter may be any parameter related to the surroundings of the operating room, such as for example the air quality of the operating room. Although there is only one sensed parameter in this example, the disclosure should not be limited in this manner. In an alternative example, any number of different sensors may produce a number of sensed parameters. The frequency of sensing the parameter and the frequency of activating the smoke evacuation module 226 depend on the amount of smoke evacuated. For example, if very little smoke is being exhausted, the smoke evacuation module 226 may operate more slowly and/or sense parameters less frequently. Alternatively, if the smoke evacuation module 226 is actively operating to evacuate smoke being generated quickly, the smoke evacuation module 226 may help operate at a higher rate and/or sense parameters more frequently to ensure that the device is functioning properly. This may provide a safer environment for all surgeons, personnel and medical equipment present in the operating room. Other parameters that may be sensed include those sensed by internal sensors, such as, for example, particle concentration, aerosol percentage, or chemical analysis. Alternatively, the operating parameters sensed by the sensors on the smoke evacuation module 226 enclosure include, for example, airflow, differential pressure, or air quality. A description of the sensors used in the context of the smoke evacuation system 56100 may be found, for example, in fig. 4-6, 18, and 19.

Next, the smoke evacuation module 226 transmits 56204 the value of the acquired parameter to the surgical hub 206 or cloud 204. For example, if a value of air quality of the operating room is obtained, the smoke evacuation module 226 may send it to the surgical hub 206. The surgical hub 206 may process the parameter and/or may transmit the received air quality parameter to the cloud 204. This may be accomplished via network router 211, hub 207, network switch 209, or any combination thereof. In an alternative example, the smoke evacuation module 226 may communicate the air quality parameters directly to the cloud 204 using wired or wireless communication techniques.

Next, the value of the parameter is processed 56206 and it is determined 56208 whether the value of the parameter has an effect on how the surgical evacuation system 56100 or another modular device should operate. The processing may occur in the surgical hub 206, in the cloud 204, or in a combination of the surgical hub 206 and the cloud 204. The processing performed on the sensed parameters includes using the values of the sensed parameters in various algorithms and learning software to determine whether the operation of smoke evacuation module 226 or any of modules a 56108, B56106, and C56104 should be automatically adjusted to compensate for the values of the detected parameters. The value of the parameter is a smoke evacuation variable. The algorithms and learning software may be stored in the cloud 204 (storage 105) or surgical hub 206 (storage 248) prior to processing and may be updated remotely as needed.

For example, if the sensed value of the air quality parameter indicates that a large number of smoke particles are present in the air, the cloud 204 may contain software algorithms that may use the value of the air quality parameter to determine how to change the operation of the smoke evacuation modules or modules a 56108, B56106, and C56104 in order to improve the ambient air quality of the operating room. In this example, the cloud 204 may determine that the operation of the smart instrument 235 must be modified and optimally adjust the operation by adjusting the output of the generator that provides the waveform to the smart instrument 235. The generator module 240 is configured to convert the electrical power into a high frequency waveform comprised of an oscillating current that is transmitted to the electrodes to act on the tissue. In an alternative example, cloud 204 may determine that none of modules a 56108, B56106, and C56104 must adjust, but that the operation of smoke evacuation module 226 must be adjusted. In this alternative example, if the operation of smoke evacuation module 226 is adjusted to evacuate the smoke from the operating room more quickly, cloud 204 may determine that the value of the air quality parameter indicates that smoke evacuation module 226 may provide a safer environment.

Next, instructions are sent 56210 to the surgical evacuation system 56100 or the modular device to adjust the operation. For example, the cloud 204 may determine that the operation of the smart instrument 235 should be adjusted based on the value of the sensed air quality parameter. In this example, this was previously determined by the cloud 204 to be best achieved by modifying the output of the generator module 240. Thus, in this exemplary step 56210, the cloud 204 sends instructions to the generator module 240 (e.g., module a 56108). In this example, an instruction is sent to the generator module 240 that instructs the output of the generator module 240 to be modified in order to change the operation of the smart instrument 235.

Finally, the operation of the surgical evacuation system 56100 or the modular device is adjusted 56212 based on the instructions. For example, the generator module 240 will follow the instructions it receives from the cloud 204 and change the shape of the waveform output to the smart instrument 235. This adjustment causes the smart instrument 235 to act on the tissue in a desired manner. In one example, instructions for the various modules are pre-stored in the cloud 204 or surgical hub 206, but may be updated remotely as needed. Alternatively, the instructions are dynamically generated by the cloud 204 or surgical hub 206 as needed.

Fig. 22 illustrates a smoke evacuation system 56300 in communication with various other modules and devices in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure. The example shown in fig. 22 discloses an alternative example of the computer-implemented surgical system shown in fig. 20. With continued reference to fig. 25-35 and 22, a cloud 204 and a surgical hub 206 are shown. Although the illustrated example shows one cloud 204 and one surgical hub 206, in alternative examples, there may be more than one cloud 204 and/or surgical hub 206 in a computer-implemented surgical system.

In fig. 22, the surgical hub 206 may include various modules, such as a suction/irrigation module 228, a smoke evacuation module 226, and a generator module 240. The smoke evacuation module 226 may include a first sensor 56302 and a second sensor 56304 that detect different parameters. For example, the first sensor 56302 may be a chemical sensor that performs chemical analysis on smoke drawn from the operating room, and the second sensor 56304 may be a laser particle counter that determines the particle concentration of smoke drawn from the operating room. In an alternative example, there may be more or less than two sensors in the smoke evacuation module 226.

In this example, the first sensor 56302 senses a first parameter 56306, such as the pH of smoke drawn from the operating room. The second sensor 56304 senses a second parameter 5608, e.g., a particle count (ppm) of smoke drawn from the operating room. Smoke evacuation module 226 may be connected to surgical hub 206 or may be part of surgical hub 206 so that first parameter 56306 and second parameter 5608 may be automatically provided to surgical hub 206 after being sensed. In an alternative example, the surgical hub 206 may request any sensed parameter from the smoke evacuation module 226 periodically or upon a user request for sensed parameter information, and the smoke evacuation module 226 will provide a value of the sensed parameter upon the request. Alternatively, the smoke evacuation module 226 may periodically provide sensed values to the surgical hub 206 without request.

In one example, the surgical hub 206 can process, modify, or manipulate the first parameter 56306 and the second parameter 5608 to become the first treatment parameter 56306 'and the second treatment parameter 5608'. In an alternative example, the surgical hub 206 may not perform any processing of the first parameter 56306 and the second parameter 5608. The surgical hub 206 may send the first processing parameter 56306 'and the second processing parameter 5608' to the cloud 204 for further processing in order to determine whether the operations of the various modules should be adjusted based on the values of the sensed parameters. The cloud 204 can run various algorithms to determine whether the values of the first processing parameter 56306 'and the second processing parameter 5608' indicate whether any other modules and devices (including the smoke evacuation module 226) should be adjusted in order to create a more desirable surgical environment in the operating room. In this example, the cloud 204 may determine that the values of the first and second processing parameters 56306', 5638' are above or below acceptable thresholds, and therefore the operation of the other modules should be adjusted to compensate for the sensed/detected values of the first and second processing parameters 56306', 5608'.

In the example shown in fig. 22, the cloud 204 may determine that the display of the visualization system 208 should be adjusted to accurately show the surgical site. In this case, the cloud 204 may send instruction a 56312 to the visualization system 208 to adjust its display of the surgical site. The visualization system 208 is communicatively coupled to the surgical hub 206.

Further, in this example, the cloud 204 may determine, after running the plurality of algorithms, that the operation of the suction/irrigation module 228 should also be adjusted based on the value of the first processing parameter 56306 'or the second processing parameter 5608'. In this example, instruction B56310 may be sent from cloud 204 to surgical hub 206. The surgical hub 206 may transmit the instruction B56310 to the suction/irrigation module 228. In an alternative example, the surgical hub 206 can cause a processor 244 located in the surgical hub 206 to adjust the operation of the suction/irrigation module 228. In another alternative example, the cloud 204 may send the instruction B56310 directly to the suction/irrigation module 228 without first sending the instruction B5638 through the surgical hub 206.

The cloud 204 may determine, after running the various algorithms, that the generator module 240 may not benefit from the adjustment of the operation, or that the sensed parameter may not be effectively affected by the adjustment of the operation of the generator module 240. Thus, in the example shown in fig. 22, the cloud 204 may not send instructions to the generator module 240. Alternatively, the cloud 204 may send an indication to the generator module 240 that no modification operations are required.

Smoke evacuation system comprising a segmented control circuit, wherein the circuit is powered in a phased manner to check for system errors Error, short circuit and safety check

If a fault in the smoke evacuation system is not detected, the smoke evacuation system may be inadvertently operated in a surgical scenario when the smoke evacuation system is not functioning properly. This may result in an unsafe surgical environment in which dangerous or carcinogenic fumes are not properly filtered from the operating room. Alternatively, while some portions of the fume extraction system may be operating properly, other portions may not. This can make the power-on and operation of the smoke evacuation system generally dangerous.

The smoke evacuation system 56100, 5656300 includes a smoke evacuation module 226 coupled to, for example, the surgical hub 206 and/or cloud 204 as shown in fig. 20-22, which may also include a segment control circuit 57100 as described in fig. 23. The segment control circuit 57100 may be powered on in stages to check for faults, errors, short circuits, and may run various safety checks to help determine that the smoke evacuation module 226 is safe to operate when the smoke evacuation module 226 is activated.

By activating the smoke evacuation module 226 in a staged manner, faults and errors may be identified before attempting to operate the smoke evacuation module 226. This may improve the overall safety of the surgical procedure, as the smoke evacuation system may be repaired or, if desired, replaced with a replacement smoke evacuation module.

In one aspect, the smoke evacuation module 226 depicted in fig. 20-22 includes a segmented control circuit that can be powered on in a phased manner to check for errors, short circuits, and perform safety checks of the system. Fig. 23 illustrates one aspect of a segment control circuit 57100 in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure. It should be noted that while certain features, modules, processors, motors, etc. are divided among the various sections shown in fig. 23, the present disclosure should not be limited to this example. In alternative examples, the section may include more, fewer, or different components than those disclosed in fig. 23. Further, in another alternative example, the number of segments in an exemplary segmented circuit may be more or less than three segments.

In the example of fig. 23, the segment control circuit 57100 includes a first segment 57102, a second segment 57104, and a third segment 57106. In one example, first section 57102 includes a main processor 57108 and a secure processor 57110. The main processor 57108 may be wired directly to the power button or switch 57120. Thus, in this example, the first sector 57102 (and specifically the primary processor 57108) is the first sector 57102 and component 57108 to be activated.

The secure processor 57110 and/or the main processor 57108 may be configured to be able to interact with one or more additional circuit segments and their components, such as a second segment 57104 that may include a sensing circuit 57112 and a display circuit 57114, and a third segment 57106 that may include a motor control circuit 57116 and a motor 57118. The circuit segments and their components are coupled to or in communication with secure processor 57110 and/or main processor 57108. The main processor 57108 and/or the secure processor 57110 may also be coupled to memory, or include internal memory. The main processor 57108 and/or the security processor 57110 may also be coupled to or in wired or wireless communication with a communication device that will allow communication over a network, such as the surgical hub 206 and/or the cloud 204.

Main processor 57108 includes a plurality of inputs coupled to, for example, one or more circuit segments, a battery, and/or a plurality of switches. The segment control circuit 57100 may be implemented by any suitable circuitry, such as, for example, a Printed Circuit Board Assembly (PCBA) within the smoke evacuation module 226. It is to be understood that the term "processor" as used herein includes any microprocessor, processor, microcontroller, controller or other basic computing device that combines the functions of a computer's Central Processing Unit (CPU) onto one integrated circuit or at most several integrated circuits. The main processor 57108 and the security processor 57110 are multipurpose programmable devices that accept digital data as input, process the input according to instructions stored in their memories, and then provide the result as output. Because the processor has internal memory, it is an example of sequential digital logic. The security processor 57110 may be configured to be able to be used specifically for security critical applications and the like to provide advanced integrated security features while delivering scalable performance, connectivity, and memory options.

In the example shown in fig. 23, the second section 57104 may include a sensing circuit 57112 and a display circuit 57114, both of which are coupled to or in signal communication with the main processor 57108. The sensing circuit 57112 of the smoke evacuation module 226 generally described herein includes various sensors, some internal to the smoke evacuation module 226, and some external to the smoke evacuation module 226 and located on the housing of the smoke evacuation module. These sensors include various pressure sensors, fluid sensors, chemical sensors, laser particle counters or other laser sensors, and air quality sensors. A description of the sensors used in the context of the smoke evacuation system 56100 may be found, for example, in fig. 4-6, 18, and 19.

In an alternative aspect, sensing circuitry 57112 can include communication devices, as some sensors located on the outer housing of smoke evacuation module 226 can involve communication with and/or connection to sensing circuitry 57112, main processor 57108, and/or safety processor 57102 via the communication devices. The display circuitry 57114 may include a screen or other display that can display text, images, graphics, charts, etc. obtained by the smoke evacuation module 226 or another device in communication with the smoke evacuation module 226 or the surgical hub 206. For example, the display circuitry 57114 may include a monitor or screen (e.g., the

displays

210, 217, or the monitor 135) that may display and overlay images or data received from the imaging module 238, the device/instrument 235, and/or other visualization systems 208. The display or screen may present the status of each section or each component in each section in segment control circuit 57100 to the user. The segment control circuit 57100 may identify the status of each segment or the status of each component of each segment by identifying each component or segment, receiving or determining the status of each component or segment, and displaying the status of each component or segment to a user. The components or segments may be identified using, for example, unique packet formats, authentication, encryption, ID numbers, passwords, signal communication, tags, and the like. The status of the component or section may be determined using indicia, indications, values of sensed parameters, measurements, and the like.

These functions (identification, determination, and display) may be performed using, for example, Wi-Fi, wired connection, signal communication, Thread, bluetooth, RFID, or NFC. For example, the components of the segment control circuit 57100 may include communication devices that communicate over a network or may be coupled to external communication devices that allow communication over a network. The communication device may include a transceiver configured to be able to communicate by physical wire or wirelessly. The apparatus may also include one or more additional transceivers. Transceivers may include, but are not limited to, cellular modems, wireless mesh network transceivers,

A transceiver, a Low Power Wide Area (LPWA) transceiver, and/or a near field communication transceiver (NFC). The communication device may include the main processor 57108, the safety processor 57110, the display circuit 57114, the surgical hub 206, or the cloud 204 or be configured to be able to communicate with the main processor 57108, the safety processor 57110, the display circuit 57114, the surgical hub 206, or the cloud 204, which may verify the identity of the component or the identity of the receivable component and its associated status. The transceiver may be configured to receive serial transmission data from the processor via a corresponding UART, modulate the serial transmission data onto an RF carrier to generate a transmission RF signal, and transmit the RF signal via a corresponding antenna. Each transceiver may correspond to a particular implementation of a selected wireless communication standard and/or protocol, e.g., for

And/or IEEE 802.15.4 for wireless mesh networks using Zigbee routing, as described herein. In alternative aspects, the display circuit may include a small speaker for audible signaling or a small light/display for indicating the status of the smoke detector, on/off operation, remaining life of the filter, etc. Identification of each component and thereofThe status may be actively provided by each component, sending or transmitting such information at regular or irregular intervals. An example of an irregular time interval may be, for example, when a user indicates information to be transmitted. In an alternative example, the identity and status information for each component or segment may be requested at regular or irregular intervals. For example, the identity and status of the motor control circuit 57116 may be requested every minute, 20 minutes, 40 minutes, one hour, 3 hours, 24 hours, etc.

In an alternative aspect, the segment control circuit 57100 allows for the energization of a status circuit that allows the smoke evacuation module 226 to query or poll all attached components. The status circuitry may be located in any section, but for this example may be located in the first section 57102. The status circuit may be capable of querying/polling all components, including those in the first section 57102, the second section 57104, the third section 57106, as well as any other additional components, such as those shown in fig. 25-35. The attached components may be polled/queried to verify compatibility, i.e., the components or zones may be compatible with a fume extraction system or hub; authenticity, i.e., a component or section may be the correct component and may be authentic; a status of use, or a status of any segment or component (such as a filter) having a life based on use; and proper insertion of sections or components, such as a filter, prior to energizing the motor and a pump connected to the motor. In one example, smart appliances (such as smart appliance 235) may be further queried/polled to verify that the correct device is being used and that the extractor system is able to work or know how to work with the polled/queried smart appliance. For example, the polled or queried smart appliance 235 may be a Zip

To know which Zip is being used

Can help the smoke evacuation system determine how to work. If an unidentified smart instrument is used, the smoke evacuation system may determine to de-energize the motorAppropriate or unsafe, and the display circuit 57114 may display an error. This may be done for any component of the smart surgical environment, not just the smart instrument 235. Alternatively, if an unidentified smart instrument is used, the smoke evacuation system may determine that the device may be used in a generally safe mode of operation.

As described above, powering on the status circuit that allows the fume extraction module 226 to query/poll other components may also provide a unique identification, authentication, and status text string for the queried/polled component. This allows for controlled identification of the smoke evacuation module 226 and subcomponents of the smoke evacuation module 226 to prevent a rogue device from spoofing a security device. For example, one exemplary attempt to fool a security device is to make a unique connection by building a "pirate". To prevent system spoofing, operations may be performed to authenticate each component. Each component attached to the fume extraction system may be authenticated based on stored data, secure encryption, authentication, parameters, or some combination thereof. The stored data may include an identification number or another identifier, a product name, and product type, a unique device identifier, a company trademark, a serial number and/or other manufacturing data, configuration parameters, usage information, enabled or disabled features, or algorithms/instructions on how to use the attached component.

In the example shown in fig. 23, the third section 57106 may include a motor control circuit 57116 and a motor 57118. Motor control circuit 57116 and/or motor 57118 may be coupled to or in signal communication with main processor 57108 and/or safety processor 57110. The main processor 57108 may instruct the motor control circuit 57116 to decrease or increase the speed of the motor 57118. In an alternative example, the motor control circuit 57116 and the motor 57118 may be coupled to or in signal communication with the safety processor 57110. The motor 57118 can be coupled to a pump in the smoke evacuation module 226 (see fig. 4 and 6-19), and operation of the motor 57118 can operate the pump. Specifically, in one example, the motor 57118 may operate in two different states. The first state may be when the motor 57118 is activated by a user. In this first state, the motor 57118 may be operating at a higher rate than in the second state. In the second state, the motor 57118, the motor control circuit 57116, the primary processor 57108, or the safety processor 57110 may sense the lack of user activity, or may receive an instruction from the primary processor 57108, the safety processor 57110, the surgical hub 204, the cloud 206, or another module (e.g., the processor module 232) located within the surgical hub 206 to slow the rate of operation of the motor 57118.

The number of different states in which the motor 57118 can operate is not limited to two. The motor 57118 may change or select its operating state based on various measured values of the parameters. In another aspect, the motor 57118 may determine or set its operating state based on a level of user activity falling within, above, or below a particular threshold. Further, these thresholds may be related or closely related to the thresholds of other modules or components of the smoke evacuation module 226.

In an alternative example, the motor 57118 may optionally have a mode referred to as a sleep mode. In this example, the sleep mode may be activated when not being used for a predetermined amount of time, or the motor 57118 may be turned off into the sleep mode (quiet mode or low power mode). The threshold amount of time of inactivity prior to entering the sleep mode may vary depending on a number of factors, including the type of surgical procedure, the particular surgeon performing the procedure, or other factors. Thus, the predetermined amount of time may be preset, but may be easily adjusted. For example, the threshold for switching from an exemplary active state to a sleep mode state may be ten minutes. In this example, if the surgeon has not used the smart instrument 235 for more than ten minutes, the motor control circuit 57116 or the motor 57118 may receive an instruction to enter the sleep mode. In an alternative example, if the smart instrument 235 has not been used by the surgeon for more than ten minutes, the smart instrument 235 may automatically initiate the sleep mode by slowing the motor 57118 to the sleep mode state. Further, when the smoke evacuation module 226 or the smart appliance 235 is again used or senses user interaction, the smoke evacuation module 226 may undergo a wake-up sequence to re-energize the segmented circuit 57100. The wake-up sequence may be the same as the startup sequence used to power up the segmented circuit 57100 when checking for errors or faults. Alternatively, the wake-up sequence may be an abbreviated version of a startup sequence to quickly re-energize the segmented circuit 57100 upon sensing a user interaction.

The example shown in fig. 24 discloses a method 57200 of operating the control circuit portion of the smoke evacuation module 226 to energize the segment control circuit 57100 in stages in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure. In this way, various portions of the control circuitry will be able to perform a safety check before powering on the subsequent segment, thereby providing a safe electrical start-up circuit approach. Although the example method 57200 is described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG. 24, it should be understood that many other methods of performing the actions associated with this method may be used. For example, the order of some blocks may be changed, some blocks may be combined with other blocks, and some of the blocks described may be optional.

According to the method 57200, the control circuit 57100 first activates 57202 the first segment 57102. For example, as previously shown in fig. 23, the first section 57102 may include a main processor 57108 and a secure processor 57110. In an alternative example, other components may also be included in the first section 57102, or the first section 57102 may not include the main processor 57108 and/or the secure processor 57110.

Next, the first section 57102 performs a first function 57204. This first function may be related to, for example, verifying the security of the control circuit 57100 and/or smoke evacuation module 226. For example, main processor 57108 or safety processor 57110 may check each segment or component of a segment for shorts and other errors before engaging the high power portion of segment control circuit 57100. Main processor 57108 and/or security processor 57110 may perform a security check on each component or each segment to determine that they are functioning properly. Further, in another example, the primary processor 57108 or the safety processor 57110 may perform a verification function to ensure that the components in the smoke evacuation module 226 are the correct components. For example, the main processor 57108 or the secure processor 57110 may include a Trusted Platform Module (TPM), or the TPM may be a separate component in the staging control circuit 57100 to ensure that the components of the

smoke ejector systems

56100, 56300 are the correct components. This verification may be accomplished in various ways. For example, one exemplary method is to store a key for each component or segment in the TPM. If the connected components are compared and the keys of each component or section are not found within the TPM, the smoke evacuation module 226 may not enable or power those modules. In another example, the key in question may incorporate encryption, or alternatively, authentication of a component of smoke evacuation module 226 (such as main processor 57108 or security processor 57110) may be required.

Further, for example, main processor 57108 and/or safety processor 57110 may include switching logic stored in memory that prevents segment control circuit 57100 from activating portions of the circuit if certain safety conditions are not met. For example, there may be various conditions stored within the security processor 57118 that are attached to the logic switch or switches. For example, if the protective housing is not fully closed, if the filter module is not fully or properly inserted, if the fluid reservoir is not fully or properly inserted, if the hose is not properly or fully inserted, and if the fluid reservoir is not sufficiently full, the logic switch may be triggered and the segmented control circuit 57100 or an appendage of the smoke evacuation module 226 may not be activated.

In an alternative example, there may be a separate housing circuit to ensure that the enclosure is fully and properly closed before allowing the smoke evacuation module 226 or one of the sections to be activated or operated. For example, the circuit may not be closed if the housing is not fully closed. Thus, the remaining segments or components of segment control circuit 57100 may not be activated. The housing circuit concept can be used in tamper circuits to prevent unauthorized repair. For example, the tamper circuit may include a validation circuit. If the housing is opened, which should not be opened, the validation circuit may be permanently electrically or mechanically broken. The breakable confirmation circuit has an internal connection bar that can bridge two rigidly fixed electrical connection blocks, one of which can be located on the shell of the housing and the other of which can be located on the base frame of the housing. The internal connection may have a rigid insertable electrical connector that may be locked into a respective connection block by latching features on each of the shell and base frame. When disconnected, it is evident that the housing has been opened or tampered with. Once disconnected, the electrical connector can be easily released and replaced once the housing is opened for replacement. In one alternative aspect, the block and latching feature may be located in different positions, and each section may comprise a separate block and latching feature. For example, the first section 57102, the second section 57104, and the third section 57106 may each have separate acknowledgement circuits. If the first section 57102 is tampered with or opened, the validation circuit may be broken when the rigid internal connection strip may be broken, and thus may be identified as tampered with and/or the validation circuit may be replaced. By having a separate validation circuit, it can be easily detected if any of the various sections or components of segment control circuit 57100 have been tampered with.

Alternatively, the housing circuit may be used as a segmented safety device. For example, if a portion of the system requires servicing, the housing circuitry may enable a portion of the system to be opened and serviced, but prevent use of segment control circuit 57100 or smoke evacuation module 226 after an unauthorized separate portion of segment control circuit 57100 may have been opened, removed, or modified. For example, if the segment control circuit 57100 of the smoke evacuation system 226 should be serviced, but only the display circuit 57114 needs to be serviced, a service technician or other personnel may not have a reason to service the third segment 57106 or the first segment 57102. Thus, the third section 57106 and the first section 57102 may include separate housing circuits containing single-use fuses or other mechanical/electromechanical devices or digital versions or the like. Once the third section 57106 and the first section 57102 are opened, modified, or removed, the fuse can blow, thereby not allowing power to reach the third section 57106 and the first section 57102.

If an error, short circuit, fault, or other problem is detected, segment control circuit 57100 may be able to run at least one segment of segment control circuit 57100 without running other segments. To ensure the safety of the segmented control circuit 57100, portions of the segmented control circuit 57100 and the connections therebetween may be physically switched, blown, or disconnected, allowing the switches, fuses, and circuit breakers to trip and prevent power from being applied in the presence of unsafe conditions. Any suitable mechanical switch, electromechanical switch, or solid state switch may be used to implement the plurality of switches. For example, there may be single use fuses, resettable fuses, or solid state switching devices between the main processor 57108 and the motor control circuit 57116. Generally, a fuse is an electrical safety device that operates to provide overcurrent protection for an electrical circuit. It may comprise a metal wire or strip which melts when too much current flows through it, thereby interrupting the current flow. In general, a resettable fuse is a Polymeric Positive Temperature Coefficient (PPTC) device, which is a passive electronic component used to prevent overcurrent faults in an electrical circuit. The device may also be referred to as a polysilicon fuse or a self-healing fuse. Generally, solid state switches operate under the influence of magnetic fields, such as hall effect devices, Magnetoresistive (MR) devices, Giant Magnetoresistive (GMR) devices, magnetometers, and the like. In other implementations, the switch may be a solid state switch that operates under the influence of light, such as an optical sensor, an infrared sensor, an ultraviolet sensor, and the like. Also, the switches may be solid state devices such as transistors (e.g., FETs, junction FETs, metal oxide semiconductor FETs (mosfets), bipolar transistors, etc.). Other switches may include wireless switches, ultrasonic switches, accelerometers, inertial sensors, and the like.

Next, the second segment may be activated 57206. For example, the second section 57104 including the sensing circuit 57112 and the display circuit 57114 may be powered. Next, the third section 57208 may be activated. For example, the third segment 57106 including the motor control circuit 57116 and the motor 57118 may be energized. Although the exemplary aspect discloses activating the first section 57102 before the second section 57104 and activating the second section 57104 before the third section 57106, the order of section activation may be modified if deemed appropriate. Further, in an alternative example, various error checks, verifications, etc. can be performed between powering on the second section 57104 and the third section 57106.

The reader will readily appreciate that the various surgical evacuation systems and components described herein may be incorporated into a computer-implemented interactive surgical system, a surgical hub, and/or a robotic system. For example, the surgical evacuation system may transmit data to and/or receive data from a surgical hub, a robotic system, and/or a computer-implemented interactive surgical system. Various examples of computer-implemented interactive surgical systems, robotic systems, and surgical hubs are described further below.

Surgical extraction system having communication circuitry for communicating between filter and smoke evacuation device

Generally, providing network services to medical devices may expose vulnerabilities of the medical devices to malicious attacks. While network-wide firewall services may be provided in a network system, these services may be vulnerable to security attacks from components inside the medical device. That is, the firewall service may not have information about the type, product, configuration, or authenticity of the components of the medical device, and thus may not protect the medical device system from malicious attacks from the non-authentic/unauthorized components of the medical device. For example, the non-authentic/unauthorized component (e.g., filter device) may include lasso software that may deny a medical device user access to the medical device or data in the medical device until a lasso fee is paid. Furthermore, non-authentic/unauthorized components may be incompatible with other authentic/authorized components of the medical device, which may result in reduced life and/or performance of all medical components. This may also lead to an unexpected interruption of the operation of the medical device.

Aspects of the present disclosure may address the above-described deficiencies. In some examples, a surgical evacuation system can include a communication circuit that can facilitate communication between a smoke evacuation device and a replaceable filter device having a plurality of filter components. The communication circuit may authenticate the filter device (including multiple filter components), verify the remaining life of the filter device, update parameters output from the filter device, and record errors output from the filter device. The communication circuit may limit the number or types of filter components that can be identified by the surgical drainage system, and may enable/disable multiple filter components based on the authentication results. In some examples, the communication circuitry may authenticate the filter device/component by using filter component information, which may include a product type, a product name, a unique device identifier, a product brand, a serial number, or a configuration parameter of the filter device/component. In some examples, the filter device and/or the communication circuit may encrypt or decrypt data/parameters communicated between the filter device and the communication circuit.

In this manner, a surgical evacuation system according to an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure may be able to detect non-authentic/unauthorized components of a medical device, protect data/parameters of the medical device through encryption, and pre-check for possible problems in the filter device by checking the remaining life and errors of the filter components. This may advantageously allow the surgical system to prevent possible malicious attacks and performance degradation that may be caused by non-authentic/unauthorized components, and to continue operating the surgical evacuation system without an unexpected interruption in the operation of the medical device.

Fig. 25 illustrates a high-level component diagram of an exemplary smoke evacuation system 58100 in accordance with one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The fume extraction system 58100 may include a fume extraction device 58105 having a pump 58160 and a motor 58165 operably coupled to the pump 58160, a display device 58170, a communication device 58180, a processor 58110, a memory 58120, and one or more sensors 58140 a-58140B. In some examples, the smoke evacuation device 58105 may include a filter device 58150 and a filter communication circuit 58130. The filter device 58150 may be in communication with the smoke evacuation device 58105 (e.g., the processor 58110) via a filter communication circuit 58130.

The fume extraction system 58100 may be similar to that shown in fig. 6. For example, the processor 58110 may be in signal communication with a motor driver or motor 58165, various sensors 58140a-58140B, a display device 58170, a memory 58120, and a communication device 58180. The communication device 58180 may be similar to the communication devices described above with respect to fig. 5 and 6. That is, the communication device 58180 may allow the processor 58110 in the smoke evacuation system 58100 to communicate with other devices within the surgical system. For example, the communication device 58180 may allow for wired and/or wireless communication with external sensors, surgical devices, hubs, clouds, and/or various additional surgical systems and/or tools. The reader will readily appreciate that in some cases, the smoke evacuation system of fig. 25 may be incorporated into the surgical system of fig. 5.

In some examples, the filter device 58150 may be coupled to the suction conduit 58155. The exhaust mechanism 58190 may be coupled to a pump 58160. The vent mechanism 58190 may be similar to the vent mechanism 50520. In some examples, the suction conduit 58155, the filter device 58150, the pump 58160, and the vent mechanism 58190 may be sequentially arranged in line with a flow path (e.g., flow path 50504) between an inlet port (e.g., inlet port 50522) and an outlet port (e.g., outlet port 50524). The inlet may be fluidly coupled to a suction catheter 58155 that includes a distal catheter opening at the surgical site. While the venting mechanism 58190 is shown as being located outside of the smoke exhaust 58105, in some examples, the venting mechanism 58190 may be located in the smoke exhaust 58105.

In some examples, the processor 58110 may be in signal communication with the filter communication circuitry 58130 to enable communication between the filter device 58150 and the smoke evacuation device 58105. In some examples, the filter communication circuit 58130 may be located in the smoke evacuation device 58105 or the filter device 58150. In other examples, the communication circuit 58130 may be located external to the smoke evacuation apparatus 58105. In some examples, communication circuit 58130 may be part of the sensing and smart control apparatus shown in fig. 5.

Fig. 26 illustrates a filter communication circuit 58130 according to an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure. The filter communication circuit 58220 may include a master controller 58210, an authentication unit 58220, an error recording unit 58230, an update unit 58240, an encryption/description unit 58250, a remaining life verification unit 58260, and a data storage unit 58270. In some examples, the master controller 58210 may be in signal communication with the processor 58110 and control the other units 58220-58270 in the filter communication circuit 58130. In other examples, processor 58110 may serve as master controller 58210.

Fig. 27 illustrates a filter device 58150 according to an exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure. The filter device 58150 may include multiple filter components. The filter component may include a controller 58310, a filter element unit 58320, and a filter sensor unit 58330. The filter element unit 58320 may include one or more filter elements 58325 a-58325C. The filter sensor unit 58330 may include one or more filter sensors 58335 a-58335C. The controller 58310 may control and communicate with the filter element unit 58320 and the filter sensor unit 58330. The filter device 58150 may be similar to the examples shown in fig. 10, 11, 18, and 19 (e.g., filter 50670). In some examples, the one or more filter elements 58325a-58325C may be the fluid filter, coarse media filter 50684, fine particulate filter 50686, particulate filter, carbon reservoir 50688 or charcoal filter shown in fig. 10, 11, 18 and 19, or any other filter in filter arrangement 58150. The filter elements 58325a-58325C may also include diverter valves, baffles, squirrel cages, or any other element in the filter device other than sensors (e.g., baffles 50690, 50692, 50694, rear cap 50674, etc.). In some examples, the one or more filter sensors 58335a-58335C may be similar to the examples shown in fig. 18 and 19 (e.g., fluid detection sensor 50830, chemical sensor 50832, fluid sensor 50836, pressure sensor 50840, laser particle counter 50838, etc.).

In some examples, the controller 58310 in the filter device 58150 may be in signal communication with a master controller 58210 of the filter communication circuit 58130. In some examples, the filter device 58150 may encrypt the parameters output from the plurality of filter components before sending the parameters to the communication circuit 58130. Upon receiving the encrypted parameters, the communication circuit (e.g., encryption/description unit 58250) may decrypt the encrypted parameters, as described below.

Referring again to fig. 26, the authentication unit 58220 may authenticate/verify the filter device 58150 or multiple filter components. In some examples, the authentication unit 58220 may identify the number of filter components attached into the filter device 58150. The authentication unit 58220 may also limit the number or types of filter components that can be identified by the communication circuit. For example, if the filter component is not a type of component authorized for use in the filter device 58150, or the number of filter components used in the filter device 58150 is equal to or greater than a predetermined value (e.g., 10, 20, 50, etc.), the authentication unit 58220 may disable the filter component or filter device 58150. The authentication unit 58220 may also enable or disable the filter device 58150 or multiple filter components based on the results of the authentication.

The error recording unit 58230 may record errors or error messages from a plurality of filter components or filter devices 58150. In some examples, the error recording unit 58230 may record the error and error messages in the data storage unit 58270. The filter communication circuit 58130 may read the error message and use the error message to learn what is happening in the filter device 58150. Examples of error and error messages may include errors that occur due to sensor/filter failure, abnormal/dangerous chemicals detected by the sensor/filter, moisture detected in the particulate filter; filter clogging, differential pressure (e.g., between pressure sensors 50840 and 50846) exceeding a predetermined value, and non-authentic/unauthorized filter devices/components.

The update unit 58240 may update parameters output from a plurality of filter components. The updated parameters may be operational or sensed. The operating parameters may include airflow, pressure differential, air quality, or any other parameter associated with the operation of the filter device 58150. The sensed parameter may include a particle concentration, an aerosol percentage, a chemical analysis, or any other value (e.g., pressure, fluid, chemical, particle) sensed by a sensor in the filter device 58150. These parameters may be stored in the data storage unit 58270 and updated automatically or manually by the update unit 58240. For example, when a pressure sensor (e.g., 50840, 50846) detects a change in pressure differential, the update unit 58240 may update the pressure differential value stored in the data storage unit 58270. The filter communication circuit 58130 may receive these parameters directly from each filter component (e.g., filter elements 58325A-58325C/filter sensors 58335A-58335C) or through a controller 58310.

The encryption/description unit 58250 may encrypt or decrypt parameters output from multiple filter components. The encryption/description unit 58250 may encrypt or decrypt any data or packets received from the filter device 58150. In some examples, filter device 58150 may also include an encryption/description unit similar to encryption/description unit 58250. The encryption/description unit of the filter device 58150 may encrypt parameters output from the multiple filter elements and decrypt data from the filter communication circuit 58130 before sending the parameters to the filter communication circuit 58130. Unless the encrypted data/parameters are decrypted, the encrypted data/parameters communicated between the filter device 58150 and the filter communication circuit 58130 may not be visible/readable to the filter assembly, the filter device 58150, and the smoke evacuation device 58105.

In some examples, the encryption/description unit 58250 and the filter arrangement 58150 may encrypt or decrypt data/parameters by symmetric encryption that uses the same (secret) key to encrypt and decrypt the data. In other examples, the encryption/description unit 58250 and the filter arrangement 58150 may encrypt or decrypt data/parameters through asymmetric encryption that uses public and private keys to encrypt and decrypt data. In asymmetric encryption, one of the private/public keys may be used to encrypt data and the other key may be used to decrypt data.

The remaining life verification unit 58260 may verify/predict the remaining life of a plurality of filter components. In some examples, the remaining life verification unit 58260 may use usage information regarding a plurality of filter components to verify the remaining life of the filter components. The filter component usage information may include usage time data, the number of times each filter component was used, the number or type of errors generated by each filter component, the standard life of each filter component, and the pressure differential between pressure sensors located upstream (e.g., 50840) and downstream (e.g., 50846) of filter elements 58325A-58325C. In some examples, if the pressure differential value of the filter element 58325A (e.g., ULPA filter) exceeds a predetermined value, which may indicate that the filter element 58325A is clogged, the remaining life verification unit 58260 may determine that the remaining life of the filter element 58325A is zero or will soon become zero, e.g., within a predetermined period of time (e.g., 1 hour to 5 hours, 1 day to 5 days, 1 week to 5 weeks, or 1 month to 5 months), and should be replaced. If the filter component usage information indicates that a significant amount of moisture enters the particulate filter or the charcoal filter, the remaining life verification unit 58260 may determine that the remaining life of the particulate filter or the charcoal filter is zero or will soon become zero, for example, within a predetermined period of time (e.g., 1 hour to 5 hours, 1 day to 5 days, 1 week to 5 weeks, or 1 month to 5 months), and should be replaced. If the filter component usage information indicates that there is an error (e.g., not operating properly) in the filter sensor 58335A or the filter element 58325A, the remaining life verification unit 58260 may determine that the remaining life of the filter sensor 58335A or the filter element 58325A is zero or will soon become zero, for example, within a predetermined period of time (e.g., 1 hour to 5 hours, 1 day to 5 days, 1 week to 5 weeks, or 1 month to 5 months), and should replace it. In some examples, the filter component usage information may be stored in the data storage unit 58270.

The data storage unit 58270 may store information about the filter components. The filter component information may include a product type, a product name, a unique device identifier, a product brand, a serial number, and configuration parameters for the plurality of filter components. In some examples, when the authentication unit 58220 authenticates/verifies the filter component, information about the filter component may be generated, for example, from the filter component. In some examples, the data storage unit 58270 may also include information about the authenticity/authorization filter component. The real filter part information may include a list of product types, product names, unique device identifiers, product trademarks, serial numbers, and configuration parameters of real/authorized filter parts. In some examples, the filter component information and/or the real filter component information may be stored in plain text. In other examples, the filter component information and/or the real filter component information may be stored in encrypted form. In some examples, the data storage unit 58270 may also store information about disabled and enabled functions and algorithms or instructions for how the smoke evacuation device 58105 may use the filter component.

In some examples, data/parameters from filter device 58150 may be delivered non-sequentially to smoke evacuation device 58105 (e.g., data storage unit 58270), e.g., as data packets. As used herein, a data packet may refer to a unit of data that is transferred between two devices (e.g., filter device 58150 and smoke exhaust device 58105). The smoke exhaust 58105 (e.g., processor 58110, master controller 58210) may know how to combine the received data packets into raw data/parameters.

In some examples, the authentication unit 58220 may authenticate/verify a plurality of filter components in the filter arrangement 58150 by using the filter component information and/or the authentic filter component information. For example, the authentication unit 58220 may compare filter component information for a filter component to actual filter component information. That is, the authentication unit 58220 may check whether the filter component information (e.g., unique device identifier/trademark/serial number of a filter in the filter device 58150) matches pre-stored real filter component information (e.g., in a list of unique device identifiers/trademarks/serial numbers of real filter components). If it is determined that the filter component information of the filter component does not match the authentic filter component information, the authentication unit 58220 may determine that the filter component is not authentic/authorized. If it is determined that the filter component is not authentic, the authentication unit 58220 may disable some or all of the filter device functions (e.g., smoke filtration, smoke sensing, data processing, etc.) or the filter device/component. In some examples, the authentication unit 58220 may disable the filter device/component or filter device function by stopping the pump 58160/motor 58165 or closing an input port of one of the filters.

In some examples, the serial number may be located in a chip, such as an Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EPROM) or an Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM) of the filter device/component (e.g., the controller 58310). For example, in some cases, only certain series of chips may be available for a real filter device/component, and serial numbers on those chips may indicate that the filter device/component with that chip is real. In some examples, when the filter device 58150 is connected to the smoke evacuation device 58105, the authentication unit 58220 may read the serial number of a chip (e.g., EPROM/EEPROM) in the filter component and check whether it is authentic. In some examples, authentication unit 58220 may be programmed to accept a set range of serial numbers.

In some examples, the filter communication circuit 58130 (e.g., master controller 58210) may act as a master device and the filter device 58150 (e.g., a plurality of filter components, including the slave controller 58310) may act as a slave device. In some examples, the communication between the master device and the slave device may be unidirectional from the master device to the slave device when performing the authentication step. That is, it is possible that only the master device is able to authenticate/verify the slave device, and the slave device is not able to authenticate/verify the master device. In this case, the slave device may provide only information requested from the master device (e.g., filter component information including a product type, a product name, a unique device identifier, a product brand, a serial number, and configuration parameters of the filter component). In some examples, communication between the master device and the slave device may be bidirectional.

In some examples, the plurality of filter components may have a layered structure. For example, one of the filter components (e.g., slave controller 58310) may act as a master component and the remaining filter components may act as slave components. In this case, the remaining filter components may report the data/parameters directly to the master component, which in turn may report the received data/parameters to the master device (master controller 58210). In other examples, each of the filter components may report data/parameters directly to the master device.

In some examples, the smoke evacuation device 58105 and the filter device 58150 may communicate with each other using a (bi-directional or unidirectional) wireless connection, for example, through the filter communication circuit 58130. Examples of wireless connections may include RFID (read only or read/write), bluetooth, Zigbee, IR, or any other suitable wireless protocol. In other examples, the smoke evacuation device 58105 and the filter device 58150 may communicate with each other using a wired connection. In this case, an electrical connector is provided between the smoke evacuation device 58105 and the filter device 58150. For example, referring back to fig. 13-14, the electrical connector may be located on a socket 2120 configured to receive a filter device 58150. In some examples, the first and/or second receptacles 2122, 2124 can serve as electrical connectors that electrically connect the smoke evacuation device 58105 (e.g., the processor 58110, the master controller 58210) and the filter device 58150 (e.g., the slave controllers 58310 or other filter components 58325A-58325C, 58335A-58335C). In some examples, the electrical connector may be a pogo pin or plug type connector.

Referring back to fig. 7, in some examples, there may be a cable connector, such as a wire, extending from the

smoke evacuation devices

50600, 58100 to the generator 50640. The cable connector may deliver an activation signal and information about energy delivery, and the

smoke evacuation device

50600, 58100 may control components in the

smoke evacuation device

50600, 58100 based on the activation signal and energy delivery information. For example, in response to receiving energy delivery information/signals indicating that the generator is not activated or not fully activated, the smoke evacuation device 50600 may reduce the suction force/rate or stop suction, e.g., by reducing the pump power/motor speed or by stopping the pump 58160/motor 58165. The smoke evacuation device 50600 may also increase the suction force/rate in response to receiving energy delivery information/signals indicating that the generator is activated or fully activated. In this way, the smoke evacuation device 50600 can change the level of suction/velocity when the generator 50640 is activated or deactivated.

In some examples, the filter communication circuit 58130 may include a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) that may be used to protect unencrypted keys and authentication information from malware attacks. In some examples, the TPM may be a dedicated microprocessor or chip that provides protected space for critical operations and other security-related tasks. In some examples, the TPM may use a monotonic counter for anti-replay protection, e.g., to limit the number of failed accesses. For example, using a monotonic counter, the TPM may prevent attempts to transfer maliciously or fraudulently duplicated data by unauthorized components of the filter device 58150. The TPM may provide decentralization and enhanced security to the system 58100.

In some examples, the display device 58170 may act as an interactive data point, receiving input and displaying the output of the smoke evacuation system 58100. In some examples, the display device 58170 may include a touch screen. In some examples, the display device 58170 may display a smoke evacuation console having keys/buttons to control (e.g., activate/deactivate) or check the status of components in the smoke evacuation system 58100. For example, using keys/buttons, a user may check the activation status or data/parameters (e.g., magnitude of fan/motor speed) output from components in the smoke evacuation system 58100. In other examples, the evacuation system may include a mechanical console having keys/buttons to control or check the status of components in the smoke evacuation system 58100. In some examples, the smoke evacuation console on the display device 58170 may appear similar to a mechanical console, e.g., at a default setting. In this case, the display device 58170 may display (small) icons, for example, on the corners of the display device 58170, which may allow the user to access a menu structure that displays more adjustment options when activated.

In some examples, the display device 58170 may interoperate with other display devices in the surgical system 100 (e.g., the hub display 135). For example, when smoke evacuation device 58105 is not connected to hub 106, display device 58170 may act as the primary display device. When the smoke evacuation device 58105 is connected to the hub 106, the display device 58170 may act as an auxiliary display device while the hub display 135 acts as a primary display device. In this case, display device 58170 may also include control buttons to control not only smoke evacuation device 58105, but also hub 106. In some examples, the hub display 135 and/or the display device 58170 may include icons that may allow one of the hub display 135 and the display device 58170 to be an input device for the other.

In some examples, one or more components in the surgical system may be disposable/reusable, including a filter device 58150, a disposable, or a reusableA filter component in the filter arrangement 58150, a fluid trap 50760 (e.g., including a fluid reservoir 50774), an air hose 50636, an electrosurgical instrument 50630 (e.g., Zip)

) A blade in a surgical instrument, or any other component in a smoke evacuation system 58100.

Dual series large and small droplet filters

The fluid drawn from the surgical site by the smoke evacuation system may contain, in addition to smoke, liquids (e.g., large and small droplets) and various particulates that may be generated during the surgical procedure. The combination of different types and/or states of matter in the evacuated fluid may make it difficult to filter the fluid output from the surgical site. In addition, certain types of substances in the fluid may be harmful to certain filters in the smoke evacuation system. For example, the presence of droplets in the fluid may damage certain filters, such as particulate filters/charcoal filters, which may be very expensive. In addition, these filters may be easily damaged/clogged not only by large droplets, but also by relatively small droplets.

Aspects of the present disclosure may address the above-described deficiencies. In some cases, a surgical evacuation system can include a pump, a motor operably coupled to the pump, and a flow path fluidly coupled to the pump. The flow path may include a first fluid filter configured to draw large droplets in fluid moving through the flow path and a second fluid filter configured to draw small droplets in the fluid. The first fluid filter may be coupled in series with and positioned upstream of the second fluid filter. The outlet port of the second fluid filter may be coupled to an inlet port of a non-fluid filter, which may be damaged when moisture/droplets enter therein. In some cases, the surgical evacuation system can further include one or more recirculation channels configured to recirculate fluid output from the first or second fluid filter.

In this manner, the present disclosure may allow the fume extraction system to extract not only large droplets, but also small droplets before the fluid enters the non-fluidic filter, which may be damaged by the large and small droplets. In addition, the second fluid filter may use a more complex and expensive filter element than the components used in the first fluid filter, and the filter element in the second fluid filter may tend to be easily and quickly plugged by large droplets. In the present disclosure, by providing a first fluid filter configured to be able to draw large droplets upstream of a second fluid filter, the drainage system may effectively protect the second fluid filter from damage and/or clogging, thereby saving pump power and money. Finally, by providing one or more recirculation channels, the present disclosure allows the drainage system to ensure that no droplets that may damage the non-fluid filter enter the non-fluid filter.

Fig. 28 illustrates a schematic view of an enclosure of a smoke evacuation system 59100 in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure. The smoke evacuation system 59100 may include a evacuation enclosure 59105 and a fluid trap 59110 coupled to the evacuation enclosure 59105. The evacuation system 59100 may also include a first fluid filter device 59120, a second fluid filter device 59130, a non-fluid filter device 59140, and a pump 59170. The pump 59170 may be operably coupled to a motor. The smoke evacuation system 59100 may also include a plurality of sensors 59190a-59190K and smart controls. The fluid trap 59110, non-fluid filter arrangement 59140, pump 59170 may be similar to the examples shown in fig. 18-19 (e.g., fluid trap, ULPA filter, charcoal filter, scroll pump). The fluid trap 59110,

filter devices

59120, 59130, 59140, and pump 59170 may be sequentially aligned along a flow path between the inlet 59112 and the outlet 59175 through the ejector housing 59105. As used herein, a non-fluid filter device 59140 may refer to a filter device or filter (e.g., a particulate filter/charcoal filter) that may be susceptible to droplets and may be damaged when droplets enter therein.

In various instances, the plurality of sensors may include one or more fluid detection sensors, one or more pressure sensors, one or more particle sensors, and/or one or more chemical sensors. The plurality of sensors 59190a-59190K may be similar to the sensors shown in fig. 18 and 19 (e.g.,

sensors

50830, 50832, 50836, 50840, 50838, 50846, 50848, 50850, 50854, 50852). For example, a pressure sensor may be positioned to detect pressure within the evacuation system 59100 (such as within the evacuation housing 59105). For example, a pressure sensor may be positioned upstream of one of

filter devices

59120, 59130, 59140 (e.g., sensor 59190E), between

filter devices

59120, 59130, 59140 and pump 59170 (e.g., sensor 59190G), and/or downstream of pump 59170 (e.g., sensor 59190I). In some cases, the pressure sensor 59190K may be positioned outside of the exhaust system 59100 to detect pressure in the surrounding environment.

Similarly,

particle sensors

59190F, 59190H may be positioned to detect particles within the extraction system 59100 (such as within the extractor housing 59105). The particulate sensor may be positioned, for example, upstream of one of

filter devices

59120, 59130, 59140 (e.g., sensor 59190F), between

filter devices

59120, 59130, 59140 and pump 59170, and/or downstream of pump 59170 (e.g., sensor 59190H). In various instances, the particle sensor 59190J may be positioned to detect particles in the ambient environment to determine, for example, air quality in an operating room.

In various instances, the fluid detection sensor may be positioned upstream of one of the

filter devices

59120, 59130, 59140 (e.g.,

sensors

59190a, 59190C, 59190D), between the

filter devices

59120, 59130, 59140 and the pump 59170, downstream of the pump 59170, or outside of the evacuation enclosure 59106. Similarly, the chemical sensor may be positioned upstream of one of the

filter devices

59120, 59130, 59140 (e.g., sensor 59190B), between

filter devices

59120, 59130, 59140 and pump 59170, downstream of pump 59170, or outside of evacuation housing 59106.

It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that certain evacuation systems may not include each of the sensors shown in fig. 28 and/or may include one or more additional sensors. The components of the evacuation system 59100 may be modular and/or replaceable. For example, the fluid trap 59110, the

filter arrangement

59120, 59130, 59140, the pump 59170, the plurality of sensors 59190a-59190K may be modular and/or replaceable.

The plurality of sensors 59190a-59190K may detect various parameters of the fluid moving through the fluid path in the evacuation enclosure 59105 and/or the ambient environment. In various instances, the evacuation enclosure 59105 and/or modular components compatible with enclosure 59105 may include a processor that may be configured to be able to receive input from one or more sensors (e.g., 59190a-59190K) and/or transmit output to one or more drivers.

As used herein, fluid may refer to any material, including liquid, gas, vapor, smoke, or combinations thereof, that enters the inlet 59112, for example, from a suction duct. The fluid may be biologically produced and/or may be introduced to the surgical site from an external source during surgery. The fluid may also include water, saline, lymph, blood, exudate and/or purulent secretions. In addition, the fluid may also include particles or other matter (e.g., cellular matter or debris) evacuated by the evacuation system. In one example, such particles may be suspended in the fluid.

In operation, fluid from the surgical site may be drawn into the inlet 59112 of the ejector housing 59105 via the fluid trap 59110. The flow path through housing 59105 in fig. 28 may be a sealed conduit or tube extending between the various components in series. In various circumstances, fluid may flow through the fluid detection sensor 59190a and the chemical sensor 59190B to the first fluid filter device 59120. The fluid detection sensor 59190a may detect fluid particles in the fluid/smoke and the chemical sensor 59190B may detect chemical characteristics of the fluid. Fluid detection sensor 59190a may also detect the concentration (e.g., liquid to gas ratio) and/or size of droplets in the fluid near fluid detection sensor 59190 a. The first fluid filter device 59120 may draw large droplets of fluid. Fluid may then be directed into the second fluid filter 59130. In the second fluid filter 59130, small droplets of fluid output from the first fluid filter device 59120 may be drawn. The fluid may then flow through the second fluid filter device 59130 and may be directed to flow into the non-fluid filter device 59140.

At the inlet of the non-fluid filter device 59140, fluid may flow through the laser particle counter 59190F and the pressure sensor 59190E. The fluid may be filtered via one or more non-fluid type filters 59144, 59146. In some instances, the non-fluid filter device 59140 shown in fig. 28 may include additional and/or fewer levels of filtration. For example, the non-fluid filter device 59140 may include one or more filtration layers selected from the following filter groups: coarse media filters, fine media filters, and adsorbent-based filters. The coarse media filter may be a low air resistance filter, which may be constructed of, for example, fiberglass, polyester, and/or pleated filters. The fine media filter may be a High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filter and/or an ULPA filter. The adsorbent-based filter may be, for example, an activated carbon filter (e.g., a charcoal filter). In some instances, the non-fluid filter device 59140 may also include one or more baffles 59142 or similar structures on which fluid input into the non-fluid filter device 59140 may condense. In some cases, the deflector 59142 can be located near the inlet port of the non-fluid filter device 59140. In certain other instances, the deflector 59142 can be positioned in any other suitable location in the non-fluid filter device 59140.

Upon exiting the non-fluid filter device 59140, fluid may flow past the pressure sensor 59190G and then continue along the flow path 59148 within the ejector housing 59105 toward the pump 59170. Upon moving through the pump 59170, the filtered fluid may flow through the laser particle sensor 59190H and the pressure sensor 59190I at the outlet 59175 of the ejector housing 59105. The extractor enclosure 59105 may also include an air quality particle sensor 59190J and an ambient pressure sensor 59190K to detect various characteristics of the surrounding environment, such as the environment within the operating room.

In various circumstances, the fluid trap 59110 or the first fluid filter device 59120 can be configured to prevent overflow and/or leakage of captured fluid. For example, the geometry of the fluid trap 59110 or the first fluid filter device 59120 may be selected to prevent spillage and/or leakage of the captured fluid. In some instances, the fluid trap 59110 or the first fluid filter device 59120 may include one or more flow deflectors 59126 and/or splash plates for preventing captured fluid from splashing out of the fluid trap 59110 or the first fluid filter device 59120. In one or more instances, fluid trap 59110/first fluid filter device 59120 may include sensors for detecting the volume of fluid within fluid trap 59110/first fluid filter device 59120 and/or whether fluid trap 59110/first fluid filter device 59120 is filled to capacity. The fluid trap 59110/first fluid filter device 59120 may include a valve for emptying fluid from the fluid reservoir 59114 of the fluid trap 59110 or the fluid reservoir 59125 of the first fluid filter device 59120.

The various sensors in the evacuation system 59100 may be in communication with a controller, which may be incorporated into the evacuation system 59100 and/or may be a component of another surgical instrument and/or a surgical hub. The controller may adjust one or more operating parameters of the ejector system (e.g., a motor for the ejector pump) based on input from one or more sensors, or adjust an operating parameter of another device (such as an electrosurgical tool and/or an imaging device) based on input from one or more sensors.

Referring again to fig. 28, in some instances, the first fluid filter device 59120 may be configured to draw out large droplets of fluid moving through the flow path, and the second fluid filter device 59130 may be configured to draw out small droplets of fluid. As shown in fig. 28, the first fluid filter device 59120 may be coupled in series with a second fluid filter device 59130. The first fluid filter device 59120 may be positioned upstream of the second fluid filter device 59130. In some instances, the outlet port of the second fluid filter device 59130 may be coupled to the inlet port of the non-fluid filter device 59140.

As used herein, droplets larger than 10 μm to 20 μm may be considered large droplets. In addition, droplets smaller than 10 μm to 20 μm may be considered as small droplets. In some cases, the first fluid filter device 59120 may remove a majority of droplets larger than 20 μm. In certain instances, the first fluid filter device 59120 can remove at least 85% of droplets greater than 20 μm, greater than 90% of droplets greater than 20 μm, greater than 95% of droplets greater than 20 μm, greater than 99% of droplets greater than 20 μm, greater than 99.9% of droplets greater than 20 μm, or greater than 99.99% of droplets greater than 20 μm.

Additionally or alternatively, the first fluid filter device 59120 can remove a majority of droplets larger than 10 μm. In certain instances, the first fluid filter device 59120 may remove at least 85% of droplets greater than 10 μm, greater than 90% of droplets greater than 10 μm, greater than 95% of droplets greater than 10 μm, greater than 99% of droplets greater than 10 μm, greater than 99.9% of droplets greater than 10 μm, or greater than 99.99% of droplets greater than 10 μm.

The second fluid filter device 59130 may remove a majority of droplets larger than 1 μm, for example. In some cases, the second fluid filter device 59130 can remove at least 85% of the droplets greater than 1 μm, greater than 90% of the droplets greater than 1 μm, greater than 95% of the droplets greater than 1 μm, greater than 99% of the droplets greater than 1 μm, greater than 99.9% of the droplets greater than 1 μm, or greater than 99.99% of the droplets greater than 1 μm.

Additionally or alternatively, the second fluid filter device 59130 may remove a majority of droplets larger than 0.1 μm, for example. In some cases, the second fluid filter device 59130 can remove at least 85% of the droplets greater than 0.1 μm, greater than 90% of the droplets greater than 0.1 μm, greater than 95% of the droplets greater than 0.1 μm, greater than 99% of the droplets greater than 0.1 μm, greater than 99.9% of the droplets greater than 0.1 μm, or greater than 99.99% of the droplets greater than 0.1 μm.

In some instances, the first fluid filter device 59120 may include a diverter valve 59122. The flow split valve 59122 may be similar to the flow split

valves

50834, 50934 shown in fig. 18-19. For example, when diverter valve 59122 is in a first position, fluid intake through diverter valve 59122 may be directed along a first path 59123. When the diverter valve 59122 is in the second position, as shown in fig. 28, fluid intake through the diverter valve 59122 may be directed along the second path 59124. In some cases, first path 59123 may correspond to a flow path when few liquid/droplets are detected within the fluid or when the detected liquid to gas ratio is below a threshold. In certain other instances, first path 59123 may correspond to a flow path when a majority of the detected droplets (e.g., 80%, 90%, 95%, or 99%) are smaller in size than a predetermined threshold (e.g., 10 μm to 20 μm).

In certain instances, the second path 59124 may correspond to a flow path when liquid/droplets (e.g., aerosol) are detected within the fluid or when the detected liquid to gas ratio is equal to or above a threshold. In certain other instances, the second path 59124 may correspond to a flow path when the size of the majority of detected droplets is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold (e.g., 10 μm to 20 μm). The fluid detection sensor 59190a may be configured to be able to detect the presence of droplets or aerosols, the liquid to gas ratio, and/or the size of the droplets/aerosols in the fluid. For example, the fluid detection sensor 59190a may be positioned at and/or near an output port of the fluid trap 59110 and/or an inlet port of the first fluid filter device 59120. A liquid to gas ratio at or above a threshold (e.g., 1: 2; 1: 1; 2: 1; 5: 1; 10:1) may be considered an aerosol. The first path 59123 may bypass the first fluid filter device 59120, and the second path 59124 may direct fluid through the first fluid filter device 59120 to capture large droplets from the fluid before the fluid is directed into the second fluid filter device 59130. By selecting the fluid path based on the liquid to gas ratio or droplet size in the fluid, the efficiency of the surgical evacuation system 59100 may be increased.

As described above, if the fluid detection sensor 59190a detects a liquid to gas ratio at or above a threshold, droplets above a threshold size, or a combination of both, fluid intake may be transferred into the second path 59124 prior to entering the second fluid filter device 59130. The second path 59124 may be configured to enable condensation of liquid droplets in the flow path. For example, the second path 59124 can include a plurality of baffles 591266 or other similar structures on which the fluid can be configured to condense. As the fluid flows through the second path 59124, the liquid may condense on the flow guide plate 59126 in the second path and may be directed to drip downward into the fluid reservoir 59125.

Conversely, if the fluid detection sensor 59190a detects a liquid to gas ratio below a threshold, droplets below a threshold size, or a combination of both, fluid intake may be directed directly to the second fluid filter device 59130. The flow diverter valve 59122 may be positioned to bypass the second path 59124 and the first fluid filter device 59120 such that fluid flows directly to the second fluid filter device 59130. By bypassing the first fluid filter device 59120, the surgical evacuation system 59100 may require less power from the motor driving the pump 59170. For example, the motor may require more power to draw aerosol through the surgical evacuation system than to draw non-aerosol smoke through the surgical evacuation system.

In some cases, the second fluid filter device 59130 may include a filter 59135 configured to capture small droplets (e.g., less than 10 μm to 20 μm). In some cases, filter 59135 may be configured to be capable of drawing droplets larger than a threshold size (e.g., 0.1 μm to 1 μm). In some cases, filter 59135 may be at least one of a membrane filter, a honeycomb filter, and/or a porous structure filter (e.g., a thin porous pad), or any other suitable filter capable of drawing small droplets or droplets greater than 0.1 μm to 1 μm. Fluid output from the second fluid filter device 59130 may flow into the non-fluid filter device 59140. In some instances, the second fluid filter device 59130 may also include one or more baffles or similar structures over which fluid input into the second fluid filter device may condense. In some cases, a baffle may be located near the inlet port of the second fluid filter device 59130. In certain other instances, the baffle can be positioned at any other suitable location in the second fluid filter device 50130.

Referring again to fig. 28, the extraction system 59100 may also include a first recirculation passage 59150. The inlet port 59152 of the first recirculation passage 59150 may be positioned between the second fluid filter device 59130 and the non-fluid filter device 59140. The first recirculation passage 59150 may be configured to enable recirculation of fluid output from the second fluid filter device 59130.

Fluid directed into the first recirculation passage 59150 may be injected into the fluid path upstream of the second fluid filter device 59130. For example, fluid directed into the first recirculation passage 59150 may be injected into the first fluid filter device 59120 (e.g., fluid reservoir 59125), as shown in fig. 28. In certain other instances, the fluid directed into the first recirculation passage 59150 may be injected into an upstream portion of the second fluid filter device 59130 (e.g., an inlet port of the second fluid filter device 59130) or a flow path between the first fluid filter device 59120 and the second fluid filter device 59130.

In certain instances, the first recirculation channel 59150 (e.g., a portion of the first recirculation channel 59150 near the inlet port 59152) may extend downward from the inlet port 59152 of the first recirculation channel 59150. This may allow large or small droplets in the fluid output from the second fluid filter device 59130 to be directed to the first recirculation passage 59150 due to gravity.

In certain instances, the extraction system 59100 may also include a first recirculation valve 59155. The first recirculation valve 59155 may be configured to close and/or open the first recirculation passage 59150. When the first recirculation valve 59155 is open, fluid output from the second fluid filter device 59130 may be directed into the first recirculation passage 59150. In some cases, the evacuation system 59100 may also include a fluid detection sensor 59190D. The fluid detection sensor 59190D may be positioned near the first recirculation valve 59155. The fluid detection sensor 59190D may be similar to the fluid detection sensor 59190 a. The fluid detection sensor 59190D may be configured to be able to detect parameters of the fluid (e.g., size of droplets in the fluid, liquid to gas ratio). The first recirculation valve 59155 may open the first recirculation passage 59150 when the parameter detected by the fluid detection sensor 59190D is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold. For example, if the fluid detection sensor 59190D detects a liquid to gas ratio at or above a threshold (e.g., 1: 2; 1: 1; 2: 1; 5: 1; 10:1) and/or a droplet size greater than a threshold (e.g., 0.1 μm to 1 μm), the fluid output from the second fluid filter device 59130 may be transferred into the first recirculation channel. In this way, the drainage system 59100 may prevent droplets/moisture that may damage the

filters

59144, 59146 from entering the non-fluid filter device 59140. If the fluid detection sensor 59190D detects a liquid-to-gas ratio below a threshold value and/or a droplet size less than a threshold value (e.g., 0.1 μm to 1 μm), the first recirculation valve 59155 may close such that fluid output from the second fluid filter device 59130 is directed into the non-fluid filter device 59140.

In certain instances, the recirculated fluid passing through the first recirculation passage 59150 may again pass through the first fluid filter device 59120 and/or through the second fluid filter device 59130, and the recirculation step may repeat until the parameter detected by the fluid detection sensor 59190D becomes below a predetermined threshold. In some cases, if the number of repetitions is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold (e.g., 5, 10, or any other suitable value greater than 0), which may indicate that some components of the first/second fluid filter device 59120/59130 are not functioning properly (e.g., due to sensor failure, damage or blockage of the filter/baffle), the first/second fluid filter device 59120/59130 or the evacuation system 59100 may be disabled, for example, by stopping the pump 59170 or motor. In this case, the processor of the extraction system 59100 may notify the extraction system 59100 or the user to: there is an error in the first/second fluid filter device 59120/59130.

In some cases, the extraction system 59100 may also include a second recirculation passage 59160. The inlet port 59162 of the second recirculation passage 59160 may be positioned between the first fluid filter device 59120 and the second fluid filter device 59130. The second recirculation passage 59160 may be configured to recirculate fluid output from the first fluid filter 59120. In some cases, fluid directed into second recirculation passage 59160 may be injected into the fluid path upstream of first fluid filter device 59120 (e.g., reservoir 59114 or fluid trap 59110) or an upstream portion of first fluid filter device 59120 (e.g., an inlet port of the first fluid filter or reservoir 59125 of first fluid filter device 59120). In some cases, the second recirculation passage 59160 (e.g., a portion of the second recirculation passage 59160 near the inlet port 59162) may extend downward from the inlet port 59162 of the second recirculation passage 59160. This may allow large or small droplets in the fluid output from the first fluid filter device 59120 to be directed to the second recirculation channel 59160 due to gravity.

In certain instances, the extraction system 59100 may also include a second recirculation valve 59165. Second recirculation valve 59165 may be configured to close and/or open second recirculation passage 59160. When the second recirculation valve is open, fluid output from first fluid filter device 59120 may be recirculated through second recirculation passage 59160.

In some cases, the extraction system 59100 may also control the second recirculation valve 59165 using a fluid detection sensor 59190C. The fluid detection sensor 59190C may be similar to the fluid detection sensors 59190a, 59190D. Fluid sensor 59190C may be positioned near second recirculation valve 59165. The fluid sensor 59190C may be configured to be able to detect parameters of the fluid (e.g., size of droplets in the fluid, liquid to gas ratio). The second recirculation valve 59165 may open the second recirculation passage 59160 when the parameter detected by the fluid detection sensor 59190C is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold. For example, if the fluid detection sensor 59190C detects a liquid to gas ratio at or above a threshold (e.g., 1: 2; 1: 1; 2: 1; 5: 1; 10:1) and/or a droplet size greater than a threshold (e.g., 10 μm to 20 μm), the fluid output from the first fluid filter device 59120 may be transferred into the second recirculation passage 59160. In this way, the drainage system 59100 may prevent large droplets/moisture that may easily and/or quickly clog the filter 59135 from entering the second fluid filter device 59140. If the fluid sensor 59190C detects a liquid-to-gas ratio below a threshold value and/or a droplet size less than a threshold value (e.g., 10 μm to 20 μm), the second recirculation valve 59165 may close such that fluid output from the first fluid filter device 59120 is directed into the second fluid filter device 59130.

In some cases, the recirculated fluid passing through the second recirculation passage 59160 may again pass through the first fluid filter arrangement 59120, and the recirculation step may repeat until the parameter detected by the fluid detection sensor 59190C becomes below a predetermined threshold. In some cases, if the number of repetitions is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold (e.g., 5, 10, or any other suitable value greater than 0), which may indicate that some components in the first fluid filter device 59120 are not functioning properly (e.g., due to sensor failure, damage or blockage of the baffle), the first fluid filter device 59120 or the drain system 59100 may be disabled, for example, by stopping the pump 59170 or motor. In this case, the processor of the extraction system 59100 may notify the extraction system 59100 or the user to: there is an error in the first fluid filter device 59120.

In certain instances, the first recirculation valve 59155 may be configured to open and/or close a flow path between the second fluid filter device 59130 and the non-fluid filter device 59140. For example, when the parameter detected by the fluid detection sensor 59190D is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold, the first recirculation valve 59155 simultaneously opens the first recirculation passage 59150 and closes the flow path between the second fluid filter device 59130 and the non-fluid filter device 59140. As such, the present disclosure may advantageously allow the evacuation system 59100 to divert substantially all of the fluid output from the second fluid filter device 59130 (which may include droplets that may damage the

filters

59144, 59146 of the non-fluid filter device 59140) into the first recirculation channel 59150. Additionally, in some instances, the closing of the first recirculation passage 59150 and the opening of the flow path between the second fluid filter device 59130 and the non-fluid filter device 59140 may be accomplished in a single step/operation rather than multiple steps/operations. For example, as shown in fig. 28, when the first recirculation valve 59155 is opened 90 degrees, the first recirculation valve 59155 closes the flow path between the second fluid filter device 59130 and the non-fluid filter device 59140.

Similarly, in certain instances, second recirculation valve 59165 may be configured to open and/or close a flow path between first fluid filter device 59120 and second fluid filter device 59130. In some cases, the second recirculation valve 59165 may simultaneously open the second recirculation passage 59160 and close the flow path between the first fluid filter device 59120 and the second fluid filter device 59130 when the parameter detected by the fluid detection sensor 59190C is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold. As such, the present disclosure may advantageously allow the evacuation system 59100 to divert substantially all of the fluid output from the first fluid filter device 59120 (which may include large droplets that may easily/quickly clog the second fluid filter device 59130 and/or the filter 59135 of the second fluid filter device 59130) into the second recirculation passage 59160. Additionally, in some instances, the closing of the second recirculation passage 59160 and the opening of the flow path between the first fluid filter device 59120 and the second fluid filter device 59130 may be accomplished in a single step/operation rather than multiple steps/operations. For example, as shown in fig. 28, when the second recirculation valve 59165 is opened 90 degrees, the second recirculation valve 59165 closes the flow path between the first fluid filter device 59120 and the second fluid filter device 59130. This may advantageously reduce the number of signals/commands between the processor and the components in the evacuation system 59100, thereby preventing possible signal delays and component failures due to signal delays.

In some cases, the extraction system 59100 may include one or more centrifugal blower arrangements. For example, a first centrifugal blower 59180A (e.g., a squirrel cage) may be provided to the flow path 59148 between the non-fluid filter device 59140 and the pump 59170, and a second centrifugal blower 59180B may be provided to the first recirculation passage 59150. The first centrifugal blower 59180A may be operatively coupled to the second centrifugal blower 59180B, for example, via one or more gears 59185A. For example, when the first recirculation valve 59155 is open and the pump 59170 is activated, the suction force generated by the pump 59170 may generate rotation of the first centrifugal blower 59180A, which may be transferred via the gear 59185A to the second centrifugal blower 59180B, which draws recirculated fluid through the first recirculation passage 59150.

Similarly, a third centrifugal blower 59180C may be provided to second recirculation passage 59160. In certain instances, the third centrifugal blower 59180C may be operatively coupled to the first centrifugal blower 59180A, e.g., via one or more gears 59185A-59185B and the second centrifugal blower 59180B, as shown in fig. 28. In this case, when the second recirculation valve 59165 is open and the pump 59170 is activated, the suction force generated by the pump 59170 may generate rotation of the first centrifugal blower 59180A, which may be transferred to the second centrifugal blower 59180B, which in turn may be transferred to the third centrifugal blower 59180C, which draws the recirculated fluid through the second recirculation passage 59160. In certain other instances, the third centrifugal blower 59180C may be operatively coupled to the first centrifugal blower 59180A, e.g., via a gear 59185B, without a second centrifugal blower 59180B therebetween. In this case, when the second recirculation valve 59165 is open and the pump 59170 is activated, the suction force generated by the pump 59170 may generate rotation of the first centrifugal blower 59180A, which may be transferred via one or more gears 59185B to the third centrifugal blower 59180C, which draws recirculated fluid through the second recirculation passage 59160. In this manner, the present disclosure may advantageously use less power from the motor/pump by reusing motor/pump power when generating suction for the first recirculation passage 59150 and/or the second recirculation passage 59160. In certain other instances, the first recirculation passage 59150 and/or the second recirculation passage 59160 may be provided with a separate pump to generate the suction force.

Fig. 29 illustrates an electrosurgical system 60000 in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure. The electrosurgical system 60000 includes a generator 60002, an electrosurgical instrument 60004, and a return pad 60006. The generator 60002 supplies alternating current at a radio frequency level to the electrosurgical instrument 60004 via a first conductor/cable 60008. The electrosurgical instrument 60004 includes an electrode tip (i.e., an active electrode) that is positionable at a target tissue of a patient. The electrosurgical instrument 60004 receives alternating current from the generator 60002 and delivers the alternating current to target tissue of the patient 60010 via the electrode tip. An alternating current is received at the target tissue, and electrical resistance from the tissue generates heat that provides a desired effect (e.g., sealing and/or cutting) at the surgical site. The alternating current conducts through the patient's body and is ultimately received by the return pad 60006. The ac power received by the return pad 60006 is carried back to the generator 60002 via a second conductor/cable 60012 to complete the closed path followed by the ac power.

According to various aspects, the generator 60002 is similar to the generator 900 described above and may include, for example, a processor and waveform generator similar to the processor 902 and waveform generator 904 described above.

The electrosurgical instrument 60004 may be configured for monopolar operation, with electrosurgical energy supplied by the generator 60002 being introduced into the patient's tissue through the active electrode of the surgical instrument 60004 and returned to the generator 60002 via the return pad 6006. According to various aspects, the electrosurgical instrument 60004 includes a handpiece or light cone and an electrode tip. The electrode tip serves as an active electrode for the electrosurgical system 60000 and introduces electrosurgical energy into target tissue of the patient 60010. Specifically, an electrical discharge is delivered from the electrode tip to the patient 60010 in order to cause heating of cellular material of the patient 60010 in close contact or adjacent to the electrode tip. Tissue heating occurs at a suitably high temperature to allow the electrosurgical instrument 60004 to be used to perform electrosurgery.

Fig. 30 illustrates a return pad 60006 of the electrosurgical system 60000 of fig. 29, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure. The return pad 60006 is compatible with the MEGA commercially available from Megadyne Medical Products, Inc

The patient return electrode may be similar in that the return pad 60006 may include a sleeve or cover 60014, may be separated from the patient's body by a small distance, may be capacitively coupled to the patient's body, and is configured to carry, but differs in the amount of current introduced into the patient's body by the electrosurgical instrument 60004.

The return pad 60006 is compatible with the MEGA commercially available from Megadyne Medical Products, Inc

The patient return electrode differs in that instead of one return electrode, the return pad comprises a plurality of electrodes 60016 (see fig. 31) that are capacitively couplable to the patient's body and collectively configured to be able to carry the amount of current introduced into the patient's body by the electrosurgical instrument 60004. For such capacitive coupling, the patient's body effectively acts as one plate of the capacitor, and the multiple electrodes of the return pad together effectively act together as the other plate of the capacitor. A more detailed description of capacitive coupling can be found, for example, in U.S. patent 6,214,000 entitled "CAPACITIVE REUSABLE ELECTROSURGICAL RETURN ELECTRODE" issued on month 4 and 10 of 2001 and U.S. patent 6,582,424 entitled "CAPACITIVE REUSABLE ELECTROSURGICAL RETURN ELECTRODE" issued on month 6 and 24 of 2003, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. Although return pad 60006 is shown as generally rectangular in fig. 30, it should be understood that return pad 60006 may be any suitable shape.

Fig. 31 shows a plurality of electrodes 60016 of the return pad 60006 of fig. 30, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure. For clarity, the sleeve or cover 60014 of the return pad 60006 is not shown in fig. 31. Although four electrodes 60016 are shown in fig. 31, it should be understood that the return pad 60006 can include any number of electrodes 60016. For example, according to various aspects, the return pad 60006 includes sixteen electrodes 60016. Also, while the individual electrodes 60016 are shown as generally rectangular in fig. 31, it should be understood that the individual electrodes may be any suitable shape.

The electrode 60016 of the return pad 60006 may be considered to be the return electrode of the electrosurgical system 60000 of fig. 29, and may also be considered to be a segmented electrode, as the electrode 60016 may be selectively decoupled from the patient's body and/or the generator 60002. The electrodes 60016 of the return pad 60006 can also be coupled together to effectively act as one large electrode. For example, according to various aspects, each of the electrodes 60016 of the return pad 60006 may be connected to an input of the switching device 60020 by a respective conductive member 60018, as shown in fig. 24. When the switching device 60020 is in the open position as shown in fig. 31, the respective electrodes 60016 of the return pad 60006 are decoupled from each other and from the patient's body and/or the generator 60002. In contrast, when the switching device 60020 is in the closed position, the respective electrodes 60016 of the return pad 60006 are coupled together to effectively act as one large electrode.

The switching device 60020 may be controlled by processing circuitry (e.g., processing circuitry of a generator 60002 of an electrosurgical system, processing circuitry of a surgical hub 206, processing circuitry of a surgical hub 106, etc.). The processing circuitry is not shown in fig. 31 for simplicity. According to various aspects, the switching device 60020 shown in fig. 31 may be incorporated into the return pad 60006. According to other aspects, the switching device 60006 shown in fig. 31 may be incorporated into the second conductor/cable 60012 of the electrosurgical system 60000 of fig. 29. The return pad 60006 can also include a plurality of sensing devices 60022 (see fig. 32).

By being able to couple the plurality of electrodes 60016 together for use during electrosurgery, the total effective size of the electrodes 60016 of the return pad 60006 is sufficiently large and/or has sufficient surface area to keep the current density sufficiently low to mitigate the likelihood of any unnecessary burns to the patient 60010.

Fig. 32 shows an array of sensing devices 60022 of the return pad 60006 of fig. 30, in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure. For clarity, the sleeve or cover 60014 of the return pad 60006 is not shown in fig. 32. According to various aspects, the number of sensing devices 60022 corresponds to the number of electrodes 60016, such that there is one sensing device 60022 per electrode 60016, and each sensing device 60022 is mounted to or integrated with a corresponding electrode 60016. However, although the number of sensing devices 60022 shown in fig. 32 corresponds to the number of electrodes 60016, it should be understood that the return pad 60006 can include any number of sensing devices 60022. For example, for aspects of the return pad 60006 that include sixteen electrodes 60016, the return pad 60006 may include only four or eight sensing devices 60022. Although the sensing devices 60022 are shown in fig. 32 as centered about the corresponding electrode 60016, it should be understood that the sensing devices 60022 may be positioned on any portion of the corresponding electrode 60016, and may be positioned differently on different electrodes 60016.

The sensing device 60022 is configured to be able to detect unipolar neural control signals applied to the patient and/or movement of anatomical features of the patient (e.g., muscle twitches) caused by the application of the neural control signals. The monopolar nerve control signal may be applied by the electrosurgical instrument 60004 of the electrosurgical system 60000 of fig. 29, or may be applied by a different surgical instrument coupled to a different generator. Each sensing device 60022 may comprise, for example, a pressure sensor, an accelerometer, a combination thereof, or the like, and is configured to output a signal indicative of the detected neural control signal and/or the detected motion of the anatomical feature of the patient. Such pressure sensors may include, for example, piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive pressure sensors, electromagnetic pressure sensors, and/or piezoelectric pressure sensors. Such accelerometers may include, for example, mechanical accelerometers, capacitive accelerometers, piezoelectric accelerometers, electromagnetic accelerometers, and/or micro-electromechanical system (MEMS) accelerometers. The respective output signals of the respective sensing devices 60022 may be in the form of analog signals and/or digital signals.

Use libraryThe lun's law, and the respective locations of the active electrodes of the electrosurgical instrument 60004, the patient's body, and the respective sensing devices 60022, the respective output signals of the respective sensing devices 60022 can be analyzed to determine the location of the nerve within the patient's body, which is indicative of the detected movement of the neural control signals and/or anatomical features of the patient. Coulomb's law states that E ═ K (Q/r) ²) Where E is the threshold current required to stimulate the nerve at the nerve, K is a constant, Q is the minimum current from the nerve stimulating electrode, and r is the distance from the nerve. The further away the nerve stimulating electrode is from the nerve, the proportionally greater the current required to stimulate the nerve. Thus, the distance from the nerve stimulation electrode to the nerve can be estimated using constant current stimulation. Generally, the respective intensity of the output signal of the respective sensing device 60022 is indicative of how close or how far the respective sensing device 60022 is to the stimulated nerve of the patient 60010.

According to various aspects, the analysis of the respective output signals of the respective sensing devices 60022 can be performed by processing circuitry of the generator 60002 of the electrosurgical system 60000 of fig. 29, by processing circuitry of a nerve monitoring system separate from the generator 60002 of the electrosurgical system 60000 of fig. 29, by processing circuitry of the surgical hub 206, by processing circuitry of the surgical hub 106, and the like. The analysis may be performed in real-time or near real-time. According to various aspects, the respective output signals are used as inputs to a unipolar neural stimulation algorithm executed by the processing circuit.

As shown in fig. 32, according to various aspects, output signals of respective sensing devices 60022 can be input into a multiple-input-single-output switching device 60024 (e.g., a multiplexer) via respective conductive members 60026. By controlling the select signal S to the multiple input-single output switching device 60024 ₀、S₁The multiple-input single-output switching device 60024 may be controlled to output only one of the output signals of the corresponding sensing device 60024 at a time for the analysis described above. For example, referring to FIG. 32, by selecting signal S₀、S₁Set to 0, the output signal from the sensing device 60022 associated with the electrode 60016 in the upper left corner of fig. 32 can be output by the multiple-input single-output switching device 60024 for analysis by applicable processing circuitry. By mixingSelection signal S₀、S₁Set to 0, 1, the output signal from the sensing device 60022 associated with the electrode 60016 in the upper right corner of fig. 32 can be output by the multiple-input single-output switching device 60024 for analysis by applicable processing circuitry. By selecting the signal S₀、S₁Set to 1, 0, the output signal from the sensing device 60022 associated with the electrode 60016 in the bottom left corner of fig. 32 can be output by the multiple-input, single-output switching device 60024 for analysis by applicable processing circuitry. By selecting the signal S₀、S₁Set to 1, the output signal from the sensing device 60022 associated with the electrode 60016 in the bottom right corner of fig. 32 can be output by the multiple-input single-output switching device 60024 for analysis by applicable processing circuitry.

Selection signal S₀、S₁The multiple input to single output switching device 60024 may be provided by processing circuitry, such as that of the generator 60002 of the electrosurgical system 60000 of fig. 29, that of a nerve monitoring system separate from the generator 60002 of the electrosurgical system 60000 of fig. 29, that of the surgical hub 206, that of the surgical hub 106, and so forth. For simplicity, the processing circuitry is not shown in fig. 32. By providing the various selection signals at a sufficiently fast rate, the output signals of the respective sensing devices can be effectively scanned at a rate that allows all of the output signals of the respective sensing devices to be analyzed in time to determine the location of the stimulated nerve.

According to various aspects, the multiple-input single-output switching device 60024 shown in fig. 32 may be incorporated into the return pad 60006. According to other aspects, the multiple input-single output switching device 60024 shown in fig. 32 can be incorporated into the second conductor/cable 60012 of the electrosurgical system 60000 of fig. 29.

Control of the multiple-input single-output switching device 60024 is described above in the context of a four-input single-output switching device corresponding to the four sensing devices 60022 shown in figure 32. It will be understood that for aspects in which there are more than four sensing devices 60022 (e.g., sixteen sensing devices), the output signals of more than four sensing devices 60022 will be input to the multiple-input single-output switching device 60024 and more than two select signals (e.g., S) are required₀、S₁、S₂And S₃) To control the output of the multiple-input single-output switching device 60024.

For the aspect that the output signal of the sensing device 60024 is an analog signal, the output of the multiple-input single-output switching device 60024 may be converted to a corresponding digital signal by an analog-to-digital converter 60026 (as shown by the dashed line in fig. 32) before analysis of the output signal is performed by applicable processing circuitry.

By incorporating an array of sensing devices 60022 into the plurality of electrodes 60016 of the return pad 60006, the location of the patient's nerve relative to the electrode tip of the electrosurgical instrument 60004 can be determined. The determined nerve location may be presented to the surgeon, thereby mitigating the possibility of the surgeon inadvertently damaging or severing the nerve while cutting the target tissue of the patient 60010 with the electrode tip.

According to various aspects, detection of the neural control signals and/or motion of the anatomical features of the patient by the sensing device 60022 may be performed while the electrodes 60016 of the return pad 60006 are coupled to one another or while the electrodes 60016 are decoupled from one another. For example, with respect to performing detection when the respective electrodes 60016 of the return pad 60006 are decoupled from one another, after positioning the patient 60010 on the operating table but before beginning a surgical procedure, the return pad 60006 can be placed in "sensing mode" by controlling the switching device 60020 shown in fig. 31 to decouple the respective electrodes 60016 of the return pad 60006 from one another. When the respective electrodes 60016 are decoupled from one another, a nerve and/or nerve bundle can be stimulated with the electrosurgical instrument 60004 as described above, and the respective output signals of the sensing devices 60022 of the return pad 60006 can be analyzed to identify where the nerve, nerve bundle, and/or nerve junction associated therewith is located as described above. These locations may be input into a monopolar neurostimulation algorithm profile, which may reside, for example, in a memory circuit of the generator 60002, a memory circuit of a different generator coupled to a surgical instrument other than the electrosurgical instrument 60004, or the like. Once these locations are input into the monopolar neurostimulation algorithm curve, they are effectively isolated from the capacitive operation of the electrode 60016 of the return pad 60006 and serve as sensing nodes of the monopolar neurostimulation algorithm curve to inform the surgeon when the surgeon is approaching a nerve and/or nerve bundle when performing a tissue cutting procedure. According to various aspects, the surgeon may be notified of the nearby location of the nerve and/or nerve bundle via an audible warning, a visual warning, a vibratory warning, or the like.

With respect to performing detection when the respective electrodes 60016 of the return pad 60006 are coupled to one another, in accordance with various aspects, as described in more detail below with reference to fig. 33, the generator 60002 of the electrosurgical system 60000 of fig. 29 can generate a high frequency waveform (radio frequency alternating current) that is modulated on a carrier wave, wherein the carrier wave has a frequency low enough to stimulate nerves of a patient. This allows sensing of the neural control signals and/or motion of the anatomical features to occur simultaneously with the capacitive coupling of the respective electrodes 60016 of the return pad 60006 with the patient's body. By applying a particular waveform to the patient 60010 and sensing a particular response, there is a high degree of confidence that the motion of the anatomical feature is the result of the applied waveform and not just some general motion. Modulation may be adjusted over time to stimulate different nerve sizes. According to various aspects, the amplitude of the modulation may change over time so as to allow the applicable processing circuitry to determine the distance of the nerve and/or nerve bundle from the signal without having to constantly stimulate the nerve and/or nerve bundle.

Fig. 33 illustrates a method 60030 for simultaneously applying a neurostimulation signal and electrosurgical energy to a patient, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure. In this illustrative process, the generator 60002 generates 60032 a radio frequency level of alternating current as a high frequency waveform. According to various aspects, the waveform generator of the generator 60002 performs this function.

The generator 60002 generates 60034 a low frequency waveform configured to stimulate a nerve of a patient. According to various aspects, the low frequency waveform is a unipolar neural control signal, and the waveform generator of the generator 60002 performs this function.

The generator 60002 modulates the low frequency waveform generated at step 60034 with the high frequency waveform generated at step 60032 at 60036 to form a composite waveform. According to various aspects, the waveform generator of the generator 60002 performs this step. According to other embodiments, the processing circuitry of the generator 60002 performs this function.

The generator 60002 supplies 60038 the composite waveform generated at step 60036 to the electrosurgical instrument 60004.

The electrode (i.e., active electrode) of the electrosurgical instrument 60004 applies 60040 a composite waveform to the patient 60010. The high frequency waveform is used to heat the target tissue of the patient 60010 and away from the patient's body, and is then received by the electrode 60016 of the return pad 60006. The low frequency waveforms are used to stimulate the patient's nerves and/or cause movement of anatomical features of the patient (e.g., muscle twitches) caused by the application of the neural control signals.

The plurality of electrodes 60016 coupled together via the switching device 60020 receive 60042 electrosurgical energy away from the patient's body and deliver the electrosurgical energy back to the generator 60002 through the respective electrically conductive member 60018, switching device 60020 and second conductor/cable 60012.

The sensing device 60022 detects 60044 unipolar neural control signals applied to the patient 60010 and/or movement (e.g., muscle twitches) of anatomical features of the patient 60010 caused by the application of the neural control signals, and generates a respective output signal corresponding thereto. The output of the respective sensing device 60022 is sampled as described above and forwarded to processing circuitry for analysis. The processing circuitry may be, for example, processing circuitry of the generator 60002 of the electrosurgical system 60000 of fig. 29, processing circuitry of a nerve monitoring system separate from the generator 60002 of the electrosurgical system 60000 of fig. 29, processing circuitry of the surgical hub 206, processing circuitry of the surgical hub 106, and the like.

Suitable processing circuitry analyzes 60046 the output signal and determines where the nerve, nerve bundle, and/or nerve junction associated with the output signal is located. As described above, according to various aspects, the respective output signals may be used as inputs to a monopolar nerve stimulation algorithm executed by the processing circuitry, and the monopolar nerve stimulation algorithm is used to help prevent the surgeon from cutting or damaging nerves, nerve bundles, and/or nerve junctions.

Computer-implemented interactive surgical system

Referring to fig. 34, a computer-implemented interactive surgical system 100 includes one or more surgical systems 102 and a cloud-based system (e.g., cloud 104, which may include a remote server 113 coupled to a storage device 105). Each surgical system 102 includes at least one surgical hub 106 in communication with cloud 104, which may include a remote server 113. In one example, as shown in fig. 34, the surgical system 102 includes a visualization system 108, a robotic system 110, and a handheld smart surgical instrument 112 that are configured to communicate with each other and/or with the hub 106. In some aspects, surgical system 102 may include M number of hubs 106, N number of visualization systems 108, O number of robotic systems 110, and P number of handheld intelligent surgical instruments 112, where M, N, O and P are integers greater than or equal to one.

Fig. 36 shows an example of a surgical system 102 for performing a surgical procedure on a patient lying on an operating table 114 in a surgical room 116. The robotic system 110 is used as part of the surgical system 102 during surgery. The robotic system 110 includes a surgeon's console 118, a patient side cart 120 (surgical robot), and a surgical robot hub 122. The patient side cart 120 can manipulate at least one removably coupled surgical tool 117 through a minimally invasive incision in the patient's body while the surgeon views the surgical site through the surgeon's console 118. An image of the surgical site may be obtained by the medical imaging device 124, which may be manipulated by the patient side cart 120 to orient the imaging device 124. The robot hub 122 may be used to process images of the surgical site for subsequent display to the surgeon via the surgeon's console 118.

Other types of robotic systems may be readily adapted for use with the surgical system 102. Various examples of robotic systems and SURGICAL tools suitable for use in the present disclosure are described in U.S. provisional patent application serial No. 62/611,339, entitled "ROBOT associated SURGICAL tool program," filed on 28.12.2017, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

Various examples of CLOUD-BASED analysis performed by CLOUD 104 and suitable for use with the present disclosure are described in U.S. provisional patent application serial No. 62/611,340 entitled "CLOUD-BASED MEDICAL ANALYTICS," filed on 28.12.2017, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

In various aspects, the imaging device 124 includes at least one image sensor and one or more optical components. Suitable image sensors include, but are not limited to, Charge Coupled Device (CCD) sensors and Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS) sensors.

The optical components of the imaging device 124 may include one or more illumination sources and/or one or more lenses. One or more illumination sources may be directed to illuminate portions of the surgical field. The one or more image sensors may receive light reflected or refracted from the surgical field, including light reflected or refracted from tissue and/or surgical instruments.

The one or more illumination sources may be configured to radiate electromagnetic energy in the visible spectrum as well as the invisible spectrum. The visible spectrum (sometimes referred to as the optical spectrum or the luminescence spectrum) is that portion of the electromagnetic spectrum that is visible to (i.e., detectable by) the human eye, and may be referred to as visible light or simple light. A typical human eye will respond to wavelengths in air from about 380nm to about 750 nm.

The invisible spectrum (i.e., the non-luminescent spectrum) is the portion of the electromagnetic spectrum that lies below and above the visible spectrum (i.e., wavelengths below about 380nm and above about 750 nm). The human eye cannot detect the invisible spectrum. Wavelengths greater than about 750nm are longer than the red visible spectrum and they become invisible Infrared (IR), microwave and radio electromagnetic radiation. Wavelengths less than about 380nm are shorter than the violet spectrum and they become invisible ultraviolet, x-ray and gamma-ray electromagnetic radiation.

In various aspects, the imaging device 124 is configured for use in minimally invasive surgery. Examples of imaging devices suitable for use in the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, arthroscopes, angioscopes, bronchoscopes, cholangioscopes, colonoscopes, cytoscopes, duodenoscopes, enteroscopes, esophago-duodenoscopes (gastroscopes), endoscopes, laryngoscopes, nasopharyngo-nephroscopes, sigmoidoscopes, thoracoscopes, and intrauterine scopes.

In one aspect, the imaging device employs multispectral monitoring to distinguish topography from underlying structures. A multispectral image is an image that captures image data across a particular range of wavelengths of the electromagnetic spectrum. The wavelengths may be separated by filters or by using instruments that are sensitive to specific wavelengths, including light from frequencies outside the visible range, such as IR and ultraviolet. Spectral imaging may allow extraction of additional information that the human eye fails to capture with its red, green, and blue receptors. The use of multispectral Imaging is described in more detail under the heading "Advanced Imaging Acquisition Module" of U.S. provisional patent application Serial No. 62/611,341 entitled "INTERACTIVE SURGICAL PLATFORM", filed 2017, 12, 28, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Multispectral monitoring may be a useful tool for repositioning the surgical site after completion of a surgical task to perform one or more of the previously described tests on the treated tissue.

It is self-evident that strict sterilization of the operating room and surgical equipment is required during any surgical procedure. The stringent hygiene and sterilization conditions required in a "surgical room" (i.e., an operating room or treatment room) require the highest possible sterility of all medical devices and equipment. Part of this sterilization process is any substance that needs to be sterilized, including the imaging device 124 and its attachments and components, to contact the patient or penetrate the sterile field. It should be understood that the sterile field may be considered a designated area that is considered free of microorganisms, such as within a tray or within a sterile towel, or the sterile field may be considered an area around a patient that is ready for surgery. The sterile field may include members of a team who are properly wearing swabs, as well as all equipment and fixtures in the field.

In various aspects, the visualization system 108 includes one or more imaging sensors, one or more image processing units, one or more storage arrays, and one or more displays that are strategically placed with respect to the sterile field, as shown in fig. 35. In one aspect, the visualization system 108 includes interfaces for HL7, PACS, and EMR. Various components of the visualization system 108 are described in U.S. provisional patent application serial No. 62/611,341 entitled "Advanced Imaging Acquisition Module," filed 2017, 12, 28, entitled "INTERACTIVE SURGICAL PLATFORM," the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

As shown in fig. 35, a main display 119 is positioned in the sterile field to be visible to the operator at the surgical table 114. Further, the visualization tower 111 is positioned outside the sterile field. Visualization tower 111 includes a first non-sterile display 107 and a second non-sterile display 109 facing away from each other. The visualization system 108 guided by the hub 106 is configured to be able to utilize the

displays

107, 109, and 119 to coordinate the flow of information to operators inside and outside the sterile zone. For example, the hub 106 may cause the visualization system 108 to display a snapshot of the surgical site recorded by the imaging device 124 on the

non-sterile display

107 or 109 while maintaining a real-time feed of the surgical site on the main display 119. A snapshot on

non-sterile display

107 or 109 may allow a non-sterile operator to, for example, perform diagnostic steps associated with a surgical procedure.

In one aspect, hub 106 is further configured to be able to route diagnostic inputs or feedback entered by non-sterile operators at visualization tower 111 to a main display 119 within the sterile field, where it can be viewed by the sterile operator on the operating floor. In one example, the input may be a modified form of a snapshot displayed on

non-sterile display

107 or 109, which may be routed through hub 106 to main display 119.

Referring to fig. 35, a surgical instrument 112 is used in surgery as part of the surgical system 102. Hub 106 is further configured to coordinate the flow of information to the display of surgical instrument 112. For example, U.S. provisional patent application serial No. 62/611,341, entitled "INTERACTIVE SURGICAL PLATFORM," filed 2017, 12, 28, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Diagnostic inputs or feedback entered by a non-sterile operator at the visualization tower 111 may be routed by the hub 106 to a surgical instrument display 115 within the sterile field, where the inputs or feedback may be viewed by the operator of the surgical instrument 112. Exemplary Surgical instruments suitable for use in the Surgical system 102 are described in U.S. provisional patent application serial No. 62/611,341 entitled "INTERACTIVE SURGICAL PLATFORM", filed 2017, 12, 28, under the heading "Surgical Instrument Hardware", the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

Referring now to fig. 36, hub 106 is depicted in communication with visualization system 108, robotic system 110, and handheld intelligent surgical instrument 112. Hub 106 includes a hub display 135, an imaging module 138, a generator module 140, a communication module 130, a processor module 132, and a storage array 134. In certain aspects, as shown in fig. 36, hub 106 further includes a smoke evacuation module 126 and/or a suction/irrigation module 128.

During surgery, the application of energy to tissue for sealing and/or cutting is typically associated with smoke evacuation, aspiration of excess fluid, and/or irrigation of the tissue. Fluid lines, power lines and/or data lines from different sources are often tangled during surgery. Valuable time may be lost in addressing the problem during surgery. Disconnecting the lines may require disconnecting the lines from their respective modules, which may require resetting the modules. The hub modular housing 136 provides a unified environment for managing power, data, and fluid lines, which reduces the frequency of entanglement between such lines.

Aspects of the present disclosure provide a surgical hub for use in a surgical procedure involving application of energy to tissue at a surgical site. The surgical hub includes a hub housing and a composite generator module slidably received in a docking station of the hub housing. The docking station includes data contacts and power contacts. The combined generator module includes two or more of an ultrasonic energy generator component, a bipolar RF energy generator component, and a monopolar RF energy generator component seated in a single cell. In one aspect, the combined generator module further comprises a smoke evacuation device, at least one energy delivery cable for connecting the combined generator module to a surgical instrument, at least one smoke evacuation device configured to evacuate smoke, fluids, and/or particles generated by application of therapeutic energy to tissue, and a fluid line extending from the remote surgical site to the smoke evacuation device.

In one aspect, the fluid line is a first fluid line and the second fluid line extends from the remote surgical site to a suction and irrigation module slidably received in the hub housing. In one aspect, the hub housing includes a fluid interface.

Certain surgical procedures may require more than one energy type to be applied to tissue. One energy type may be more advantageous for cutting tissue, while a different energy type may be more advantageous for sealing tissue. For example, a bipolar generator may be used to seal tissue, while an ultrasonic generator may be used to cut the sealed tissue. Aspects of the present disclosure provide a solution in which the hub modular housing 136 is configured to accommodate different generators and facilitate interactive communication therebetween. One of the advantages of the hub modular housing 136 is the ability to quickly remove and/or replace various modules.

Aspects of the present disclosure provide a modular surgical housing for use in a surgical procedure involving the application of energy to tissue. The modular surgical housing includes a first energy generator module configured to generate a first energy for application to tissue, and a first docking station including a first docking port including a first data and power contact, wherein the first energy generator module is slidably movable into electrical engagement with the power and data contact, and wherein the first energy generator module is slidably movable out of electrical engagement with the first power and data contact.

As further described above, the modular surgical housing further includes a second energy generator module configured to generate a second energy different from the first energy for application to tissue, and a second docking station including a second docking port including second data and power contacts, wherein the second energy generator module is slidably movable into electrical engagement with the power and data contacts, and wherein the second energy generator is slidably movable out of electrical contact with the second power and data contacts.

In addition, the modular surgical housing further includes a communication bus between the first docking port and the second docking port configured to facilitate communication between the first energy generator module and the second energy generator module.

Referring to fig. 3-7, aspects of the present disclosure are presented as a hub modular housing 136 that allows for modular integration of the generator module 140, smoke evacuation module 126, and suction/irrigation module 128. The hub modular housing 136 also facilitates interactive communication between the

modules

140, 126, 128. As shown in fig. 38, the generator module 140 may be a generator module with integrated monopolar, bipolar, and ultrasound devices supported in a single housing unit 139 that is slidably inserted into the hub modular housing 136. As shown in fig. 38, the generator module 140 may be configured to be connectable to a monopolar device 146, a bipolar device 147, and an ultrasound device 148. Alternatively, the generator modules 140 may include a series of monopole generator modules, bipolar generator modules, and/or ultrasonic generator modules that interact through the hub modular housing 136. The hub modular housing 136 can be configured to facilitate the insertion of multiple generators and the interactive communication between generators docked into the hub modular housing 136 such that the generators will act as a single generator.

In one aspect, the hub modular housing 136 includes a modular power and communications backplane 149 having external and wireless communications connections to enable removable attachment of the

modules

140, 126, 128 and interactive communications therebetween.

In one aspect, the hub modular housing 136 includes a docking cradle or drawer 151 (also referred to herein as a drawer) configured to slidably receive the

modules

140, 126, 128. Fig. 37 shows a partial perspective view of the surgical hub housing 136 and the composite generator module 145 slidably received in the docking station 151 of the surgical hub housing 136. The docking ports 152 having power and data contacts on the back of the combined generator module 145 are configured to engage the corresponding docking ports 150 with the power and data contacts of the corresponding docking station 151 of the hub module housing 136 when the combined generator module 145 is slid into place within the corresponding docking station 151 of the hub module housing 136. In one aspect, the combined generator module 145 includes bipolar, ultrasonic, and monopolar modules integrated together into a single housing unit 139, as shown in fig. 38.

In various aspects, the smoke evacuation module 126 includes a fluid line 154 that communicates captured/collected smoke and/or fluid from the surgical site to, for example, the smoke evacuation module 126. Vacuum suction from smoke evacuation module 126 may draw smoke into the opening of the common conduit at the surgical site. The utility conduit coupled to the fluid line may be in the form of a flexible tube terminating at the smoke evacuation module 126. The common conduit and fluid lines define a fluid path that extends toward the smoke evacuation module 126 housed in the hub housing 136.

In various aspects, the suction/irrigation module 128 is coupled to a surgical tool that includes an aspiration fluid line and a suction fluid line. In one example, the aspiration fluid line and the suction fluid line are in the form of flexible tubes extending from the surgical site toward the suction/irrigation module 128. One or more drive systems may be configured to enable irrigation of fluid to and aspiration of fluid from a surgical site.

In one aspect, a surgical tool includes a shaft having an end effector at a distal end thereof and at least one energy treatment associated with the end effector, a suction tube, and an irrigation tube. The draft tube may have an inlet at a distal end thereof, and the draft tube extends through the shaft. Similarly, a draft tube may extend through the shaft and may have an inlet adjacent the energy delivery tool. The energy delivery tool is configured to deliver ultrasonic and/or RF energy to the surgical site and is coupled to the generator module 140 by a cable that initially extends through the shaft.

The irrigation tube may be in fluid communication with a fluid source, and the aspiration tube may be in fluid communication with a vacuum source. The fluid source and/or vacuum source may be seated in the suction/irrigation module 128. In one example, the fluid source and/or vacuum source may be seated in the hub housing 136 independently of the suction/irrigation module 128. In such examples, the fluid interface can connect the suction/irrigation module 128 to a fluid source and/or a vacuum source.

In one aspect, the

modules

140, 126, 128 on the hub modular housing 136 and/or their corresponding docking stations may include alignment features configured to enable alignment of the docking ports of the modules into engagement with their corresponding ports in the docking stations of the hub modular housing 136. For example, as shown in fig. 37, the combined generator module 145 includes side brackets 155 configured to be slidably engageable with corresponding brackets 156 of corresponding docking stations 151 of the hub modular housing 136. The brackets cooperate to guide the docking port contacts of the combined generator module 145 into electrical engagement with the docking port contacts of the hub modular housing 136.

In some aspects, the drawers 151 of the hub modular housing 136 are the same or substantially the same size, and the modules are sized to be received in the drawers 151. For example, the side brackets 155 and/or 156 may be larger or smaller depending on the size of the module. In other aspects, the drawers 151 are sized differently and are each designed to accommodate a particular module.

In addition, the contacts of a particular module may be keyed to engage the contacts of a particular drawer to avoid inserting the module into a drawer having unmatched contacts.

As shown in fig. 37, the docking port 150 of one drawer 151 may be coupled to the docking port 150 of another drawer 151 by a communication link 157 to facilitate interactive communication between modules seated in the hub modular housing 136. Alternatively or additionally, the docking port 150 of the hub modular housing 136 can facilitate wireless interactive communication between modules seated in the hub modular housing 136. Any suitable wireless communication may be employed, such as, for example, Air Titan-Bluetooth.

Fig. 39 illustrates a single power bus attachment for multiple lateral docking ports of a lateral modular housing 160 configured to accommodate multiple modules of a surgical hub 206. The lateral modular housing 160 is configured to laterally receive and interconnect the modules 161. The modules 161 are slidably inserted into docking feet 162 of a lateral modular housing 160, which lateral modular housing 160 includes a floor for interconnecting the modules 161. As shown in fig. 39, the modules 161 are arranged laterally in a lateral modular housing 160. Alternatively, the modules 161 may be arranged vertically in a lateral modular housing.

Fig. 40 illustrates a vertical modular housing 164 configured to house a plurality of modules 165 of a surgical hub 106. The modules 165 are slidably inserted into docking feet or drawers 167 of a vertical modular housing 164, which vertical modular housing 164 includes a floor for interconnecting the modules 165. Although the drawers 167 of the vertical modular housing 164 are arranged vertically, in some cases, the vertical modular housing 164 may include laterally arranged drawers. Further, the modules 165 may interact with each other through docking ports of the vertical modular housing 164. In the example of FIG. 31, a display 177 is provided for displaying data related to the operation of module 165. In addition, the vertical modular housing 164 includes a main module 178 that seats a plurality of sub-modules slidably received in the main module 178.

In various aspects, the imaging module 138 includes an integrated video processor and modular light source, and is adapted for use with a variety of imaging devices. In one aspect, the imaging device is constructed of a modular housing that can be fitted with a light source module and a camera module. The housing may be a disposable housing. In at least one example, the disposable housing is removably coupled to the reusable controller, the light source module, and the camera module. The light source module and/or the camera module may be selectively selected according to the type of the surgical operation. In one aspect, the camera module includes a CCD sensor. In another aspect, the camera module includes a CMOS sensor. In another aspect, the camera module is configured for scanning beam imaging. Also, the light source module may be configured to be able to deliver white light or different light, depending on the surgical procedure.

During a surgical procedure, it may be inefficient to remove a surgical device from a surgical site and replace the surgical device with another surgical device that includes a different camera or a different light source. Temporary loss of vision at the surgical site can lead to undesirable consequences. The modular imaging apparatus of the present disclosure is configured to enable midstream replacement of a light source module or a camera module during a surgical procedure without having to remove the imaging apparatus from the surgical site.

In one aspect, an imaging device includes a tubular housing including a plurality of channels. The first channel is configured to slidably receive a camera module that may be configured for snap-fit engagement with the first channel. The second channel is configured to slidably receive a light source module that may be configured for snap-fit engagement with the second channel. In another example, the camera module and/or the light source module may be rotated within their respective channels to a final position. Threaded engagement may be used instead of snap-fit engagement.

In various examples, multiple imaging devices are placed at different locations in a surgical field to provide multiple views. The imaging module 138 may be configured to be able to switch between imaging devices to provide an optimal view. In various aspects, the imaging module 138 may be configured to be able to integrate images from different imaging devices.

Various IMAGE PROCESSORs AND imaging devices suitable for use in the present disclosure are described in U.S. patent No. 7,995,045 entitled "COMBINED SBI AND associated IMAGE PROCESSOR" published on 9.8.2011, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. Further, U.S. patent 7,982,776 entitled "MOTION ARTIFACT REMOVAL MOTION ARTIFACT AND METHOD," published 7/19/2011, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety, describes various systems for removing MOTION ARTIFACTs from image data. Such a system may be integrated with the imaging module 138. Further, U.S. patent application publication 2011/0306840, entitled "control MAGNETIC SOURCE TO fine text inner porous APPARATUS application," published 12/15 in 2011, and U.S. patent application publication 2014/0243597, entitled "SYSTEM FOR PERFORFORMING A MINIMALLY INVASIVE SURGICAL PROCEDURE," published 8/28 in 2014, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

Fig. 41 illustrates a surgical data network 201 including a modular communication hub 203 configured to enable connection of modular devices located in one or more operating rooms of a medical facility or any room in a medical facility specially equipped for surgical operations to a cloud-based system (e.g., a cloud 204 that may include a remote server 213 coupled to a storage device 205). In one aspect, modular communication hub 203 includes a network hub 207 and/or a network switch 209 that communicate with network routers. Modular communication hub 203 may also be coupled to local computer system 210 to provide local computer processing and data manipulation. The surgical data network 201 may be configured to be passive, intelligent, or switched. The passive surgical data network acts as a conduit for data, enabling it to be transferred from one device (or segment) to another device (or segment) as well as cloud computing resources. The intelligent surgical data network includes additional features to enable monitoring of traffic through the surgical data network and configuring each port in the hub 207 or network switch 209. The intelligent surgical data network may be referred to as a manageable hub or switch. The switching hub reads the destination address of each packet and then forwards the packet to the correct port.

The modular devices 1a-1n located in the operating room may be coupled to a modular communication hub 203. Network hub 207 and/or network switch 209 may be coupled to network router 211 to connect devices 1a-1n to cloud 204 or local computer system 210. Data associated with the devices 1a-1n may be transmitted via the router to the cloud-based computer for remote data processing and manipulation. Data associated with the devices 1a-1n may also be transmitted to the local computer system 210 for local data processing and manipulation. Modular devices 2a-2m located in the same operating room may also be coupled to the network switch 209. Network switch 209 may be coupled to network hub 207 and/or network router 211 to connect devices 2a-2m to cloud 204. Data associated with the devices 2a-2n may be transmitted via the network router 211 to the cloud 204 for data processing and manipulation. Data associated with the devices 2a-2m may also be transmitted to the local computer system 210 for local data processing and manipulation.

It should be understood that surgical data network 201 may be expanded by interconnecting multiple hubs 207 and/or multiple network switches 209 with multiple network routers 211. The modular communication hub 203 may be contained in a modular control tower configured to be capable of receiving a plurality of devices 1a-1n/2a-2 m. Local computer system 210 may also be contained in a modular control tower. The modular communication hub 203 is connected to a display 212 to display images obtained by some of the devices 1a-1n/2a-2m, for example, during surgery. In various aspects, the devices 1a-1n/2a-2m may include, for example, various modules such as non-contact sensor modules in an imaging module 138 coupled to an endoscope, a generator module 140 coupled to an energy-based surgical device, a smoke evacuation module 126, a suction/irrigation module 128, a communication module 130, a processor module 132, a memory array 134, a surgical device connected to a display, and/or other modular devices that may be connected to a modular communication hub 203 of a surgical data network 201.

In one aspect, the surgical data network 201 may include a combination of network hub(s), network switch (es), and network router(s) that connect the devices 1a-1n/2a-2m to the cloud. Any or all of the devices 1a-1n/2a-2m coupled to the hub or network switch may collect data in real time and transmit the data into the cloud computer for data processing and manipulation. It should be appreciated that cloud computing relies on shared computing resources rather than using local servers or personal devices to process software applications. The term "cloud" may be used as a metaphor for "internet," although the term is not so limited. Accordingly, the term "cloud computing" may be used herein to refer to a "type of internet-based computing" in which different services (such as servers, memory, and applications) are delivered to modular communication hub 203 and/or computer system 210 located in a surgical room (e.g., a fixed, mobile, temporary, or live operating room or space) and devices connected to modular communication hub 203 and/or computer system 210 over the internet. The cloud infrastructure may be maintained by a cloud service provider. In this case, the cloud service provider may be an entity that coordinates the use and control of the devices 1a-1n/2a-2m located in one or more operating rooms. Cloud computing services can perform a large amount of computing based on data collected by smart surgical instruments, robots, and other computerized devices located in the operating room. The hub hardware enables multiple devices or connections to connect to a computer in communication with the cloud computing resources and memory.

Applying cloud computer data processing techniques to the data collected by the devices 1a-1n/2a-2m, the surgical data network provides improved surgical results, reduced costs and improved patient satisfaction. At least some of the devices 1a-1n/2a-2m may be employed to observe tissue conditions to assess leakage or perfusion of sealed tissue following tissue sealing and cutting procedures. At least some of the devices 1a-1n/2a-2m may be employed to identify pathologies, such as the effects of disease, using cloud-based computing to examine data including images of body tissue samples for diagnostic purposes. This includes localization and edge confirmation of tissues and phenotypes. At least some of the devices 1a-1n/2a-2m may be employed to identify anatomical structures of the body using various sensors integrated with the imaging devices and techniques, such as overlaying images captured by multiple imaging devices. The data (including image data) collected by the devices 1a-1n/2a-2m may be transmitted to the cloud 204 or the local computer system 210 or both for data processing and manipulation, including image processing and manipulation. Such data analysis may further employ outcome analysis processing, and use of standardized methods may provide beneficial feedback to confirm or suggest modification of the behavior of the surgical treatment and surgeon.

In one implementation, the operating room devices 1a-1n may be connected to the modular communication hub 203 through a wired channel or a wireless channel, depending on the configuration of the devices 1a-1n to the network hub. In one aspect, hub 207 may be implemented as a local network broadcaster operating at the physical layer of the Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) model. The hub provides connectivity to devices 1a-1n located in the same operating room network. The hub 207 collects the data in the form of packets and transmits it to the router in half duplex mode. The hub 207 does not store any media access control/internet protocol (MAC/IP) for transmitting device data. Only one of the devices 1a-1n may transmit data through the hub 207 at a time. Hub 207 does not have routing tables or intelligence as to where to send information and broadcast all network data on each connection and to remote server 213 (fig. 42) through cloud 204. Hub 207 may detect basic network errors such as conflicts, but broadcasting all information to multiple ports may present a security risk and lead to bottlenecks.

In another implementation, the operating room devices 2a-2m may be connected to the network switch 209 via a wired channel or a wireless channel. Network switch 209 operates in the data link layer of the OSI model. The network switch 209 is a multicast device for connecting devices 2a-2m located in the same operating room to the network. Network switch 209 sends data in frames to network router 211 and operates in full duplex mode. Multiple devices 2a-2m may transmit data simultaneously through the network switch 209. The network switch 209 stores and uses the MAC addresses of the devices 2a-2m to transmit data.

Network hub 207 and/or network switch 209 are coupled to network router 211 to connect to cloud 204. Network router 211 operates in the network layer of the OSI model. Network router 211 creates a route for transmitting data packets received from network hub 207 and/or network switch 211 to the cloud-based computer resources for further processing and manipulation of data collected by any or all of devices 1a-1n/2a-2 m. Network router 211 may be employed to connect two or more different networks located at different locations, such as, for example, different operating rooms of the same medical facility or different networks located in different operating rooms of different medical facilities. Network router 211 sends data in packets to cloud 204 and operates in full duplex mode. Multiple devices may transmit data simultaneously. The network router 211 transmits data using the IP address.

In one example, hub 207 may be implemented as a USB hub, which allows multiple USB devices to be connected to a host. A USB hub may extend a single USB port to multiple tiers so that more ports are available for connecting devices to a host system computer. Hub 207 may include wired or wireless capabilities for receiving information over a wired channel or a wireless channel. In one aspect, a wireless USB short-range, high bandwidth wireless radio communication protocol may be used for communication between devices 1a-1n and devices 2a-2m located in an operating room.

In other examples, the operating room devices 1a-1n/2a-2m may communicate with the modular communication hub 203 via the Bluetooth wireless technology standard for exchanging data from stationary and mobile devices over short distances (using short wavelength UHF radio waves of 2.4 to 2.485GHz in the ISM band) and building Personal Area Networks (PANs). In other aspects, the operating room devices 1a-1n/2a-2m may communicate with the modular communication hub 203 via a variety of wireless or wired communication standards or protocols, including but not limited to Wi-Fi (IEEE 802.11 series), WiMAX (IEEE 802.16 series), IEEE802.20, Long Term Evolution (LTE) and Ev-DO, HSPA +, HSDPA +, HSUPA +, EDGE, GSM, GPRS, CDMA, TDMA, DECT, and ethernet derivatives thereof, as well as any other wireless and wired protocols designated 3G, 4G, 5G, and above. The computing module may include a plurality of communication modules. For example, a first communication module may be dedicated to shorter range wireless communications such as Wi-Fi and bluetooth, and a second communication module may be dedicated to longer range wireless communications such as GPS, EDGE, GPRS, CDMA, WiMAX, LTE, Ev-DO, and the like.

The modular communication hub 203 may serve as a central connection for one or all of the operating room devices 1a-1n/2a-2m and handle a data type called a frame. The frames carry data generated by the devices 1a-1n/2a-2 m. When the modular communication hub 203 receives the frame, it is amplified and transmitted to the network router 211, which network router 211 transmits the data to the cloud computing resources using a plurality of wireless or wired communication standards or protocols as described herein.

Modular communication hub 203 may be used as a stand-alone device or connected to a compatible network hub and network switch to form a larger network. The modular communication hub 203 is generally easy to install, configure and maintain, making it a good option to network the operating room devices 1a-1n/2a-2 m.

Fig. 42 shows a computer-implemented interactive surgical system 200. The computer-implemented interactive surgical system 200 is similar in many respects to the computer-implemented interactive surgical system 100. For example, the computer-implemented interactive surgical system 200 includes one or more surgical systems 202 that are similar in many respects to the surgical system 102. Each surgical system 202 includes at least one surgical hub 206 in communication with a cloud 204, which may include a remote server 213. In one aspect, the computer-implemented interactive surgical system 200 includes a modular control tower 236, the modular control tower 236 being connected to a plurality of operating room devices, such as, for example, intelligent surgical instruments, robots, and other computerized devices located in an operating room. As shown in fig. 43, the modular control tower 236 includes a modular communication hub 203 coupled to the computer system 210. As shown in the example of fig. 42, the modular control tower 236 is coupled to an imaging module 238 (which is coupled to an endoscope 239), a generator module 240 coupled to an energy device 241, a smoke ejector module 226, a suction/irrigation module 228, a communication module 230, a processor module 232, a storage array 234, a smart device/instrument 235 optionally coupled to a display 237, and a non-contact sensor module 242. The operating room devices are coupled to cloud computing resources and data storage via modular control tower 236. Robot hub 222 may also be connected to modular control tower 236 and cloud computing resources. The devices/instruments 235, visualization system 208, etc. may be coupled to the modular control tower 236 via wired or wireless communication standards or protocols, as described herein. The modular control tower 236 may be coupled to the hub display 215 (e.g., monitor, screen) to display and overlay images received from the imaging module, device/instrument display, and/or other visualization system 208. The hub display may also combine the image and the overlay image to display data received from devices connected to the modular control tower.

Fig. 43 shows the surgical hub 206 including a plurality of modules coupled to a modular control tower 236. The modular control tower 236 includes a modular communication hub 203 (e.g., a network connectivity device) and a computer system 210 to provide, for example, local processing, visualization, and imaging. As shown in fig. 43, the modular communication hub 203 may be connected in a hierarchical configuration to expand the number of modules (e.g., devices) that may be connected to the modular communication hub 203 and transmit data associated with the modules to the computer system 210, cloud computing resources, or both. As shown in fig. 43, each of the network hubs/switches in modular communication hub 203 includes three downstream ports and one upstream port. The upstream hub/switch is connected to the processor to provide a communication connection with the cloud computing resources and the local display 217. Communication with the cloud 204 may be through a wired or wireless communication channel.

The surgical hub 206 employs the non-contact sensor module 242 to measure dimensions of the operating room and uses ultrasound or laser type non-contact measurement devices to generate a map of the operating room. An ultrasound-based non-contact sensor module scans an Operating Room by emitting a burst of ultrasound waves and receiving echoes as they bounce off the enclosure of the Operating Room, as described under the heading "Surgical Hub Spatial aware Within the united states provisional patent application sequence 62/611,341 entitled" INTERACTIVE SURGICAL PLATFORM, "filed on 28.12.2017, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, wherein the sensor module is configured to determine the size of the Operating Room and adjust the bluetooth pairing distance limit. The laser-based non-contact sensor module scans the operating room by emitting laser pulses, receiving laser pulses bouncing off the enclosure of the operating room, and comparing the phase of the emitted pulses to the received pulses to determine the size of the operating room and adjust the bluetooth paired distance limit.

Computer system 210 includes a processor 244 and a network interface 245. The processor 244 is coupled via a system bus to the communication module 247, storage 248, memory 249, non-volatile memory 250, and input/output interface 251. The system bus can be any of several types of bus structure(s) including the memory bus or memory controller, a peripheral bus or external bus, and/or a local bus using any variety of available bus architectures including, but not limited to, 9-bit bus, Industrial Standard Architecture (ISA), micro Charmel architecture (MSA), extended ISA (eisa), Intelligent Drive Electronics (IDE), VESA Local Bus (VLB), Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI), USB, Advanced Graphics Port (AGP), personal computer memory card international association bus (PCMCIA), Small Computer System Interface (SCSI), or any other peripheral bus.

The controller 244 may be any single-core or multi-core processor, such as those provided by Texas Instruments under the tradename ARM Cortex. In one aspect, the processor may be a processor core available from, for example, Texas Instruments LM4F230H5QR ARM Cortex-M4F, which includes 256KB of on-chip memory of single cycle flash or other non-volatile memory (up to 40MHz), a prefetch buffer for improved execution above 40MHz, 32KB of single cycle Sequential Random Access Memory (SRAM), loaded with instructions

Software internal Read Only Memory (ROM), 2KB Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM), and/or one or more Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) modules, one or more Quadrature Encoder Input (QEI) analog, one or more 12-bit analog-to-digital converters (ADCs) with 12 analog input channels, the details of which can be seen in the product data sheet.

In one aspect, the processor 244 may comprise a safety controller comprising two series controller-based controllers (such as TMS570 and RM4x), also known under the trade name Hercules ARM Cortex R4, also manufactured by Texas Instruments. The safety controller may be configured to be specific to IEC 61508 and ISO 26262 safety critical applications, etc., to provide advanced integrated safety features while delivering scalable execution, connectivity, and memory options.

The system memory includes volatile memory and non-volatile memory. The basic input/output system (BIOS), containing the basic routines to transfer information between elements within the computer system, such as during start-up, is stored in nonvolatile memory. For example, nonvolatile memory can include ROM, Programmable ROM (PROM), Electrically Programmable ROM (EPROM), EEPROM, or flash memory. Volatile memory includes Random Access Memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory. Further, RAM may be available in a variety of forms, such as SRAM, Dynamic RAM (DRAM), Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), double data rate SDRAM (DDR SDRAM), Enhanced SDRAM (ESDRAM), Synchronous Link DRAM (SLDRAM), and Direct Rambus RAM (DRRAM).

The computer system 210 also includes removable/non-removable, volatile/nonvolatile computer storage media such as, for example, disk storage. Disk storage includes, but is not limited to, devices such as a magnetic disk drive, floppy disk drive, tape drive, Jaz drive, Zip drive, LS-60 drive, flash memory card, or memory stick. In addition, disk storage can include storage media separately or in combination with other storage media including, but not limited to, an optical disk drive such as a compact disk ROM device (CD-ROM), compact disk recordable drive (CD-R drive), compact disk rewritable drive (CD-RW drive) or a digital versatile disk ROM drive (DVD-ROM). To facilitate connection of the disk storage devices to the system bus, a removable or non-removable interface may be used.

It is to be appreciated that the computer system 210 includes software that acts as an intermediary between users and the basic computer resources described in suitable operating environments. Such software includes an operating system. An operating system, which may be stored on disk storage, is used to control and allocate resources of the computer system. System applications utilize the operating system to manage resources through program modules and program data stored in system memory or on disk storage. It is to be appreciated that the various components described herein can be implemented with various operating systems or combinations of operating systems.

A user enters commands or information into the computer system 210 through input device(s) coupled to the I/O interface 251. Input devices include, but are not limited to, a pointing device such as a mouse, trackball, stylus, touch pad, keyboard, microphone, joystick, game pad, satellite dish, scanner, TV tuner card, digital camera, digital video camera, web camera, and the like. These and other input devices are connected to the processor through the system bus via interface port(s). The interface port(s) include, for example, a serial port, a parallel port, a game port, and a USB. The output device(s) use the same type of port as the input device(s). Thus, for example, a USB port may be used to provide input to a computer system and to output information from the computer system to an output device. Output adapters are provided to illustrate that there are some output devices (such as monitors, displays, speakers, and printers) that require special adapters among other output devices.

The computer system 210 may operate in a networked environment using logical connections to one or more remote computers, such as a cloud computer(s), or a local computer. The remote cloud computer(s) can be personal computers, servers, routers, network PCs, workstations, microprocessor-based appliances, peer devices or other common network nodes and the like, and typically includes many or all of the elements described relative to the computer system. For purposes of brevity, only a memory storage device with remote computer(s) is illustrated. The remote computer(s) is logically connected to the computer system through a network interface and then physically connected via a communications connection. Network interfaces encompass communication networks such as Local Area Networks (LANs) and Wide Area Networks (WANs). LAN technologies include Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI), Copper Distributed Data Interface (CDDI), Ethernet/IEEE 802.3, token Ring/IEEE 802.5, and the like. WAN technologies include, but are not limited to, point-to-point links, circuit switching networks like Integrated Services Digital Networks (ISDN) and variations thereon, packet switching networks, and Digital Subscriber Lines (DSL).

In various aspects, the computer system 210, imaging module 238, and/or visualization system 208 of fig. 43 and/or the processor module 232 of fig. 9-10 may include an image processor, an image processing engine, a media processor, or any dedicated Digital Signal Processor (DSP) for processing digital images. The image processor may employ parallel computing with single instruction, multiple data (SIMD) or multiple instruction, multiple data (MIMD) techniques to increase speed and efficiency. The digital image processing engine may perform a series of tasks. The image processor may be a system on a chip having a multi-core processor architecture.

Communication connection(s) refers to the hardware/software used to interface the network to the bus. While a communication connection is shown for exemplary clarity within the computer system, it can also be external to computer system 210. The hardware/software necessary for connection to the network interface includes, for exemplary purposes only, internal and external technologies such as, modems including regular telephone grade modems, cable modems and DSL modems, ISDN adapters, and Ethernet cards.

Fig. 44 illustrates a functional block diagram of one aspect of a USB hub 300 device in accordance with one aspect of the present disclosure. In the illustrated aspect, the USB hub device 300 employs a TUSB2036 integrated circuit hub from Texas Instruments. The USB hub 300 is a CMOS device that provides an upstream USB transceiver port 302 and up to three downstream

USB transceiver ports

304, 306, 308 according to the USB 2.0 specification. The upstream USB transceiver port 302 is a differential root data port that includes a differential data negative (DP0) input paired with a differential data positive (DM0) input. The three downstream

USB transceiver ports

304, 306, 308 are differential data ports, where each port includes a differential data positive (DP1-DP3) output paired with a differential data negative (DM1-DM3) output.

The USB hub 300 device is implemented with a digital state machine rather than a microcontroller and does not require firmware programming. Fully compatible USB transceivers are integrated into the circuitry for the upstream USB transceiver port 302 and all downstream

USB transceiver ports

304, 306, 308. The downstream

USB transceiver ports

304, 306, 308 support both full-speed devices and low-speed devices by automatically setting the slew rate according to the speed of the device attached to the port. The USB hub 300 device may be configured in a bus-powered mode or a self-powered mode and includes hub power logic 312 for managing power.

The USB hub 300 device includes a serial interface engine 310 (SIE). SIE 310 is the front end of the USB hub 300 hardware and handles most of the protocols described in section 8 of the USB specification. The SIE 310 typically includes signaling up to the transaction level. The processing functions thereof may include: packet identification, transaction ordering, SOP, EOP, RESET and RESUME signal detection/generation, clock/data separation, no return to zero inversion (NRZI) data encoding/decoding and digit stuffing, CRC generation and verification (token and data), packet id (pid) generation and verification/decoding, and/or serial-parallel/parallel-serial conversion. 310 receives a clock input 314 and is coupled to pause/resume logic and frame timer 316 circuitry and hub repeater circuitry 318 to control communications between the upstream USB transceiver port 302 and the downstream

USB transceiver ports

304, 306, 308 through

port logic circuitry

320, 322, 324. The SIE 310 is coupled to a command decoder 326 via interface logic to control commands from the serial EEPROM via a serial EEPROM interface 330.

In various aspects, the USB hub 300 may connect 127 functions configured in up to six logical layers (tiers) to a single computer. Further, the USB hub 300 may be connected to all external devices using a standardized four-wire cable that provides both communication and power distribution. The power configuration is a bus powered mode and a self-powered mode. The USB hub 300 may be configured to support four power management modes: bus-powered hubs with individual port power management or package port power management, and self-powered hubs with individual port power management or package port power management. In one aspect, the USB hub 300, upstream USB transceiver port 302, are plugged into the USB host controller using a USB cable, and downstream

USB transceiver ports

304, 306, 308 are exposed for connection of USB compatible devices, or the like.

Surgical instrumentMechanical hardware

Fig. 45 illustrates a logic diagram for a control system 470 for a surgical instrument or tool according to one or more aspects of the present disclosure. The system 470 includes control circuitry. The control circuit includes a microcontroller 461 that includes a processor 462 and a memory 468. For example, one or more of the

sensors

472, 474, 476 provide real-time feedback to the processor 462. A motor 482 driven by a motor drive 492 is operably coupled to the longitudinally movable displacement member to drive the I-beam knife element. The tracking system 480 is configured to be able to determine the position of the longitudinally movable displacement member. The position information is provided to a processor 462 that may be programmed or configured to determine the position of the longitudinally movable drive member and the positions of the firing member, firing bar, and I-beam knife element. Additional motors may be provided at the tool driver interface to control the I-beam firing, closure tube travel, shaft rotation, and articulation. The display 473 displays a variety of operating conditions of the instrument and may include touch screen functionality for data entry. The information displayed on the display 473 may be overlaid with the image acquired via the endoscopic imaging module.

In one aspect, microprocessor 461 may be any single-core or multi-core processor, such as those known under the trade name ARM Cortex produced by Texas Instruments. In one aspect, microcontroller 461 may be an LM4F230H5QR ARM Cortex-M4F processor core available from Texas Instruments, Inc. (Texas Instruments), for example, that includes 256KB of on-chip memory of single-cycle flash or other non-volatile memory (up to 40MHz), a prefetch buffer for improved performance above 40MHz, 32KB of single-cycle SRAM, loaded with a load of memory above 40MHz

Internal ROM of software, 2KB electrical EEPROM, one or more PWM modules, one or more QEI analog, one or more 12-bit ADCs with 12 analog input channels, the details of which can be seen in the product data sheet.

In one aspect, microcontroller 461 may comprise a safety controller comprising two controller-based families such as TMS570 and RM4x, also known under the trade name Hercules ARM Cortex R4, also manufactured by Texas Instruments. The safety controller may be configured to be specific to IEC 61508 and ISO 26262 safety critical applications, etc., to provide advanced integrated safety features while delivering scalable execution, connectivity, and memory options.

The controller 461 may be programmed to perform various functions such as precise control of the speed and position of the knife and articulation system. In one aspect, microcontroller 461 includes processor 462 and memory 468. The electric motor 482 may be a brushed Direct Current (DC) motor having a gear box and a mechanical link to an articulation or knife system. In one aspect, the motor driver 492 may be a3941 available from Allegro Microsystems, Inc. Other motor drives can be readily substituted for use in tracking system 480, including an absolute positioning system. Detailed description of the absolute positioning system is described in U.S. patent application publication 2017/0296213 entitled "SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING a minor STAPLING AND CUTTING in measuring", published on 19.10.2017, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

The microcontroller 461 may be programmed to provide precise control of the speed and position of the displacement member and the articulation system. The microcontroller 461 may be configured to be able to calculate a response in the software of the microcontroller 461. The calculated response is compared to the measured response of the actual system to obtain an "observed" response, which is used for the actual feedback decision. The observed response is a favorable tuning value that balances the smooth continuous nature of the simulated response with the measured response, which can detect external effects on the system.

In one aspect, the motor 482 can be controlled by a motor driver 492 and can be employed by a firing system of a surgical instrument or tool. In various forms, the motor 482 may be a brushed DC drive motor having a maximum rotational speed of about 25,000 RPM. In other arrangements, the motor 482 may include a brushless motor, a cordless motor, a synchronous motor, a stepper motor, or any other suitable electric motor. The motor driver 492 may comprise, for example, an H-bridge driver including a Field Effect Transistor (FET). The motor 482 may be powered by a power assembly releasably mounted to the handle assembly or tool housing for supplying control power to the surgical instrument or tool. The power assembly may include a battery that may include a plurality of battery cells connected in series that may be used as a power source to provide power to a surgical instrument or tool. In some cases, the battery cells of the power assembly may be replaceable and/or rechargeable. In at least one example, the battery cell may be a lithium ion battery, which may be coupled to and separated from the power assembly.

The driver 492 may be a3941 available from Allegro Microsystems, Inc. A 3941492 is a full-bridge controller for use with an external N-channel power Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor (MOSFET) specifically designed for inductive loads, such as brushed DC motors. Driver 492 includes a unique charge pump regulator that provides full (>10V) gate drive for battery voltages as low as 7V and allows a3941 to operate with reduced gate drive as low as 5.5V. A bootstrap capacitor may be employed to provide the aforementioned battery supply voltage required for the N-channel MOSFET. The internal charge pump of the high-side drive allows for direct current (100% duty cycle) operation. The full bridge may be driven in fast decay mode or slow decay mode using diodes or synchronous rectification. In slow decay mode, current recirculation can pass through either the high-side or low-side FETs. The power FET is protected from breakdown by a resistor adjustable dead time. The integral diagnostics provide an indication of undervoltage, overheating, and power bridge faults, and may be configured to protect the power MOSFETs under most short circuit conditions. Other motor drives can be readily substituted for use in tracking system 480, including an absolute positioning system.

The tracking system 480 includes a controlled motor drive circuit arrangement including a position sensor 472 according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The position sensor 472 for the absolute positioning system provides a unique position signal corresponding to the position of the displacement member. In one aspect, the displacement member represents a longitudinally movable drive member including a rack of drive teeth for meshing engagement with a corresponding drive gear of the gear reducer assembly. In other aspects, the displacement member represents a firing member that may be adapted and configured to include a rack of drive teeth. In yet another aspect, the displacement member represents a firing bar or an I-beam, each of which may be adapted and configured to include a rack of drive teeth. Thus, as used herein, the term displacement member is used generally to refer to any movable member of a surgical instrument or tool, such as a drive member, firing bar, I-beam, or any element that can be displaced. In one aspect, a longitudinally movable drive member is coupled to the firing member, the firing bar, and the I-beam. Thus, the absolute positioning system may actually track the linear displacement of the I-beam by tracking the linear displacement of the longitudinally movable drive member. In various other aspects, the displacement member may be coupled to any position sensor 472 suitable for measuring linear displacement. Thus, the longitudinally movable drive member, firing bar, or I-beam, or combinations thereof, may be coupled to any suitable linear displacement sensor. The linear displacement sensor may comprise a contact displacement sensor or a non-contact displacement sensor. The linear displacement sensor may comprise a Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT), a Differential Variable Reluctance Transducer (DVRT), a sliding potentiometer, a magnetic sensing system comprising a movable magnet and a series of linearly arranged hall effect sensors, a magnetic sensing system comprising a fixed magnet and a series of movable linearly arranged hall effect sensors, an optical sensing system comprising a movable light source and a series of linearly arranged photodiodes or photodetectors, an optical sensing system comprising a fixed light source and a series of movable linearly arranged photodiodes or photodetectors, or any combination thereof.

The electric motor 482 may include a rotatable shaft that operably interfaces with a gear assembly mounted on the displacement member in meshing engagement with the set or rack of drive teeth. The sensor element may be operably coupled to the gear assembly such that a single rotation of the position sensor 472 element corresponds to some linear longitudinal translation of the displacement member. The arrangement of the transmission and sensor may be connected to the linear actuator via a rack and pinion arrangement, or to the rotary actuator via a spur gear or other connection. The power source powers the absolute positioning system and the output indicator may display an output of the absolute positioning system. The displacement member represents a longitudinally movable drive member including a rack of drive teeth formed thereon for meshing engagement with a corresponding drive gear of the gear reducer assembly. The displacement member represents a longitudinally movable firing member, a firing bar, an I-beam, or a combination thereof.

A single rotation of the sensor element associated with position sensor 472 is equivalent to a longitudinal linear displacement d1 of the displacement member, where d1 is the longitudinal linear distance that the displacement member moves from point "a" to point "b" after a single rotation of the sensor element coupled to the displacement member. The sensor arrangement may be connected via a gear reduction that causes the position sensor 472 to complete only one or more rotations for the full stroke of the displacement member. The position sensor 472 may complete multiple rotations for a full stroke of the displacement member.

A series of switches (where n is an integer greater than one) may be employed alone or in conjunction with the gear reduction to provide unique position signals for more than one rotation of the position sensor 472. The state of the switch is fed back to the microcontroller 461, which applies logic to determine a unique position signal corresponding to the longitudinal linear displacement d1+ d2+ … dn of the displacement member. The output of the position sensor 472 is provided to a microcontroller 461. The position sensor 472 of the sensor arrangement may include a magnetic sensor, an analog rotation sensor (e.g., a potentiometer), an array of analog hall effect elements that output a unique combination of position signals or values.

Position sensor 472 may include any number of magnetic sensing elements, such as, for example, magnetic sensors that are classified according to whether they measure the total or vector component of the magnetic field. The techniques for producing the two types of magnetic sensors described above encompass a number of aspects of physics and electronics. Technologies for magnetic field sensing include search coils, flux gates, optical pumps, nuclear spins, superconducting quantum interferometers (SQUIDs), hall effects, anisotropic magnetoresistance, giant magnetoresistance, magnetic tunnel junctions, giant magnetoimpedances, magnetostrictive/piezoelectric composites, magnetodiodes, magnetotransistors, optical fibers, magneto-optical, and magnetic sensors based on micro-electromechanical systems, among others.

In one aspect, the position sensor 472 for the tracking system 480 including an absolute positioning system comprises a magnetic rotary absolute positioning system. The position sensor 472 may be implemented AS an AS5055EQFT monolithic magnetic rotary position sensor, available from Austria microelectronics, AG, australia. The position sensor 472 interfaces with the microcontroller 461 to provide an absolute positioning system. The position sensor 472 is a low voltage and low power component and includes four hall effect elements located in the area of the position sensor 472 above the magnet. A high resolution ADC and an intelligent power management controller are also provided on the chip. Coordinate rotation digital computer (CORDIC) processors (also known as bitwise and Volder algorithms) are provided to perform simple and efficient algorithms to compute hyperbolic and trigonometric functions, which require only addition, subtraction, digital displacement and table lookup operations. The angular position, alarm bits and magnetic field information are transmitted to the microcontroller 461 via a standard serial communication interface, such as a Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) interface. The position sensor 472 provides 12 or 14 bit resolution. The position sensor 472 may be an AS5055 chip provided in a small QFN 16 pin 4 × 4 × 0.85mm package.

The tracking system 480, including an absolute positioning system, may include and/or may be programmed to implement feedback controllers such as PID, state feedback, and adaptive controllers. The power source converts the signal from the feedback controller into a physical input to the system: in this case a voltage. Other examples include PWM of voltage, current and force. In addition to the location measured by the location sensor 472, one or more other sensors may be provided to measure physical parameters of the physical system. In some aspects, one or more other SENSORs may include a SENSOR arrangement, such as those described in U.S. patent 9,345,481 entitled "STAPLE CARTRIDGE TISSUE thicknes SENSOR SYSTEM," issued 5/24/2016, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety; U.S. patent application publication 2014/0263552 entitled "STAPLE CARTRIDGE TISSUE THICKNESS SENSOR SYSTEM" published on 9/18 2014, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety; and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/628,175 entitled "TECHNIQUES FOR ADAPTIVE CONTROL OF MOTOR VELOCITY OF A SURGICAL STAPLING AND CUTTING INSTRUMENT," filed 2017, on 20.6.2017, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. In a digital signal processing system, an absolute positioning system is coupled to a digital data acquisition system, wherein the output of the absolute positioning system will have a finite resolution and sampling frequency. The absolute positioning system may include comparison and combination circuitry to combine the calculated response with the measured response using an algorithm (such as a weighted average and a theoretical control loop) that drives the calculated response toward the measured response. The calculated response of the physical system takes into account characteristics such as mass, inertia, viscous friction, inductive resistance to predict the state and output of the physical system by knowing the inputs.

Thus, the absolute positioning system provides an absolute position of the displacement member upon power-up of the instrument, and does not retract or advance the displacement member to a reset (clear or home) position as may be required by conventional rotary encoders, which simply count the number of forward or backward steps taken by the motor 482 to infer the position of the device actuator, drive rod, knife, etc.

The sensor 474 (such as, for example, a strain gauge or a micro-strain gauge) is configured to measure one or more parameters of the end effector, such as, for example, the magnitude of the strain exerted on the anvil during a clamping operation, which may be indicative of the closing force applied to the anvil. The measured strain is converted to a digital signal and provided to the processor 462. Alternatively or in addition to the sensor 474, a sensor 476 (such as a load sensor) may measure the closing force applied to the anvil by the closure drive system. A sensor 476, such as a load sensor, may measure the firing force applied to the I-beam during the firing stroke of the surgical instrument or tool. The I-beam is configured to engage a wedge sled configured to cam the staple drivers upward to push the staples out into deforming contact with the anvil. The I-beam also includes a sharp cutting edge that can be used to sever tissue when the I-beam is advanced distally by the firing bar. Alternatively, a current sensor 478 may be employed to measure the current drawn by the motor 482. The force required to advance the firing member may correspond to, for example, the current consumed by the motor 482. The measured force is converted to a digital signal and provided to the processor 462.

In one form, the strain gauge sensor 474 may be used to measure the force applied to tissue by the end effector. A strain gauge may be coupled to the end effector to measure force on tissue being treated by the end effector. The system for measuring force applied to tissue grasped by the end effector includes a strain gauge sensor 474, such as, for example, a micro-strain gauge, configured to be capable of measuring one or more parameters of, for example, the end effector. In one aspect, strain gauge sensor 474 can measure the magnitude or magnitude of strain applied to the jaw members of the end effector during a clamping operation, which can indicate tissue compression. The measured strain is converted to a digital signal and provided to the processor 462 of the microcontroller 461. Load sensor 476 may measure a force used to operate the knife member, for example, to cut tissue captured between the anvil and the staple cartridge. A magnetic field sensor may be employed to measure the thickness of the captured tissue. The measurements of the magnetic field sensors may also be converted to digital signals and provided to the processor 462.

The microcontroller 461 can use measurements of tissue compression, tissue thickness, and/or force required to close the end effector, as measured by the

sensors

474, 476, respectively, to characterize selected positions of the firing member and/or corresponding values of the velocity of the firing member. In one case, the memory 468 can store techniques, formulas, and/or look-up tables that can be employed by the microcontroller 461 in the evaluation.

The control system 470 of the surgical instrument or tool may also include wired or wireless communication circuitry to communicate with the modular communication hub, as shown in fig. 8-11.

Fig. 46 illustrates a control circuit 500 configured to control aspects of a surgical instrument or tool according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The control circuit 500 may be configured to implement the various processes described herein. The control circuit 500 may include a microcontroller including one or more processors 502 (e.g., microprocessors, microcontrollers) coupled to at least one memory circuit 504. The memory circuitry 504 stores machine-executable instructions that, when executed by the processor 502, cause the processor 502 to execute machine instructions to implement the various processes described herein. The processor 502 may be any of a variety of single-core or multi-core processors known in the art. The memory circuit 504 may include volatile storage media and non-volatile storage media. Processor 502 may include an instruction processing unit 506 and an arithmetic unit 508. The instruction processing unit may be configured to be able to receive instructions from the memory circuit 504 of the present disclosure.

Fig. 47 illustrates a combinational logic circuit 510 configured to control aspects of a surgical instrument or tool, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The combinational logic circuit 510 may be configured to enable the various processes described herein. Combinatorial logic circuitry 510 may include a finite state machine including combinatorial logic 512 configured to receive data associated with a surgical instrument or tool at input 514, process the data through combinatorial logic 512, and provide output 516.

Fig. 48 illustrates a sequential logic circuit 520 configured to control aspects of a surgical instrument or tool, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. Sequential logic circuit 520 or combinational logic 522 may be configured to enable the various processes described herein. Sequential logic circuit 520 may comprise a finite state machine. Sequential logic circuitry 520 may include, for example, combinatorial logic 522, at least one memory circuit 524, and a clock 529. The at least one memory circuit 524 may store the current state of the finite state machine. In some cases, the sequential logic circuit 520 may be synchronous or asynchronous. The combinational logic 522 is configured to receive data associated with a surgical instrument or tool from the inputs 526, process the data through the combinational logic 522, and provide the outputs 528. In other aspects, a circuit may comprise a combination of a processor (e.g., processor 502, fig. 46) and a finite state machine to implement various processes herein. In other aspects, the finite state machine may comprise a combination of combinational logic circuitry (e.g., combinational logic circuitry 510, fig. 47) and sequential logic circuitry 520.

Fig. 49 illustrates a surgical instrument or tool including multiple motors that can be activated to perform various functions. In some cases, the first motor may be activated to perform a first function, the second motor may be activated to perform a second function, and the third motor may be activated to perform a third function. In some instances, multiple motors of the robotic surgical instrument 600 may be individually activated to cause firing, closing, and/or articulation motions in the end effector. Firing motions, closing motions, and/or articulation motions can be transmitted to the end effector, for example, by a shaft assembly.

In certain instances, a surgical instrument system or tool may include a firing motor 602. The firing motor 602 is operably coupled to a firing motor drive assembly 604, which may be configured to transmit a firing motion generated by the motor 602 to the end effector, in particular for displacing the I-beam element. In some instances, the firing motion generated by the motor 602 can cause, for example, staples to be deployed from the staple cartridge into tissue captured by the end effector and/or a cutting edge of the I-beam member to be advanced to cut the captured tissue. The I-beam element may be retracted by reversing the direction of the motor 602.

In some cases, the surgical instrument or tool may include a closure motor 603. The closure motor 603 can be operably coupled to a closure motor drive assembly 605 configured to transmit the closure motions generated by the motor 603 to the end effector, in particular for displacing a closure tube to close the anvil and compress tissue between the anvil and staple cartridge. The closing motion can transition, for example, the end effector from an open configuration to an approximated configuration to capture tissue. The end effector may be transitioned to the open position by reversing the direction of the motor 603.

In some cases, the surgical instrument or tool may include, for example, one or more articulation motors 606a, 606 b. The motors 606a, 606b can be operably coupled to respective articulation

motor drive assemblies

608a, 608b, which can be configured to transmit articulation motions generated by the motors 606a, 606b to the end effector. In some cases, the articulation can articulate the end effector relative to the shaft, for example.

As described above, a surgical instrument or tool may include multiple motors that may be configured to perform various independent functions. In some cases, multiple motors of a surgical instrument or tool may be activated individually or independently to perform one or more functions while other motors remain inactive. For example, the articulation motors 606a, 606b may be activated to articulate the end effector while the firing motor 602 remains inactive. Alternatively, the firing motor 602 may be activated to fire a plurality of staples and/or advance the cutting edge while the articulation motor 606 remains inactive. Further, the closure motor 603 may be activated simultaneously with the firing motor 602 to advance the closure tube and I-beam member distally, as described in more detail below.

In some instances, a surgical instrument or tool may include a common control module 610 that may be used with multiple motors of the surgical instrument or tool. In some cases, the common control module 610 may regulate one of the plurality of motors at a time. For example, the common control module 610 may be individually coupled to and decoupled from multiple motors of the surgical instrument. In some cases, multiple motors of a surgical instrument or tool may share one or more common control modules, such as common control module 610. In some instances, multiple motors of a surgical instrument or tool may independently and selectively engage a common control module 610. In some cases, the common control module 610 may switch from interfacing with one of the plurality of motors of the surgical instrument or tool to interfacing with another of the plurality of motors of the surgical instrument or tool.

In at least one example, the common control module 610 can be selectively switched between operably engaging the articulation motors 606a, 606b and operably engaging the firing motor 602 or the closure motor 603. In at least one example, as shown in fig. 49, the switch 614 may be moved or transitioned between a plurality of positions and/or states. In the first position 616, the switch 614 may electrically couple the common control module 610 to the firing motor 602; in a second position 617, the switch 614 may electrically couple the common control module 610 to the close motor 603; in a third position 618a, switch 614 may electrically couple common control module 610 to first articulation motor 606 a; and in the fourth position 618b, the switch 614 may electrically couple the common control module 610 to, for example, the second articulation motor 606 b. In some instances, a single common control module 610 may be electrically coupled to the firing motor 602, the closure motor 603, and the articulation motors 606a, 606b simultaneously. In some cases, the switch 614 may be a mechanical switch, an electromechanical switch, a solid state switch, or any suitable switching mechanism.

Each of the

motors

602, 603, 606a, 606b may include a torque sensor to measure the output torque on the shaft of the motor. The force on the end effector can be sensed in any conventional manner, such as by a force sensor on the outside of the jaws or by a torque sensor of a motor used to actuate the jaws.

In various instances, as shown in fig. 49, the common control module 610 may include a motor driver 626, which may include one or more H-bridge FETs. The motor driver 626 may modulate power transmitted from the power source 628 to the motors coupled to the common control module 610, for example, based on input from the microcontroller 620 ("controller"). In some cases, the microcontroller 620 may be employed, for example, to determine the current drawn by the motors when they are coupled to the common control module 610, as described above.

In some cases, microcontroller 620 may include a microprocessor 622 ("processor") and one or more non-transitory computer-readable media or storage units 624 ("memory"). In some cases, memory 624 may store various program instructions that, when executed, may cause processor 622 to perform various functions and/or computations as described herein. In some cases, one or more of the memory units 624 may be coupled to the processor 622, for example.

In some cases, power source 628 may be used, for example, to power microcontroller 620. In some cases, the power source 628 may include a battery (or "battery pack" or "power pack"), such as a lithium ion battery, for example. In some cases, the battery pack may be configured to be releasably mountable to the handle for powering the surgical instrument 600. A plurality of series-connected battery cells may be used as the power source 628. In some cases, the power source 628 may be replaceable and/or rechargeable, for example.

In various instances, the processor 622 may control the motor driver 626 to control the position, rotational direction, and/or speed of the motors coupled to the common controller 610. In some cases, the processor 622 may signal the motor driver 626 to stop and/or disable the motors coupled to the common controller 610. It is to be understood that the term "processor" as used herein includes any suitable microprocessor, microcontroller, or other basic computing device that combines the functions of a computer's Central Processing Unit (CPU) on one integrated circuit or at most several integrated circuits. A processor is a multipurpose programmable device that receives digital data as input, processes the input according to instructions stored in its memory, and then provides the result as output. Because the processor has internal memory, it is an example of sequential digital logic. The operands of the processor are numbers and symbols represented in a binary numerical system.

In one case, the processor 622 may be any single-core or multi-core processor, such as those known under the trade name ARM Cortex produced by Texas Instruments. In some cases, microcontroller 620 may be, for example, LM4F230H5QR, available from Texas Instruments. In at least one example, the Texas Instruments LM4F230H5QR is an ARM Cortex-M4F processor core that includes: 256KB of single cycle flash or other non-volatile memory (up to 40MHz) on-chip memory, prefetch buffer for improved performance above 40MHz, 32KB of single cycle SRAM, load with

Internal ROM of software, EEPROM of 2KB, oneOr multiple PWM modules, one or more QEI analog, one or more 12-bit ADCs with 12 analog input channels, and other features readily available. Other microcontrollers could be readily substituted for use with module 4410. Accordingly, the present disclosure should not be limited to this context.

In some cases, the memory 624 may include program instructions for controlling each of the motors of the surgical instrument 600, which may be coupled to the common controller 610. For example, the memory 624 may include program instructions for controlling the firing motor 602, the closure motor 603, and the articulation motors 606a, 606 b. Such program instructions may cause the processor 622 to control firing, closure, and articulation functions in accordance with input from an algorithm or control program of the surgical instrument or tool.

In some cases, one or more mechanisms and/or sensors, such as sensor 630, may be used to alert processor 622 of program instructions that should be used in a particular setting. For example, the sensor 630 may alert the processor 622 to use program instructions associated with firing, closing, and articulating the end effector. In some cases, sensor 630 may include, for example, a position sensor that may be used to sense the position of switch 614. Thus, the processor 622 can use program instructions associated with firing the I-beam of the end effector when the switch 614 is detected in the first position 616, such as by the sensor 630; the processor 622 can use the program instructions associated with closing the anvil when the switch 614 is detected in the second position 617, for example, by the sensor 630; and the processor 622 may use the program instructions associated with articulating the end effector when the switch 614 is detected to be in the third position 618a or the fourth position 618b, for example, by the sensor 630.

Fig. 50 is a schematic view of a robotic surgical instrument 700 configured to operate a surgical tool described herein, according to one aspect of the present disclosure. The robotic surgical instrument 700 may be programmed or configured to control distal/proximal translation of the displacement member, distal/proximal displacement of the closure tube, shaft rotation, and articulation with single or multiple articulation drive links. In one aspect, the surgical instrument 700 can be programmed or configured to individually control the firing member, the closure member, the shaft member, and/or one or more articulation members. The surgical instrument 700 includes a control circuit 710 configured to control the motor-driven firing member, closure member, shaft member, and/or one or more articulation members.

In one aspect, the robotic surgical instrument 700 includes a control circuit 710 configured to control an anvil 716 and I-beam 714 (including sharp cutting edges) portion of the end effector 702, a removable staple cartridge 718, a shaft 740, and one or

more articulation members

742a, 742b via a plurality of motors 704a-704 e. The position sensor 734 may be configured to provide position feedback of the I-beam 714 to the control circuit 710. Other sensors 738 may be configured to provide feedback to the control circuit 710. The timer/counter 731 provides timing and count information to the control circuit 710. An energy source 712 may be provided to operate the motors 704a-704e, and a current sensor 736 provides motor current feedback to the control circuit 710. The motors 704a-704e may be operated individually by the control circuit 710 in open loop or closed loop feedback control.

In one aspect, control circuit 710 may include one or more microcontrollers, microprocessors, or other suitable processors for executing instructions that cause the one or more processors to perform one or more tasks. In one aspect, the timer/counter 731 provides an output signal, such as a time elapsed or a digital count, to the control circuit 710 to correlate the position of the I-beam 714 as determined by the position sensor 734 with the output of the timer/counter 731 so that the control circuit 710 can determine the position of the I-beam 714 at a particular time (t) relative to a starting position or the time (t) at which the I-beam 714 is at a particular position relative to a starting position. The timer/counter 731 may be configured to measure elapsed time, count or time external events.

In one aspect, the control circuit 710 can be programmed to control the function of the end effector 702 based on one or more tissue conditions. Control circuit 710 may be programmed to sense a tissue condition, such as thickness, directly or indirectly, as described herein. The control circuit 710 may be programmed to select a firing control program or a closing control program based on tissue conditions. The firing control routine may describe distal movement of the displacement member. Different firing control programs may be selected to better address different tissue conditions. For example, when thicker tissue is present, the control circuit 710 may be programmed to translate the displacement member at a lower speed and/or at a lower power. When thinner tissue is present, the control circuit 710 may be programmed to translate the displacement member at a higher speed and/or at a higher power. The closure control program can control the closure force applied to the tissue by the anvil 716. Other control programs control the rotation of the shaft 740 and the

articulation members

742a, 742 b.

In one aspect, the control circuit 710 may generate a motor set point signal. The motor set point signals may be provided to various motor controllers 708a-708 e. The motor controllers 708a-708e may include one or more circuits configured to provide motor drive signals to the motors 704a-704e to drive the motors 704a-704e, as described herein. In some examples, the motors 704a-704e may be brushed DC electric motors. For example, the speeds of the motors 704a-704e may be proportional to the respective motor drive signals. In some examples, the motors 704a-704e can be brushless DC motors, and the respective motor drive signals can include PWM signals provided to one or more stator windings of the motors 704a-704 e. Also, in some examples, the motor controllers 708a-708e may be omitted and the control circuit 710 may generate the motor drive signals directly.

In some examples, the control circuit 710 may initially operate each of the motors 704a-704e in an open loop configuration for a first open loop portion of the stroke of the displacement member. Based on the response of the robotic surgical instrument 700 during the open-loop portion of the stroke, the control circuit 710 may select a firing control program in a closed-loop configuration. The response of the instrument may include the translation distance of the displacement member during the open loop portion, the time elapsed during the open loop portion, the energy provided to one of the motors 704a-704e during the open loop portion, the sum of the pulse widths of the motor drive signals, and so forth. After the open loop portion, the control circuit 710 may implement the selected firing control routine for a second portion of the displacement member travel. For example, during the closed-loop portion of the stroke, the control circuit 710 may modulate one of the motors 704a-704e based on translation data that describes the position of the displacement member in a closed-loop manner to translate the displacement member at a constant speed.

In one aspect, the motors 704a-704e may receive power from an energy source 712. The energy source 712 may be a DC power source driven by a main ac power source, a battery, an ultracapacitor, or any other suitable energy source. Motors 704a-704e may be mechanically coupled to individual movable mechanical elements, such as I-beam 714, anvil 716, shaft 740, articulation 742a, and articulation 742b via respective transmissions 706a-706 e. The transmissions 706a-706e may include one or more gears or other linkage components to couple the motors 704a-704e to the movable mechanical elements. The position sensor 734 may sense the position of the I-beam 714. The position sensor 734 may be or include any type of sensor capable of generating position data indicative of the position of the I-beam 714. In some examples, the position sensor 734 may include an encoder configured to provide a series of pulses to the control circuit 710 as the I-beam 714 is translated distally and proximally. The control circuit 710 may track the pulses to determine the position of the I-beam 714. Other suitable position sensors may be used, including, for example, proximity sensors. Other types of position sensors may provide other signals indicative of the movement of the I-beam 714. Also, in some examples, position sensor 734 may be omitted. Where any of the motors 704a-704e are stepper motors, the control circuit 710 may track the position of the I-beam 714 by aggregating the number and direction of steps that the motor 704 has been commanded to perform. The position sensor 734 may be located in the end effector 702 or at any other portion of the instrument. The output of each of the motors 704a-704e includes a torque sensor 744a-744e for sensing force and has an encoder for sensing rotation of the drive shaft.

In one aspect, the control circuit 710 is configured to drive a firing member, such as an I-beam 714 portion of the end effector 702. The control circuit 710 provides a motor set point to the motor control 708a, which provides a drive signal to the motor 704 a. The output shaft of motor 704a is coupled to a torque sensor 744 a. The torque sensor 744a is coupled to the actuator 706a that is coupled to the I-beam 714. The transmission 706a includes movable mechanical elements, such as a rotating element and a firing member, to control the distal and proximal movement of the I-beam 714 along the longitudinal axis of the end effector 702. In one aspect, the motor 704a may be coupled to a knife gear assembly that includes a knife gear reduction set that includes a first knife drive gear and a second knife drive gear. The torque sensor 744a provides a firing force feedback signal to the control circuit 710. The firing force signal represents the force required to fire or displace the I-beam 714. The position sensor 734 may be configured to provide the position of the I-beam 714 along the firing stroke or the position of the firing member as a feedback signal to the control circuit 710. The end effector 702 may include an additional sensor 738 configured to provide a feedback signal to the control circuit 710. When ready for use, the control circuit 710 may provide a firing signal to the motor control 708 a. In response to the firing signal, the motor 704a can drive the firing member distally along the longitudinal axis of the end effector 702 from a proximal stroke start position to an end of stroke position distal of the stroke start position. As the firing member is translated distally, the I-beam 714, having a cutting element positioned at the distal end, is advanced distally to cut tissue located between the staple cartridge 718 and the anvil 716.

In one aspect, the control circuit 710 is configured to drive a closure member, such as an anvil 716 portion of the end effector 702. The control circuit 710 provides a motor set point to the motor control 708b, which provides a drive signal to the motor 704 b. The output shaft of motor 704b is coupled to a torque sensor 744 b. The torque sensor 744b is coupled to the transmission 706b that is coupled to the anvil 716. The actuator 706b includes movable mechanical elements, such as rotating elements and closure members, to control the movement of the anvil 716 from the open and closed positions. In one aspect, the motor 704b is coupled to a closure gear assembly that includes a closure reduction gear set supported in meshing engagement with a closure spur gear. The torque sensor 744b provides a closing force feedback signal to the control circuit 710. The closing force feedback signal is indicative of the closing force applied to the anvil 716. The position sensor 734 may be configured to provide the position of the closure member as a feedback signal to the control circuit 710. An additional sensor 738 in the end effector 702 may provide a closing force feedback signal to the control circuit 710. The pivotable anvil 716 is positioned opposite the staple cartridge 718. When ready for use, the control circuit 710 may provide a close signal to the motor control 708 b. In response to the closure signal, the motor 704b advances the closure member to grasp tissue between the anvil 716 and the staple cartridge 718.

In one aspect, the control circuit 710 is configured to rotate a shaft member, such as shaft 740, to rotate the end effector 702. The control circuit 710 provides a motor set point to the motor control 708c, which provides a drive signal to the motor 704 c. The output shaft of motor 704c is coupled to a torque sensor 744 c. The torque sensor 744c is coupled to the transmission 706c coupled to the shaft 740. Actuator 706c includes a movable mechanical element, such as a rotating element, to control rotation of shaft 740 up to 360 and beyond 360 clockwise or counterclockwise. In one aspect, the motor 704c is coupled to a rotary transmission assembly that includes a tube gear section formed on (or attached to) the proximal end of the proximal closure tube for operable engagement by a rotary gear assembly operably supported on the tool mounting plate. The torque sensor 744c provides a rotational force feedback signal to the control circuit 710. The rotational force feedback signal represents the rotational force applied to the shaft 740. The position sensor 734 may be configured to provide the position of the closure member as a feedback signal to the control circuit 710. An additional sensor 738, such as a shaft encoder, may provide the control circuit 710 with the rotational position of the shaft 740.

In one aspect, the control circuit 710 is configured to articulate the end effector 702. The control circuit 710 provides a motor set point to the motor control 708d, which provides a drive signal to the motor 704 d. The output of the motor 704d is coupled to a torque sensor 744 d. The torque sensor 744d is coupled to the transmission 706d that is coupled to the articulation member 742 a. The transmission 706d includes a movable mechanical element, such as an articulation element, to control the + -65 deg. articulation of the end effector 702. In one aspect, the motor 704d is coupled to an articulation nut that is rotatably journaled on the proximal end portion of the distal spine and rotatably driven thereon by an articulation gear assembly. The torque sensor 744d provides an articulation force feedback signal to the control circuit 710. The articulation force feedback signal represents the articulation force applied to the end effector 702. A sensor 738, such as an articulation encoder, may provide the control circuit 710 with the articulated position of the end effector 702.

In another aspect, the articulation function of the robotic surgical system 700 may include two articulation members or

links

742a, 742 b. These

hinge members

742a, 742b are driven by separate disks on the robotic interface (rack) driven by two motors 708d, 708 e. When a separate firing motor 704a is provided, each of the

articulation links

742a, 742b can be driven antagonistic to the other link to provide resistance holding motion and load to the head when the head is not moving and to provide articulation when the head is articulating. When the head is rotated, the

articulation members

742a, 742b are attached to the head at a fixed radius. Thus, the mechanical advantage of the push-pull link changes as the head rotates. This variation in mechanical advantage may be more pronounced for other articulation link drive systems.

In one aspect, one or more of the motors 704a-704e can include a brushed DC motor having a gearbox and a mechanical link to a firing member, a closure member, or an articulation member. Another example includes electric motors 704a-704e that operate moveable mechanical elements such as displacement members, articulation links, closure tubes, and shafts. External influences are unmeasured, unpredictable effects of things such as tissue, surrounding body and friction on the physical system. Such external influences may be referred to as drag forces, which act against one of the electric motors 704a-704 e. External influences such as drag forces may cause the operation of the physical system to deviate from the desired operation of the physical system.

In one aspect, position sensor 734 may be implemented as an absolute positioning system. In one aspect, the position sensor 734 may include a magnetic rotary absolute positioning system implemented AS an AS5055EQFT monolithic magnetic rotary position sensor, available from Austria microelectronics, australia, AG. Position sensor 734 may interface with control circuitry 710 to provide an absolute positioning system. The location may include a hall effect element located above the magnet and coupled to a CORDIC processor, also known as a bitwise method and a Volder algorithm, which is provided to implement a simple and efficient algorithm for computing hyperbolic and trigonometric functions that require only an addition operation, a subtraction operation, a digit shift operation and a table lookup operation.

In one aspect, the control circuit 710 may be in communication with one or more sensors 738. The sensors 738 can be positioned on the end effector 702 and adapted to operate with the robotic surgical instrument 700 to measure various derivative parameters such as gap distance versus time, tissue compression versus time, and anvil strain versus time. The sensors 738 may include magnetic sensors, magnetic field sensors, strain gauges, load sensors, pressure sensors, force sensors, torque sensors, inductive sensors such as eddy current sensors, resistive sensors, capacitive sensors, optical sensors, and/or any other suitable sensors for measuring one or more parameters of the end effector 702. The sensors 738 may include one or more sensors. A sensor 738 may be located on the staple cartridge 718 deck to determine tissue location using segmented electrodes. The torque sensors 744a-744e may be configured to sense forces such as firing forces, closing forces, and/or articulation forces, among others. Thus, the control circuit 710 may sense (1) the closure load experienced by the distal closure tube and its position, (2) the firing member at the rack and its position, (3) the upper tissue portion of the staple cartridge 718, and (4) the load and position on the two articulation bars.

In one aspect, the one or more sensors 738 may include a strain gauge, such as a micro-strain gauge, configured to measure a magnitude of strain in the anvil 716 during the clamped condition. The strain gauge provides an electrical signal whose magnitude varies with the magnitude of the strain. The sensor 738 can comprise a pressure sensor configured to detect a pressure generated by the presence of compressed tissue between the anvil 716 and the staple cartridge 718. The sensor 738 can be configured to detect an impedance of a section of tissue located between the anvil 716 and the staple cartridge 718 that is indicative of the thickness and/or integrity of the tissue located therebetween.

In one aspect, the sensors 738 may be implemented as one or more limit switches, electromechanical devices, solid state switches, Hall effect devices, Magnetoresistive (MR) devices, Giant Magnetoresistive (GMR) devices, magnetometers, and the like. In other implementations, the sensor 738 may be implemented as a solid state switch that operates under the influence of light, such as an optical sensor, an IR sensor, an ultraviolet sensor, and so forth. Also, the switch may be a solid state device, such as a transistor (e.g., FET, junction FET, MOSFET, bipolar transistor, etc.). In other implementations, the sensors 738 may include a non-conductor switch, an ultrasonic switch, an accelerometer, an inertial sensor, and so forth.

In one aspect, the sensor 738 may be configured to measure the force exerted by the closure drive system on the anvil 716. For example, one or more sensors 738 may be positioned at the point of interaction between the closure tube and the anvil 716 to detect the closing force applied by the closure tube to the anvil 716. The force exerted on the anvil 716 may be indicative of tissue compression experienced by a section of tissue captured between the anvil 716 and the staple cartridge 718. One or more sensors 738 may be positioned at various interaction points along the closure drive system to detect the closure force applied to the anvil 716 by the closure drive system. The one or more sensors 738 may be sampled in real time by a processor of the control circuit 710 during a clamping operation. The control circuit 710 receives real-time sample measurements to provide and analyze time-based information and evaluates the closing force applied to the anvil 716 in real-time.

In one aspect, the current sensor 736 can be used to measure the current consumed by each of the motors 704a-704 e. The force required to propel any of the movable mechanical elements, such as the I-beam 714, corresponds to the current consumed by one of the motors 704a-704 e. The force is converted to a digital signal and provided to the processor 710. The control circuit 710 may be configured to simulate the response of the actual system of the instrument in the software of the controller. The displacement member may be actuated to move the I-beam 714 in the end effector 702 at or near a target speed. The robotic surgical system 700 may include a feedback controller, which may be one of any feedback controllers including, but not limited to, for example, PID, state feedback, linear square (LQR), and/or adaptive controllers. The robotic surgical instrument 700 may include a power source to, for example, convert signals from a feedback controller into physical inputs, such as housing voltages, PWM voltages, frequency modulated voltages, currents, torques, and/or forces. Additional details are disclosed in U.S. patent application serial No. 15/636,829 entitled "CLOSED LOOP CONTROL FOR rolling basic injection," filed on 29.6.2017, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

Fig. 51 illustrates a block diagram of a surgical instrument 750 programmed to control distal translation of a displacement member according to one aspect of the present disclosure. In one aspect, the surgical instrument 750 is programmed to control distal translation of a displacement member, such as an I-beam 764. The surgical instrument 750 includes an end effector 752, which may include an anvil 766, an I-beam 764 (including a sharp cutting edge), and a removable staple cartridge 768.

The position, motion, displacement, and/or translation of a linear displacement member, such as an I-beam 764, may be measured by an absolute positioning system, a sensor arrangement, and a position sensor 784. Since the I-beam 764 is coupled to the longitudinally movable drive member, the position of the I-beam 764 may be determined by measuring the position of the longitudinally movable drive member using the position sensor 784. Thus, in the following description, the position, displacement, and/or translation of the I-beam 764 may be achieved by the position sensor 784 as described herein. The control circuit 760 may be programmed to control the translation of a displacement member, such as an I-beam 764. In some examples, the control circuitry 760 may include one or more microcontrollers, microprocessors, or other suitable processors for executing instructions that cause the one or more processors to control the displacement member (e.g., the I-beam 764) in the manner described. In one aspect, the timer/counter 781 provides an output signal, such as a elapsed time or a digital count, to the control circuit 760 to correlate the position of the I-beam 764, as determined by the position sensor 784, with the output of the timer/counter 781, such that the control circuit 760 can determine the position of the I-beam 764 relative to the starting position at a particular time (t). The timer/counter 781 may be configured to be able to measure elapsed time, count or time external events.

The control circuit 760 may generate a motor set point signal 772. The motor set point signal 772 may be provided to the motor controller 758. The motor controller 758 may include one or more circuits configured to provide a motor drive signal 774 to the motor 754 to drive the motor 754, as described herein. In some examples, the motor 754 may be a brushed DC electric motor. For example, the speed of motor 754 may be proportional to motor drive signal 774. In some examples, the motor 754 may be a brushless DC electric motor, and the motor drive signals 774 may include PWM signals provided to one or more stator windings of the motor 754. Also, in some examples, the motor controller 758 may be omitted and the control circuitry 760 may generate the motor drive signal 774 directly.

The motor 754 may receive power from an energy source 762. The energy source 762 may be or include a battery, a supercapacitor, or any other suitable energy source. The motor 754 may be mechanically coupled to the I-beam 764 via a transmission 756. The transmission 756 may include one or more gears or other linkage components for coupling the motor 754 to the I-beam 764. The position sensor 784 may sense the position of the I-beam 764. The position sensor 784 may be or include any type of sensor capable of generating position data indicative of the position of the I-beam 764. In some examples, the position sensor 784 may include an encoder configured to provide a series of pulses to the control circuit 760 as the I-beam 764 translates distally and proximally. The control circuitry 760 may track the pulses to determine the position of the I-beam 764. Other suitable position sensors may be used, including, for example, proximity sensors. Other types of position sensors may provide other signals indicative of the motion of the I-beam 764. Also, in some examples, position sensor 784 may be omitted. Where the motor 754 is a stepper motor, the control circuit 760 may track the position of the I-beam 764 by aggregating the number and direction of steps the motor 754 has been instructed to perform. The position sensor 784 may be located in the end effector 752 or at any other portion of the instrument.

The control circuitry 760 may be in communication with one or more sensors 788. The sensors 788 may be positioned on the end effector 752 and adapted to operate with the surgical instrument 750 to measure various derivative parameters such as gap distance and time, tissue compression and time, and anvil strain and time. The sensors 788 may include, for example, magnetic sensors, magnetic field sensors, strain gauges, pressure sensors, force sensors, inductive sensors (such as eddy current sensors), resistive sensors, capacitive sensors, optical sensors, and/or any other suitable sensors for measuring one or more parameters of the end effector 752. The sensor 788 may include one or more sensors.

The one or more sensors 788 may include a strain gauge, such as a micro-strain gauge, configured to measure a magnitude of strain in the anvil 766 during a clamping condition. The strain gauge provides an electrical signal whose magnitude varies with the magnitude of the strain. The sensor 788 may comprise a pressure sensor configured to detect a pressure generated by the presence of compressed tissue between the anvil 766 and the staple cartridge 768. The sensor 788 may be configured to detect an impedance of a section of tissue located between the anvil 766 and the staple cartridge 768, which impedance is indicative of the thickness and/or integrity of the tissue located therebetween.

The sensor 788 may be configured to measure the force exerted by the closure drive system on the anvil 766. For example, one or more sensors 788 may be located at an interaction point between the closure tube and the anvil 766 to detect the closing force applied by the closure tube to the anvil 766. The force exerted on the anvil 766 may be indicative of tissue compression experienced by a section of tissue captured between the anvil 766 and the staple cartridge 768. One or more sensors 788 may be positioned at various interaction points along the closure drive system to detect the closure force applied by the closure drive system to the anvil 766. The one or more sensors 788 may be sampled in real time by the processor of the control circuitry 760 during the clamping operation. The control circuit 760 receives real-time sample measurements to provide and analyze time-based information and evaluates the closing force applied to the anvil 766 in real-time.

A current sensor 786 may be used to measure the current drawn by the motor 754. The force required to propel the I-beam 764 corresponds to the current consumed by the motor 754. The force is converted to a digital signal and provided to the control circuit 760.

The control circuit 760 may be configured to simulate the response of the actual system of the instrument in the software of the controller. The displacement member may be actuated to move the I-beam 764 in the end effector 752 at or near a target speed. The surgical instrument 750 may include a feedback controller, which may be one of any feedback controllers including, but not limited to, for example, a PID, status feedback, LQR, and/or adaptive controller. The surgical instrument 750 may include a power source to, for example, convert signals from the feedback controller into physical inputs such as housing voltage, PWM voltage, frequency modulated voltage, current, torque, and/or force.

The actual drive system of the surgical instrument 750 is configured to drive the displacement member, cutting member, or I-beam 764 through a brushed dc motor having a gearbox and mechanical connection to the articulation and/or knife system. Another example is an electric motor 754 that operates a displacement member and articulation driver, such as an interchangeable shaft assembly. External influences are unmeasured, unpredictable effects of things such as tissue, surrounding body and friction on the physical system. Such external influences may be referred to as drag forces acting opposite the electric motor 754. External influences such as drag forces may cause the operation of the physical system to deviate from the desired operation of the physical system.

Various exemplary aspects relate to a surgical instrument 750 that includes an end effector 752 with a motorized surgical stapling and cutting tool. For example, the motor 754 can drive the displacement member distally and proximally along a longitudinal axis of the end effector 752. The end effector 752 may include a pivotable anvil 766 and, when configured for use, a staple cartridge 768 is positioned opposite the anvil 766. The clinician may hold tissue between the anvil 766 and the staple cartridge 768, as described herein. When the instrument 750 is ready for use, the clinician may provide a firing signal, for example, by depressing a trigger of the instrument 750. In response to the firing signal, the motor 754 may drive the displacement member distally along the longitudinal axis of the end effector 752 from a proximal stroke start position to an end of stroke position distal to the stroke start position. The I-beam 764 with the cutting element positioned at the distal end can cut tissue between the staple cartridge 768 and the anvil 766 as the displacement member is translated distally.

In various examples, the surgical instrument 750 can include a control circuit 760 that is programmed to control distal translation of a displacement member (such as an I-beam 764) based on one or more tissue conditions. The control circuitry 760 may be programmed to sense a tissue condition, such as thickness, directly or indirectly, as described herein. The control circuit 760 may be programmed to select a firing control program based on tissue conditions. The firing control routine may describe distal movement of the displacement member. Different firing control programs may be selected to better address different tissue conditions. For example, when thicker tissue is present, the control circuit 760 may be programmed to translate the displacement member at a lower speed and/or at a lower power. When thinner tissue is present, the control circuit 760 may be programmed to translate the displacement member at a higher speed and/or at a higher power.

In some examples, the control circuit 760 may initially operate the motor 754 in an open loop configuration for a first open loop portion of the stroke of the displacement member. Based on the response of the instrument 750 during the open loop portion of the stroke, the control circuit 760 may select a firing control routine. The response of the instrument may include the translation distance of the displacement member during the open loop portion, the time elapsed during the open loop portion, the energy provided to the motor 754 during the open loop portion, the sum of the pulse widths of the motor drive signals, and the like. After the open loop portion, the control circuit 760 may implement the selected firing control routine for a second portion of the displacement member travel. For example, during the closed-loop portion of the stroke, the control circuit 760 may modulate the motor 754 based on translation data that describes the position of the displacement member in a closed-loop manner to translate the displacement member at a constant speed. Additional details are disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/720,852 entitled "SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING A DISPLAY OF A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT," filed 2017, 9, 29, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

Fig. 52 is a schematic view of a surgical instrument 790 configured to control various functions in accordance with an aspect of the present disclosure. In one aspect, the surgical instrument 790 is programmed to control distal translation of a displacement member, such as an I-beam 764. The surgical instrument 790 includes an end effector 792 that may include an anvil 766, an I-beam 764, and a removable staple cartridge 768 that may be interchanged with an RF cartridge 796 (shown in phantom).

In one aspect, the sensor 788 can be implemented as a limit switch, an electromechanical device, a solid state switch, a hall effect device, an MR device, a GMR device, a magnetometer, or the like. In other implementations, the sensor 638 may be implemented as a solid state switch that operates under the influence of light, such as an optical sensor, an IR sensor, an ultraviolet sensor, and so forth. Also, the switch may be a solid state device, such as a transistor (e.g., FET, junction FET, MOSFET, bipolar transistor, etc.). In other implementations, the sensors 788 may include a non-conductor switch, an ultrasonic switch, an accelerometer, an inertial sensor, and the like.

In one aspect, the position sensor 784 may be implemented AS an absolute positioning system including a monolithic magnetic rotary position sensor implemented AS5055EQFT, available from Austria microelectronics, australia, AG. The position sensor 784 may interface with the control circuitry 760 to provide an absolute positioning system. The location may include a hall effect element located above the magnet and coupled to a CORDIC processor, also known as a bitwise method and a Volder algorithm, which is provided to implement a simple and efficient algorithm for computing hyperbolic and trigonometric functions that require only an addition operation, a subtraction operation, a digit shift operation and a table lookup operation.

In one aspect, the I-beam 764 may be realized as a knife member including a knife body that operably supports a tissue cutting blade thereon, and may further include an anvil-engaging tab or feature and a channel-engaging feature or foot. In one aspect, staple cartridge 768 can be implemented as a standard (mechanical) surgical fastener cartridge. In one aspect, the RF bins 796 may be implemented as RF bins. These and other sensor arrangements are described in commonly owned U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/628,175 entitled "TECHNIQES FOR ADAPTIVE CONTROL OF MOTOR VELOCITY OF A SURGICAL STAPLING AND CUTTING INSTRUMENT," filed on 20.6.2017, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

The position, motion, displacement, and/or translation of a linear displacement member, such as an I-beam 764, may be measured by an absolute positioning system, a sensor arrangement, and a position sensor represented as position sensor 784. Since the I-beam 764 is coupled to the longitudinally movable drive member, the position of the I-beam 764 may be determined by measuring the position of the longitudinally movable drive member using the position sensor 784. Thus, in the following description, the position, displacement, and/or translation of the I-beam 764 may be achieved by the position sensor 784 as described herein. The control circuit 760 may be programmed to control the translation of a displacement member, such as an I-beam 764, as described herein. In some examples, the control circuitry 760 may include one or more microcontrollers, microprocessors, or other suitable processors for executing instructions that cause the one or more processors to control the displacement member (e.g., the I-beam 764) in the manner described. In one aspect, the timer/counter 781 provides an output signal, such as a elapsed time or a digital count, to the control circuit 760 to correlate the position of the I-beam 764, as determined by the position sensor 784, with the output of the timer/counter 781, such that the control circuit 760 can determine the position of the I-beam 764 relative to the starting position at a particular time (t). The timer/counter 781 may be configured to be able to measure elapsed time, count or time external events.

The motor 754 may receive power from an energy source 762. The energy source 762 may be or include a battery, a supercapacitor, or any other suitable energy source. The motor 754 may be mechanically coupled to the I-beam 764 via a transmission 756. The transmission 756 may include one or more gears or other linkage components for coupling the motor 754 to the I-beam 764. The position sensor 784 may sense the position of the I-beam 764. The position sensor 784 may be or include any type of sensor capable of generating position data indicative of the position of the I-beam 764. In some examples, the position sensor 784 may include an encoder configured to provide a series of pulses to the control circuit 760 as the I-beam 764 translates distally and proximally. The control circuitry 760 may track the pulses to determine the position of the I-beam 764. Other suitable position sensors may be used, including, for example, proximity sensors. Other types of position sensors may provide other signals indicative of the motion of the I-beam 764. Also, in some examples, position sensor 784 may be omitted. In the case where the motor 754 is a stepper motor, the control circuit 760 may track the position of the I-beam 764 by aggregating the number and direction of steps that the motor has been instructed to perform. The position sensor 784 may be located in the end effector 792 or at any other portion of the instrument.

The control circuitry 760 may be in communication with one or more sensors 788. The sensors 788 may be positioned on the end effector 792 and adapted to operate with the surgical instrument 790 to measure various derivative parameters such as gap distance and time, tissue compression and time, and anvil strain and time. The sensor 788 may include, for example, a magnetic sensor, a magnetic field sensor, a strain gauge, a pressure sensor, a force sensor, an inductive sensor (such as an eddy current sensor), a resistive sensor, a capacitive sensor, an optical sensor, and/or any other suitable sensor for measuring one or more parameters of the end effector 792. The sensor 788 may include one or more sensors.

The sensor 788 may be configured to measure the force exerted by the closure drive system on the anvil 766. For example, one or more sensors 788 may be located at an interaction point between the closure tube and the anvil 766 to detect the closing force applied by the closure tube to the anvil 766. The force exerted on the anvil 766 may be indicative of tissue compression experienced by a section of tissue captured between the anvil 766 and the staple cartridge 768. One or more sensors 788 may be positioned at various interaction points along the closure drive system to detect the closure force applied by the closure drive system to the anvil 766. The one or more sensors 788 may be sampled in real time by the processor portion of the control circuitry 760 during the clamping operation. The control circuit 760 receives real-time sample measurements to provide and analyze time-based information and evaluates the closing force applied to the anvil 766 in real-time.

When an RF cartridge 796 is loaded in the end effector 792 in place of the staple cartridge 768, an RF energy source 794 is coupled to the end effector 792 and applied to the RF cartridge 796. The control circuitry 760 controls the delivery of RF energy to the RF bin 796.

Additional details are disclosed in U.S. patent application serial No. 15/636,096 entitled "minor SYSTEM stable WITH STAPLE CARTRIDGE AND RADIO FREQUENCY CARTRIDGE, AND METHOD OF USING SAME," filed on 28.6.2017, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.

Generator hardware

Fig. 53 is a simplified block diagram of a generator 800 configured to provide inductorless tuning and other benefits. Additional details of GENERATOR 800 are described in U.S. patent 9,060,775 entitled "SURGICAL GENERATOR FOR ULTRASONIC AND ELECTROSTRURGICAL DEVICES," filed on 23/6/2015, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. Generator 800 may include a patient isolation stage 802 that communicates with a non-isolation stage 804 via a power transformer 806. The secondary winding 808 of the power transformer 806 is housed in the isolation stage 802 and may include a tapped configuration (e.g., a center-tapped or non-center-tapped configuration) to define

drive signal outputs

810a, 810b, 810c to deliver drive signals to different surgical instruments, such as, for example, ultrasonic surgical instruments, RF electrosurgical instruments, and multi-functional surgical instruments that include ultrasonic energy and RF energy modes that can be delivered separately or simultaneously. In particular, drive signal outputs 810a, 810c may output an ultrasonic drive signal (e.g., a 420V Root Mean Square (RMS) drive signal) to the ultrasonic surgical instrument, and drive signal outputs 810b, 810c may output an RF electrosurgical drive signal (e.g., a 100V RMS drive signal) to the RF electrosurgical instrument, where drive signal output 810b corresponds to the center tap of power transformer 806.

In some forms, the ultrasonic drive signal and the electrosurgical drive signal may be provided simultaneously to different surgical instruments and/or to a single surgical instrument such as a multi-functional surgical instrument having the capability of delivering both ultrasonic energy and electrosurgical energy to tissue. It should be appreciated that the electrosurgical signal provided to the dedicated electrosurgical instrument and/or the combined multi-functional ultrasonic/electrosurgical instrument may be a treatment or sub-treatment level signal, wherein the sub-treatment signal may be used, for example, to monitor tissue or instrument conditions and provide feedback to the generator. For example, the ultrasound signal and the RF signal may be delivered separately or simultaneously from a generator having a single output port in order to provide the desired output signal to the surgical instrument, as will be discussed in more detail below. Thus, the generator may combine ultrasonic energy and electrosurgical RF energy and deliver the combined energy to a multifunctional ultrasonic/electrosurgical instrument. Bipolar electrodes may be placed on one or both jaws of the end effector. In addition to electrosurgical RF energy, one jaw may be simultaneously driven by ultrasonic energy. Ultrasonic energy may be used for anatomical tissue and electrosurgical RF energy may be used for vessel sealing.

The non-isolation stage 804 may include a power amplifier 812 having an output connected to a primary winding 814 of the power transformer 806. In some forms, the power amplifier 812 may include a push-pull amplifier. For example, the non-isolated stage 804 may also include a logic device 816 for supplying a digital output to a digital-to-analog converter (DAC) circuit 818, which in turn supplies a corresponding analog signal to the input of the power amplifier 812. In some forms, for example, logic device 816 may include a Programmable Gate Array (PGA), an FPGA, a Programmable Logic Device (PLD), among other logic circuits. Thus, by controlling the input of the power amplifier 812 via the DAC circuit 818, the logic device 816 may control any of a number of parameters (e.g., frequency, waveform shape, waveform amplitude) of the drive signals present at the

drive signal outputs

810a, 810b, 810 c. In some forms, as described below, the logic device 816, in conjunction with a processor (e.g., a DSP described below), may implement a plurality of DSP-based algorithms and/or other control algorithms to control parameters of the drive signals output by the generator 800.

Power may be supplied to the power rail of the power amplifier 812 by a switch mode regulator 820 (e.g., a power converter). In some forms, the switch mode regulator 820 may comprise, for example, an adjustable buck regulator. For example, the non-isolation stage 804 may also include a first processor 822, which in one form may include a DSP processor, such as Analog Devices ADSP-21469SHARC DSP, for example, available from Analog Devices (Norwood, MA), although any suitable processor may be employed in various forms. In some forms, the DSP processor 822 may control operation of the switching mode regulator 820 in response to voltage feedback data received by the DSP processor 822 from the power amplifier 812 via the ADC circuit 824. In one form, for example, the DSP processor 822 may receive as input via the ADC circuit 824 a waveform envelope of a signal (e.g., an RF signal) amplified by the power amplifier 812. The DSP processor 822 may then control the switch-mode regulator 820 (e.g., via the PWM output) such that the rail voltage provided to the power amplifier 812 tracks the waveform envelope of the amplified signal. By modulating the rail voltage of the power amplifier 812 in a dynamic manner based on the waveform envelope, the efficiency of the power amplifier 812 may be significantly increased relative to a fixed rail voltage amplifier scheme.

In some forms, the logic device 816, along with the DSP processor 822, may implement a digital synthesis circuit, such as a direct digital synthesizer control scheme, to control the waveform shape, frequency, and/or amplitude of the drive signals output by the generator 800. In one form, for example, the logic device 816 may implement the DDS control algorithm by invoking waveform samples stored in a dynamically updated look-up table (LUT), such as a RAM LUT, which may be embedded in an FPGA. The control algorithm is particularly useful for ultrasound applications where an ultrasound transducer, such as an ultrasound transducer, may be driven by a purely sinusoidal current at its resonant frequency. Because other frequencies may excite parasitic resonances, minimizing or reducing the total distortion of the dynamic branch current may correspondingly minimize or reduce adverse resonance effects. Because the waveform shape of the drive signal output by the generator 800 is affected by various distortion sources present in the output drive circuitry (e.g., power transformer 806, power amplifier 812), voltage and current feedback data based on the drive signal can be input to an algorithm, such as an error control algorithm implemented by the DSP processor 822, that compensates for the distortion by pre-distorting or modifying the waveform samples stored in the LUT, as appropriate, on a dynamic, ongoing basis (e.g., in real-time). In one form, the amount or degree of pre-distortion applied to the LUT samples may be dependent on the error between the calculated dynamic branch current and the desired current waveform shape, where the error may be determined on a sample-by-sample basis. In this manner, the pre-distorted LUT samples, when processed by the drive circuit, can cause the dynamic branch drive signal to have a desired waveform shape (e.g., sinusoidal shape) to optimally drive the ultrasound transducer. Thus, in such a form, when distortion effects are taken into account, the LUT waveform samples will not assume the desired waveform shape of the drive signal, but rather a waveform shape that is required to ultimately produce the desired waveform shape of the dynamic branch drive signal.

The non-isolation stage 804 may also include a first ADC circuit 826 and a second ADC circuit 828 coupled to the output of the power transformer 806 via

respective isolation transformers

830, 832 for sampling the voltage and current, respectively, of the drive signal output by the generator 800. In some forms, the

ADC circuits

826, 828 may be configured to be capable of sampling at high speed (e.g., 80 Mega Samples Per Second (MSPS)) to allow oversampling of the drive signal. In one form, for example, the sampling speed of the

ADC circuits

826, 828 may allow approximately 200x (as a function of frequency) oversampling of the drive signal. In some forms the sampling operation of the

ADC circuits

826, 828 may be performed by a single ADC circuit that receives the input voltage and current signals via a two-way multiplexer circuit. By using high speed sampling in the form of generator 800, among other things, computation of complex currents flowing through the dynamic branch (which in some forms may be used to implement the above-described DDS based waveform shape control), accurate digital filtering of the sampled signal, and computation of actual power consumption with high accuracy may be achieved. The voltage and current feedback data output by the

ADC circuits

826, 828 may be received and processed (e.g., first-in-first-out (FIFO) buffers, multiplexers) by the logic device 816 and stored in data memory for subsequent retrieval by, for example, the DSP processor 822. As described above, the voltage and current feedback data may be used as inputs to an algorithm for pre-distorting or modifying LUT waveform samples in a dynamic marching manner. In some forms, this may entail indexing or otherwise associating each stored voltage and current feedback data pair with a corresponding LUT sample output by logic device 816 upon acquisition of the voltage and current feedback data pair. Synchronizing the LUT samples with the voltage and current feedback data in this manner facilitates accurate timing and stability of the predistortion algorithm.

In some forms, voltage and current feedback data may be used to control the frequency and/or amplitude (e.g., current amplitude) of the drive signal. In one form, for example, voltage and current feedback data may be used to determine the impedance phase. The frequency of the drive signal may then be controlled to minimize or reduce the difference between the determined impedance phase and the impedance phase set point (e.g., 0 °), thereby minimizing or reducing the effects of harmonic distortion and correspondingly improving impedance phase measurement accuracy. The determination of the phase impedance and frequency control signals may be implemented in the DSP processor 822, for example, where the frequency control signals are provided as inputs to a DDS control algorithm implemented by the logic device 816.

In another form, for example, the current feedback data may be monitored in order to maintain the current amplitude of the drive signal at a current amplitude set point. The current magnitude set point may be specified directly or determined indirectly based on a particular voltage magnitude and power set point. In some forms, control of the current amplitude may be achieved by a control algorithm in the DSP processor 822, such as, for example, a proportional-integral-derivative (PID) control algorithm. Variables that the control algorithm controls in order to properly control the current amplitude of the drive signal may include, for example: scaling of the LUT waveform samples stored in the logic device 816 and/or the maximum scaled output voltage via the DAC circuit 818 of the DAC circuit 834 (which provides the input to the power amplifier 812).

The non-isolated stage 804 may also include a second processor 836 for providing, among other things, User Interface (UI) functionality. In one form, the UI processor 836 may include, for example, an Atmel AT91SAM9263 processor having an ARM 926EJ-S core available from Atmel Corporation, San Jose, Calif. Examples of UI functions supported by the UI processor 836 may include audible and visual user feedback, communication with peripheral devices (e.g., via a USB interface), communication with foot switches, communication with input devices (e.g., a touch screen display), and communication with output devices (e.g., a speaker). UI processor 836 may communicate with DSP processor 822 and logic device 816 (e.g., via an SPI bus). Although the UI processor 836 may primarily support UI functions, in some forms it may also cooperate with the DSP processor 822 to mitigate risks. For example, UI processor 836 may be programmed to monitor various aspects of user input and/or other input (e.g., touch screen input, foot pedal input, temperature sensor input) and may invalidate drive outputs of generator 800 when an error condition is detected.

In some forms, for example, both DSP processor 822 and UI processor 836 may determine and monitor the operating state of generator 800. For DSP processor 822, the operational state of generator 800 may, for example, indicate which control and/or diagnostic processes are being performed by DSP processor 822. For the UI processor 836, the operational state of the generator 800 may indicate, for example: which elements of the UI (e.g., display screen, sound) are presented to the user. Respective DSP processors 822 and UI processor 836 may independently maintain the current operating state of generator 800 and identify and evaluate possible transitions of the current operating state. DSP processor 822 may serve as a subject in this relationship and determine when transitions between operating states may occur. The UI handler 836 may note valid transitions between operating states and may verify that a particular transition is appropriate. For example, when DSP processor 822 instructs UI processor 836 to transition to a particular state, UI processor 836 may confirm that the required transition is valid. If the UI processor 836 determines that the required inter-state transition is invalid, the UI processor 836 may cause the generator 800 to enter a failure mode.

The non-isolation stage 804 may also include a controller 838 for monitoring input devices (e.g., capacitive touch sensors, capacitive touch screens for turning the generator 800 on and off). In some forms, the controller 838 may include at least one processor and/or other controller device in communication with the UI processor 836. In one form, for example, the controller 838 may include a processor (e.g., a Meg 1688 bit controller, available from Atmel) configured to be able to monitor user input provided through one or more capacitive touch sensors. In one form, the controller 838 may include a touchscreen controller (e.g., a QT5480 touchscreen controller available from Atmel) to control and manage the acquisition of touch data from a capacitive touchscreen.

In some forms, controller 838 may continue to receive operating power (e.g., via a line from a power source of generator 800, such as power source 854 described below) while generator 800 is in a "power off" state. In this way, the controller 838 may continue to monitor the input device (e.g., a capacitive touch sensor located on the front panel of the generator 800) for turning the generator 800 on and off. When the generator 800 is in the power-off state, the controller 838 may wake up the power source (e.g., enable operation of one or more DC/DC voltage converters 856 of the power source 854) if activation of a user "on/off" input device is detected. The controller 838 may thus begin a sequence that transitions the generator 800 to a "power on" state. Conversely, when the generator 800 is in the power-on state, if activation of the "on/off" input device is detected, the controller 838 may initiate a sequence that transitions the generator 800 to the power-off state. In some forms, for example, controller 838 may report activation of an "on/off" input device to UI processor 836, which in turn implements the required sequence of processes to transition generator 800 to a power-off state. In such forms, the controller 838 may not have the independent ability to remove power from the generator 800 after the power-on state is established.

In some forms, the controller 838 may cause the generator 800 to provide audible or other sensory feedback to alert the user that a power-on or power-off sequence has begun. Such alerts may be provided at the beginning of a power-on or power-off sequence and before other processes associated with the sequence begin.

In some forms, isolation station 802 may include instrument interface circuitry 840 to provide a communication interface, for example, between control circuitry of the surgical instrument (e.g., control circuitry including a handpiece switch) and components of non-isolation station 804, such as logic device 816, DSP processor 822, and/or UI processor 836. Instrument interface circuit 840 may exchange information with components of non-isolation stage 804 via a communication link (such as, for example, an IR-based communication link) that maintains a suitable degree of electrical isolation between isolation stage 802 and non-isolation stage 804. For example, instrument interface circuit 840 may be supplied with power using a low dropout regulator powered by an isolation transformer, which is driven from non-isolated stage 804.

In one form, the instrument interface circuit 840 can include a logic circuit 842 (e.g., logic circuit, programmable logic circuit, PGA, FPGA, PLD) in communication with the signal conditioning circuit 844. The signal conditioning circuit 844 may be configured to receive a periodic signal (e.g., a 2kHz square wave) from the logic circuit 842 to generate a bipolar interrogation signal having the same frequency. For example, the interrogation signal may be generated using a bipolar current source fed by a differential amplifier. The interrogation signal may be communicated to the surgical instrument control circuit (e.g., through the use of a pair of conductors in a cable connecting the generator 800 to the surgical instrument) and monitored to determine the state or configuration of the control circuit. The control circuit may include a plurality of switches, resistors, and/or diodes to modify one or more characteristics (e.g., amplitude, rectification) of the interrogation signal such that a state or configuration of the control circuit may be uniquely discerned based on the one or more characteristics. In one form, for example, the signal conditioning circuit 844 may include an ADC circuit for producing samples of the voltage signal appearing at the control circuit input as a result of the interrogation signal passing through the control circuit. Subsequently, the logic circuit 842 (or components of the non-isolation stage 804) may determine a state or configuration of the control circuit based on the ADC circuit samples.

In one form, the instrument interface circuit 840 may include a first data circuit interface 846 to enable the exchange of information between the logic circuit 842 (or other element of the instrument interface circuit 840) and a first data circuit disposed in or otherwise associated with the surgical instrument. In certain forms, for example, the first data circuit may be disposed in a cable integrally attached to the surgical instrument handpiece or in an adapter for interfacing a particular surgical instrument type or model with the generator 800. The first data circuit may be implemented in any suitable manner and may communicate with the generator according to any suitable protocol including, for example, as described herein with respect to the first data circuit. In some forms the first data circuit may comprise a non-volatile storage device such as an EEPROM device. In some forms, the first data circuit interface 846 may be implemented separately from the logic circuit 842 and include suitable circuitry (e.g., discrete logic devices, processors) to enable communication between the logic circuit 842 and the first data circuit. In other forms, the first data circuit interface 846 may be integral to the logic circuit 842.

In some forms, the first data circuit may store information related to the particular surgical instrument associated. Such information may include, for example, a model number, a serial number, a number of operations in which the surgical instrument has been used, and/or any other type of information. This information may be read by instrument interface circuitry 840 (e.g., by logic circuitry 842), transmitted to components of non-isolated stage 804 (e.g., to logic device 816, DSP processor 822, and/or UI processor 836) for presentation to a user via an output device, and/or for controlling functions or operations of generator 800. Additionally, any type of information may be communicated to the first data circuit via the first data circuit interface 846 (e.g., using the logic circuit 842) for storage therein. Such information may include, for example, the number of updates to the operation in which the surgical instrument is used and/or the date and/or time of its use.

As previously described, the surgical instrument is detachable from the handpiece (e.g., the multi-function surgical instrument is detachable from the handpiece) to facilitate instrument interchangeability and/or disposability. In such cases, the ability of the conventional generator to identify the particular instrument configuration used and to optimize the control and diagnostic procedures accordingly may be limited. However, from a compatibility perspective, solving this problem by adding a readable data circuit to the surgical instrument is problematic. For example, designing a surgical instrument to remain backward compatible with a generator that lacks the requisite data reading functionality may be impractical due to, for example, different signal schemes, design complexity, and cost. The form of the instrument described herein addresses these issues by using a data circuit that can be economically implemented in existing surgical instruments with minimal design changes to maintain compatibility of the surgical instrument with the current generator platform.

Additionally, generator 800 may be in the form of a communication circuit that communicates with the instrument-based data circuit. For example, the generator 800 may be configured to communicate with a second data circuit included in an instrument (e.g., a multi-function surgical instrument). In some forms, the second data circuit may be implemented in a manner similar to the first data circuit described herein. The instrument interface circuit 840 may include a second data circuit interface 848 for enabling this communication. In one form, the second data circuit interface 848 may comprise a tri-state digital interface, although other interfaces may also be used. In some forms the second data circuit may generally be any circuit for transmitting and/or receiving data. In one form, for example, the second data circuit may store information relating to the particular surgical instrument associated. Such information may include, for example, a model number, a serial number, a number of operations in which the surgical instrument has been used, and/or any other type of information.

In some forms, the second data circuit may store information about the electrical and/or ultrasonic performance of the associated ultrasonic transducer, end effector, or ultrasonic drive system. For example, the first data circuit may indicate an aging frequency slope, as described herein. Additionally or alternatively, any type of information can be transferred to the second data circuit via the second data circuit interface 848 (e.g., using the logic circuit 842) for storage therein. Such information may include, for example, the number of updates to the operation in which the surgical instrument is used and/or the date and/or time of its use. In some forms, the second data circuit may transmit data collected by one or more sensors (e.g., instrument-based temperature sensors). In some forms, the second data circuit may receive data from the generator 800 and provide an indication (e.g., a light emitting diode indication or other visual indication) to a user based on the received data.

In some forms, the second data circuit and second data circuit interface 848 may be configured to enable communication between the logic circuit 842 and the second data circuit without providing additional conductors for this (e.g., dedicated conductors of a cable connecting the handpiece to the generator 800). In one form, information may be communicated to and from the second data circuit using, for example, a single bus communication scheme implemented on an existing cable, such as one of the conductors used to transmit interrogation signals from the signal conditioning circuit 844 to the control circuit in the handpiece. In this manner, design changes or modifications to the surgical instrument that may otherwise be necessary may be minimized or reduced. Furthermore, because the different types of communications implemented on the common physical channel may be band-separated, the presence of the second data circuit may be "invisible" to generators that do not have the requisite data reading functionality, thus enabling backwards compatibility of the surgical instrument.

In some forms, the isolation stage 802 may include at least one blocking capacitor 850-1 connected to the drive signal output 810b to prevent DC current from flowing to the patient. For example, the signal blocking capacitor may be required to comply with medical regulations or standards. While failures occur relatively rarely in single capacitor designs, such failures can have negative consequences. In one form, a second blocking capacitor 850-2 may be provided in series with the blocking capacitor 850-1, wherein current leakage occurring from a point between the blocking capacitors 850-1, 850-2 is monitored, for example by the ADC circuit 852, to sample the voltage induced by the leakage current. These samples may be received by logic circuitry 842, for example. Based on the change in leakage current (as indicated by the voltage samples), the generator 800 can determine when at least one of the blocking capacitors 850-1, 850-2 fails, providing benefits over a single capacitor design with a single point of failure.

In some forms, the non-isolated stage 804 may include a power source 854 for delivering DC power at an appropriate voltage and current. The power source may comprise, for example, a 400W power source for delivering a system voltage of 48 VDC. The power source 854 may also include one or more DC/DC voltage converters 856 for receiving the output of the power source to produce a DC output at the voltages and currents required by the various components of the generator 800. As described above in connection with the controller 838, one or more of the DC/DC voltage converters 856 may receive input from the controller 838 when the controller 838 detects a user activation of an "on/off" input device to enable operation of the DC/DC voltage converter 856 or to wake up the DC/DC voltage converter.

Fig. 54 shows an example of a generator 900, which is one form of the generator 800 (fig. 53). The generator 900 is configured to deliver a plurality of energy modalities to the surgical instrument. The generator 900 provides RF and ultrasonic signals for delivering energy to the surgical instrument independently or simultaneously. The RF signal and the ultrasound signal may be provided separately or in combination, and may be provided simultaneously. As described above, at least one generator output may deliver multiple energy modalities (e.g., ultrasound, bipolar or monopolar RF, irreversible and/or reversible electroporation, and/or microwave energy, etc.) through a single port, and these signals may be delivered separately or simultaneously to the end effector to treat tissue.

The generator 900 includes a processor 902 coupled to a waveform generator 904. The processor 902 and waveform generator 904 are configured to be capable of generating a variety of signal waveforms based on information stored in a memory coupled to the processor 902, which memory is not shown for clarity of the present disclosure. Digital information associated with the waveform is provided to a waveform generator 904, which includes one or more DAC circuits to convert a digital input to an analog output. The analog output is fed to an amplifier 1106 for signal conditioning and amplification. The regulated and amplified output of amplifier 906 is coupled to power transformer 908. The signal is coupled to the secondary side of the patient isolation side through a power transformer 908. A first signal of a first ENERGY modality is provided to the surgical instrument between terminals labeled ENERGY1 and RETURN. A second signal of the second ENERGY modality is coupled across capacitor 910 and provided to the surgical instrument between terminals labeled ENERGY2 and RETURN. It will be appreciated that more than two energy modes may be output, and thus the subscript "n" may be used to specify that up to n ENERGYn terminals may be provided, where n is a positive integer greater than 1. It should also be understood that up to "n" return paths RETURNn may be provided without departing from the scope of the present disclosure.

A first voltage sensing circuit 912 is coupled across the terminals labeled ENERGY1 and RETURN path to measure the output voltage therebetween. A second voltage sensing circuit 924 is coupled across the terminals labeled ENERGY2 and RETURN path to measure the output voltage therebetween. As shown, a current sensing circuit 914 is placed in series with the RETURN leg on the secondary side of the power transformer 908 to measure the output current of either energy mode. If a different return path is provided for each energy modality, a separate current sensing circuit should be provided in each return branch. The outputs of the first 912 and second 924 voltage sensing circuits are provided to

respective isolation transformers

916, 922 and the output of the current sensing circuit 914 is provided to another isolation transformer 918. The output of the

isolation transformers

916, 928, 922 on the primary side of the power transformer 908 (not the patient isolation side) is provided to one or more ADC circuits 926. The digitized output of the ADC circuit 926 is provided to the processor 902 for further processing and computation. Output voltage and output current feedback information may be employed to adjust the output voltage and current provided to the surgical instrument and calculate parameters such as output impedance. Input/output communication between the processor 902 and the patient isolation circuitry is provided through an interface circuit 920. The sensors may also be in electrical communication with the processor 902 through an interface 920.

In one aspect, the impedance may be determined by the processor 902 by dividing the output of a first voltage sensing circuit 912 coupled across terminals labeled ENERGY1/RETURN or a second voltage sensing circuit 924 coupled across terminals labeled ENERGY2/RETURN by the output of a current sensing circuit 914 disposed in series with the RETURN leg of the secondary side of the power transformer 908. The outputs of the first 912 and second 924 voltage sensing circuits are provided to separate

isolation transformers

916, 922 and the output of the current sensing circuit 914 is provided to another isolation transformer 916. The digitized voltage and current sense measurements from the ADC circuit 926 are provided to the processor 902 for use in calculating the impedance. For example, the first ENERGY modality ENERGY1 may be ultrasonic ENERGY and the second ENERGY modality ENERGY2 may be RF ENERGY. However, in addition to ultrasound and bipolar or monopolar RF energy modalities, other energy modalities include irreversible and/or reversible electroporation and/or microwave energy, among others. Also, while the example shown in fig. 54 shows that a single RETURN path RETURN may be provided for two or more energy modalities, in other aspects multiple RETURN paths RETURN may be provided for each energy modality enerrgyn. Thus, as described herein, the ultrasound transducer impedance may be measured by dividing the output of the first voltage sensing circuit 912 by the output of the current sensing circuit 914, and the tissue impedance may be measured by dividing the output of the second voltage sensing circuit 924 by the output of the current sensing circuit 914.

As shown in fig. 54, a generator 900 including at least one output port may include a power transformer 908 having a single output and multiple taps to provide power to the end effector in the form of one or more energy modalities (such as ultrasound, bipolar or monopolar RF, irreversible and/or reversible electroporation, and/or microwave energy, etc.), for example, depending on the type of tissue treatment being performed. For example, the generator 900 may deliver energy with higher voltages and lower currents to drive an ultrasound transducer, with lower voltages and higher currents to drive an RF electrode for sealing tissue, or with a coagulation waveform for using monopolar or bipolar RF electrosurgical electrodes. The output waveform from the generator 900 may be manipulated, switched, or filtered to provide a frequency to the end effector of the surgical instrument. The connection of the ultrasonic transducer to the output of the generator 900 will preferably be between the outputs labeled ENERGY1 and RETURN as shown in fig. 54. In one example, the connection of the RF bipolar electrode to the output of generator 900 will preferably be between the outputs labeled ENERGY2 and RETURN. In the case of a unipolar output, the preferred connection would be an active electrode (e.g. a pencil or other probe) at the output of ENERGY2 and a suitable RETURN pad connected to the RETURN output.

Additional details are disclosed in U.S. patent application publication 2017/0086914 entitled "TECHNIQUES FOR OPERATING GENERATOR FOR DIGITALLY GENERATING ELECTRICAL SIGNAL WAVEFORMS AND SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS," published 3, 30, 2017, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

As used throughout this specification, the term "wireless" and its derivatives may be used to describe circuits, devices, systems, methods, techniques, communications channels, etc., that may communicate data through the use of modulated electromagnetic radiation through a non-solid medium. The term does not imply that the associated devices do not contain any wires, although in some aspects they may not. The communication module may implement any of a number of wireless or wired communication standards or protocols, including but not limited to Wi-Fi (IEEE 802.11 series), WiMAX (IEEE 802.16 series), IEEE 802.20, Long Term Evolution (LTE), Ev-DO, HSPA +, HSDPA +, HSUPA +, EDGE, GSM, GPRS, CDMA, TDMA, DECT, bluetooth, and ethernet derivatives thereof, as well as any other wireless and wired protocols designated as 3G, 4G, 5G, and above. The computing module may include a plurality of communication modules. For example, a first communication module may be dedicated for shorter range wireless communications such as Wi-Fi and bluetooth, and a second communication module may be dedicated for longer range wireless communications such as GPS, EDGE, GPRS, CDMA, WiMAX, LTE, Ev-DO, and the like.

As used herein, a processor or processing unit is an electronic circuit that performs operations on some external data source, typically a memory or some other data stream. The term is used herein to refer to a central processing unit (cpu) in one or more systems, especially systems on a chip (SoC), that combine multiple specialized "processors".

As used herein, a system-on-chip or system-on-chip (SoC or SoC) is an integrated circuit (also referred to as an "IC" or "chip") that integrates all of the components of a computer or other electronic system. It may contain digital, analog, mixed signal, and often radio frequency functions-all on a single substrate. The SoC integrates a microcontroller (or microprocessor) with advanced peripherals such as a Graphics Processing Unit (GPU), Wi-Fi modules, or coprocessors. The SoC may or may not include built-in memory.

As used herein, a microcontroller or controller is a system that integrates a microprocessor with peripheral circuitry and memory. The microcontroller (or MCU of the microcontroller unit) may be implemented as a small computer on a single integrated circuit. It may be similar to a SoC; the SoC may include a microcontroller as one of its components. Microcontrollers may include one or more Core Processing Units (CPUs) as well as memory and programmable input/output peripherals. Program memory in the form of ferroelectric RAM, NOR flash memory or OTP ROM as well as a small amount of RAM are often included on the chip. In contrast to microprocessors used in personal computers or other general-purpose applications composed of various discrete chips, microcontrollers may be used in embedded applications.

As used herein, the term controller or microcontroller may be a stand-alone IC or chip device that interfaces with peripheral devices. This may be a link between two components of a computer or a controller on an external device for managing the operation of (and connection to) the device.

Any of the processors or microcontrollers as described herein may be any single-core or multi-core processor, such as those provided by Texas Instruments under the trade name ARM Cortex. In one aspect, the processor may be, for example, an LM4F230H5QR ARM Cortex-M4F processor core available from Texas Instruments (Texas Instruments), which includes: 256KB of on-chip memory of single cycle flash or other non-volatile memory (up to 40MHz), prefetch buffer for performance improvement above 40MHz, 32KB of single cycle Serial Random Access Memory (SRAM), load with

Internal Read Only Memory (ROM) in software, Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM) in 2KB, one or more Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) modules, one or more Quadrature Encoder Input (QEI) analog, one or more 12-bit analog-to-digital converters (ADCs) with 12 analog input channels, and other features readily available.

In one example, the processor may include a safety controller that includes two series based controllers, such as TMS570 and RM4x also available from Texas Instruments under the trade name Hercules ARM Cortex R4. The safety controller may be configured to be specific to IEC 61508 and ISO 26262 safety critical applications, etc., to provide advanced integrated safety features while delivering scalable execution, connectivity, and memory options.

The modular device includes modules receivable within a surgical hub (as described in connection with fig. 3 and 9) and surgical devices or instruments connectable to the various modules for connection or mating with a corresponding surgical hub. Modular devices include, for example, smart surgical instruments, medical imaging devices, suction/irrigation devices, smoke ejectors, energy generators, respirators, insufflators, and displays. The modular devices described herein may be controlled by a control algorithm. The control algorithms may be executed on the modular devices themselves, on a surgical hub paired with a particular modular device, or on both the modular devices and the surgical hub (e.g., via a distributed computing architecture). In some examples, the control algorithm of the modular device controls the device based on data sensed by the modular device itself (i.e., by sensors in, on, or connected to the modular device). This data may be related to the patient being operated on (e.g., tissue characteristics or insufflation pressure) or the modular device itself (e.g., rate at which the knife is advanced, motor current, or energy level). For example, the control algorithm of a surgical stapling and severing instrument may control the rate at which the motor of the instrument drives its knife through tissue based on the resistance encountered by the knife as it advances.

Situation awareness

Situational awareness refers to the ability of some aspects of a surgical system to determine or infer information related to a surgical procedure from data received from a database and/or instruments. The information may include the type of surgery being performed, the type of tissue being operated on, or the body cavity being the subject of the surgery. With background information related to a surgical procedure, a surgical system may, for example, improve the manner in which the surgical system controls modular devices (e.g., robotic arms and/or robotic surgical tools) connected thereto, and provide background information or recommendations to a surgeon during the course of the surgical procedure.

Referring now to fig. 55, a timeline 5200 depicting situational awareness of a hub, such as the

surgical hub

106 or 206, is shown. The time axis 5200 is illustrative of the surgical procedure and background information that the

surgical hub

106, 206 may derive from the data received from the data source at each step in the surgical procedure. The time axis 5200 depicts typical steps that nurses, surgeons, and other medical personnel will take during a lung segment resection procedure, starting from the establishment of an operating room and ending with the transfer of the patient to a post-operative recovery room.

The situation aware

surgical hub

106, 206 receives data from data sources throughout the surgical procedure, including data generated each time medical personnel utilize a modular device paired with the

surgical hub

106, 206. The

surgical hub

106, 206 may receive this data from the paired modular devices and other data sources and continually derive inferences about the procedure being performed (i.e., background information) as new data is received, such as which step of the procedure is performed at any given time. The situational awareness system of the

surgical hub

106, 206 can, for example, record data related to the procedure used to generate the report, verify that the medical personnel are taking steps, provide data or prompts that may be related to particular procedure steps (e.g., via a display screen), adjust the modular device based on context (e.g., activate a monitor, adjust a field of view (FOV) of a medical imaging device, or change an energy level of an ultrasonic surgical instrument or RF electrosurgical instrument), and take any other such actions described above.

As a first step 5202 in the exemplary procedure, hospital staff retrieve the patient's Electronic Medical Record (EMR) from the EMR database at the hospital. Based on the selected patient data in the EMR, the

surgical hub

106, 206 determines that the procedure to be performed is a chest procedure.

In a second step 5204, the staff scans the incoming medical supplies for the procedure. The

surgical hub

106, 206 cross-references the scanned supplies with a list of supplies utilized in various types of procedures and confirms that the supplied mixture corresponds to a chest procedure. In addition, the

surgical hub

106, 206 may also be able to determine that the procedure is not a wedge procedure (because the incoming supplies lack some of the supplies required for a chest wedge procedure, or otherwise do not correspond to a chest wedge procedure).

In a third step 5206, medical personnel scan the patient belt via a scanner communicatively connected to the

surgical hub

106, 206. The

surgical hub

106, 206 may then confirm the identity of the patient based on the scanned data.

Fourth, the medical staff opens the ancillary equipment 5208. The ancillary equipment utilized may vary depending on the type of surgery and the technique to be used by the surgeon, but in this exemplary case they include smoke ejectors, insufflators, and medical imaging devices. When activated, the auxiliary device as a modular device may be automatically paired with a

surgical hub

106, 206 located in a specific vicinity of the modular device as part of its initialization process. The

surgical hub

106, 206 may then derive contextual information about the surgical procedure by detecting the type of modular device with which it is paired during the pre-operative or initialization phase. In this particular example, the

surgical hub

106, 206 determines that the surgical procedure is a VATS procedure based on the particular combination of paired modular devices. Based on a combination of data from the patient's EMR, a list of medical supplies used in the procedure, and the type of modular device connected to the hub, the

surgical hub

106, 206 can generally infer the particular procedure that the surgical team will perform. Once the

surgical hub

106, 206 knows what specific procedure is being performed, the

surgical hub

106, 206 may retrieve the steps of the procedure from memory or cloud and then cross-reference the data it subsequently receives from the connected data sources (e.g., modular devices and patient monitoring devices) to infer what steps of the surgical procedure are being performed by the surgical team.

In a fifth step 5210, the practitioner attaches EKG electrodes and other patient monitoring devices to the patient. EKG electrodes and other patient monitoring devices can be paired with the

surgical hubs

106, 206. When the

surgical hub

106, 206 begins to receive data from the patient monitoring device, the

surgical hub

106, 206 thus confirms that the patient is in the operating room.

Sixth step 5212, the medical personnel induce anesthesia in the patient. The

surgical hub

106, 206 may infer that the patient is under anesthesia based on data from the modular device and/or the patient monitoring device, including, for example, EKG data, blood pressure data, ventilator data, or a combination thereof. Upon completion of the sixth step 5212, the pre-operative portion of the lung segmentation resection procedure is completed and the operative portion begins.

In a seventh step 5214, the patient's lungs being operated on are collapsed (while ventilation is switched to the contralateral lungs). For example, the

surgical hub

106, 206 may infer from the ventilator data that the patient's lungs have collapsed. The

surgical hub

106, 206 may infer that the surgical portion of the procedure has begun because it may compare the detection of the patient's lung collapse to the expected steps of the procedure (which may have been previously visited or retrieved), thereby determining that collapsing the lungs is the first surgical step in that particular procedure.

In an eighth step 5216, a medical imaging device (e.g., an endoscope) is inserted and video from the medical imaging device is initiated. The

surgical hub

106, 206 receives medical imaging device data (i.e., video or image data) through its connection to the medical imaging device. After receiving the medical imaging device data, the

surgical hub

106, 206 may determine that a laparoscopic portion of the surgical procedure has begun. In addition, the

surgical hub

106, 206 may determine that the particular procedure being performed is a segmental resection, rather than a leaf resection (note that wedge procedures have been excluded based on the data received by the

surgical hub

106, 206 at the second step 5204 of the procedure). Data from the medical imaging devices 124 (fig. 33) may be used to determine contextual information related to the type of procedure being performed in a number of different ways, including by determining the angle of visualization orientation of the medical imaging devices relative to the patient anatomy, monitoring the number of medical imaging devices utilized (i.e., activated and paired with the surgical hub 106, 206), and monitoring the type of visualization devices utilized. For example, one technique for performing a VATS lobectomy places a camera in the lower anterior corner of the patient's chest above the septum, while one technique for performing a VATS segmental resection places the camera in an anterior intercostal location relative to the segmental cleft. For example, using pattern recognition or machine learning techniques, the situational awareness system may be trained to recognize the positioning of the medical imaging device from a visualization of the patient's anatomy. As another example, one technique for performing VATS lobectomy utilizes a single medical imaging device, while another technique for performing VATS segmental resection utilizes multiple cameras. As another example, one technique for performing VATS segmental resection utilizes an infrared light source (which may be communicatively coupled to a surgical hub as part of a visualization system) to visualize segmental fissures that are not used in VATS pulmonary resection. By tracking any or all of this data from the medical imaging device, the

surgical hub

106, 206 can thus determine the particular type of surgical procedure being performed and/or the technique being used for a particular type of surgical procedure.

Ninth step 5218, the surgical team begins the dissection step of the procedure. The

surgical hub

106, 206 may infer that the surgeon is dissecting to mobilize the patient's lungs because it receives data from the RF generator or ultrasound generator indicating that the energy instrument is being fired. The

surgical hub

106, 206 may intersect the received data with the retrieved steps of the surgical procedure to determine that the energy instrument fired at that point in the procedure (i.e., after completion of the previously discussed surgical steps) corresponds to an anatomical step. In some cases, the energy instrument may be an energy tool mounted to a robotic arm of a robotic surgical system.

In a tenth step 5220, the surgical team continues with the surgical ligation step. The

surgical hub

106, 206 may infer that the surgeon is ligating arteries and veins because it receives data from the surgical stapling and severing instrument indicating that the instrument is being fired. Similar to the previous steps, the

surgical hub

106, 206 may deduce the inference by cross-referencing the receipt of data from the surgical stapling and severing instrument with the retrieval steps in the procedure. In some cases, the surgical instrument may be a surgical tool mounted to a robotic arm of a robotic surgical system.

Eleventh step 5222, a segmental resection portion of the procedure is performed. The

surgical hub

106, 206 may infer that the surgeon is transecting soft tissue based on data from the surgical stapling and severing instrument, including data from its cartridge. The cartridge data may correspond to, for example, the size or type of staples fired by the instrument. Since different types of staples are used for different types of tissue, the cartridge data can indicate the type of tissue being stapled and/or transected. In this case, the type of staple fired is for soft tissue (or other similar tissue type), which allows the

surgical hub

106, 206 to infer that the segmental resection portion of the procedure is in progress.

In a twelfth step 5224, a node dissection step is performed. The

surgical hub

106, 206 may infer that the surgical team is dissecting a node and performing a leak test based on data received from the generator indicating that the RF or ultrasonic instrument is being fired. For this particular procedure, the RF or ultrasound instruments utilized after transecting the soft tissue correspond to a nodal dissection step that allows the

surgical hub

106, 206 to make such inferences. It should be noted that the surgeon periodically switches back and forth between the surgical stapling/severing instrument and the surgical energy (i.e., RF or ultrasonic) instrument depending on the particular step in the procedure, as different instruments are better suited to the particular task. Thus, the particular sequence in which the stapling/severing instrument and the surgical energy instrument are used may dictate the steps of the procedure being performed by the surgeon. Further, in some cases, robotic implements may be used for one or more steps in a surgical procedure, and/or hand-held surgical instruments may be used for one or more steps in a surgical procedure. One or more surgeons may alternate and/or may use the device simultaneously, for example, between a robotic tool and a hand-held surgical instrument. Upon completion of the twelfth step 5224, the incision is closed and the post-operative portion of the procedure is initiated.

A thirteenth step 5226, reverse anesthetizing the patient. For example, the

surgical hub

106, 206 may infer that the patient is waking up from anesthesia based on, for example, ventilator data (i.e., the patient's breathing rate begins to increase).

Finally, a fourteenth step 5228 is for the medical personnel to remove various patient monitoring devices from the patient. Thus, when the hub loses EKG, BP, and other data from the patient monitoring device, the

surgical hub

106, 206 may infer that the patient is being transferred to a recovery room. As can be seen from the description of this exemplary procedure, the

surgical hub

106, 206 may determine or infer when each step of a given surgical procedure occurs from data received from various data sources communicatively coupled to the

surgical hub

106, 206.

Situational awareness is further described in U.S. provisional patent application serial No. 62/611,341 entitled "INTERACTIVE SURGICAL PLATFORM," filed on 28.12.2017, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In certain instances, operation of the robotic surgical system (including, for example, the various robotic surgical systems disclosed herein) may be controlled by the

hub

106, 206 based on its situational awareness and/or feedback from its components and/or based on information from the cloud 104.

Examples

Various aspects of the subject matter described herein are set forth in the following numbered examples.

Example 1: a method for evacuating particles from a surgical site is disclosed. The method includes communicatively coupling a particle extraction module with a surgical hub, wherein the surgical hub includes a surgical hub housing, and wherein the particle extraction module is configured to be housed within the surgical hub housing. The method also includes removing particles from the surgical site and entering the particles into the particle extraction module, analyzing the removed particles, and modifying operation of the particle extraction module based on the analysis of the removed particles.

Example 2: the method of embodiment 1, further comprising attaching a generator module to the surgical hub housing.

Example 3: the method of embodiment 2, further comprising communicatively coupling the generator module with the particle extraction module.

Example 4: the method of any of embodiments 2 and 3, further comprising connecting the generator module to at least one of a monopolar device, a bipolar device, and an ultrasound device.

Example 5: the method of any of embodiments 2-4, further comprising modifying operation of the generator module based on the analysis of the removed particles.

Example 6: the method of any of embodiments 2-5, wherein the generator module comprises a plurality of sub-generator modules, and wherein the surgical hub is configured to facilitate communication between the sub-generator modules to allow the sub-generator modules to function as a single generator module.

Example 7: the method of any of embodiments 1-6, wherein the particulate extraction module comprises a fluid line, and wherein an end of the fluid line terminates within the surgical hub housing.

Example 8: a method for evacuating particles from a surgical site is disclosed. The method comprises connecting a particle extraction module with a surgical hub, wherein the surgical hub comprises a surgical hub housing, and wherein the particle extraction module is configured to be housed within the surgical hub housing. The method also includes activating a surgical instrument within the surgical site, aspirating particles from the surgical site into the particle evacuation module, analyzing the particles, and modifying an operating parameter of the particle evacuation module based on the analysis of the particles.

Example 9: the method of embodiment 8, wherein the surgical instrument comprises at least one of a monopolar device, a bipolar device, and an ultrasonic device.

Example 10: the method of any of embodiments 8 and 9, further comprising attaching a generator module to the surgical hub housing.

Example 11: the method of embodiment 10, further comprising communicatively connecting the generator module with a smoke evacuation module.

Example 12: the method of any of embodiments 10 and 11, further comprising connecting the generator module to at least one of a monopolar device, a bipolar device, and an ultrasound device.

Example 13: the method of any of embodiments 10-12, further comprising modifying operation of the generator module based on the analysis of the particles.

Example 14: the method of any of embodiments 10-13, wherein the generator module comprises a plurality of sub-generator modules, and wherein the surgical hub is configured to facilitate communication between the sub-generator modules to allow the sub-generator modules to function as a single generator module.

Example 15: a method for evacuating smoke from a surgical site is disclosed. The method comprises connecting a smoke evacuation module with a surgical hub, wherein the surgical hub comprises a surgical hub housing, and wherein the smoke evacuation module is configured to be received within the surgical hub housing. The method also includes inserting components of the smoke evacuation module into the surgical site, removing smoke from the surgical site, analyzing the removed smoke, and modifying operation of the smoke evacuation module based on the analysis of the removed smoke.

Example 16: the method of embodiment 15, further comprising attaching a generator module to the surgical hub housing.

Example 17: the method of embodiment 16, further comprising connecting the generator module with the smoke evacuation module.

Example 18: the method of any of embodiments 16 and 17, further comprising connecting the generator module to at least one of a monopolar device, a bipolar device, and an ultrasound device.

Example 19: the method of any of embodiments 16-18, further comprising modifying operation of the generator module based on the analysis of the removed smoke.

Example 20: the method of any of embodiments 16-19, wherein the generator module comprises a plurality of sub-generator modules, and wherein the surgical hub is configured to facilitate communication between the sub-generator modules to allow the sub-generator modules to function as a single generator module.

Various additional aspects of the subject matter described herein are set forth in the following numbered examples.

Example 1: a method, the method comprising: acquiring a value of a parameter by a surgical drainage system; transmitting the value of the parameter to at least one of a cloud computing network and a surgical hub; processing, by at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub, the value of the parameter; determining, by at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub, an effect of the value of the parameter on at least one of the surgical drainage system and a modular device; sending instructions to adjust operation from at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub to at least one of the surgical drainage system and the modular device; and adjusting, by at least one of the surgical evacuation system and the modular device, an operation based on the instruction.

Example 2: the method of embodiment 1, wherein the parameter is sensed by an internal sensor in the surgical evacuation system.

Example 3: the method of embodiment 2, wherein the parameter is at least one of a particle concentration, an aerosol percentage, or a chemical analysis, and any combination thereof.

Example 4: the method of any of embodiments 1-3, wherein the internal sensor in the surgical evacuation system is at least one of a fluid sensor, a chemical sensor, a laser particle counter, or a pressure sensor, and any combination thereof.

Example 5: the method of any of embodiments 1-4, wherein the parameter is an operating parameter.

Example 6: the method of embodiment 5, wherein the operating parameter is at least one of airflow, pressure differential, or air quality, and any combination thereof.

Example 7: the method of any of embodiments 1-6, wherein the operating parameter is sensed by at least one of an air quality particle sensor or an ambient pressure sensor, and any combination thereof.

Example 8: the method of any of embodiments 1-7, further comprising transmitting the value of the parameter from the surgical hub to the cloud computing network.

Example 9: the method of embodiment 8, wherein the value of the parameter is manipulated by the surgical hub prior to transmitting the value of the parameter to the cloud computing network.

Example 10: the method of any of embodiments 1-9, wherein the value of the parameter is transmitted from the surgical hub to the cloud computing network via a network router.

Example 11: the method of any of embodiments 1-10, further comprising sending instructions to adjust operation from the cloud computing network to the surgical hub.

Example 12: the method of embodiment 11, wherein the surgical hub sends the instructions to adjust operation to at least one of the surgical drainage system and the modular device.

Example 13: the method of any of embodiments 1-12, wherein the surgical evacuation system acquires values for at least two parameters.

Example 14: the method of any of embodiments 1-13, wherein the modular device is at least one of: a visualization circuit; a robot circuit; an intelligent communication circuit; an imaging circuit; a generator; a suction/irrigation circuit; a communicator; a processor; a storage array; and an operating room mapping circuit.

Example 15: the method of any of embodiments 1-14, wherein at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub is in bidirectional communication with at least one of the surgical drainage system and the modular device.

Example 16: the method of any of embodiments 1-15, wherein the cloud computing network is in bidirectional communication with the surgical hub.

Example 17: the method of any of embodiments 1-16, wherein at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub comprises an algorithm contained in a memory to determine the effect of the value of the parameter on at least one of the surgical drainage system and the modular device.

Example 18: the method of any of embodiments 1-17, wherein at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub comprises learning software contained in memory to determine the effect of the value of the parameter on at least one of the surgical drainage system and the modular device.

Example 19: a computer-implemented surgical system comprising: a surgical hub comprising a processor and a memory; a smoke evacuation module in communication with the surgical hub, wherein the smoke evacuation module is configured to: obtaining the value of the parameter; transmitting the value of the parameter to at least one of a cloud computing network and the surgical hub; wherein at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub is configured to: processing the value of the parameter; determining an effect of the value of the parameter on at least one of the smoke evacuation module and a modularization device; sending an instruction to adjust operation to at least one of the smoke evacuation module and the modularization means; wherein at least one of the smoke evacuation module and the modularization device is configured to be capable of: adjusting an operation based on the instruction.

Example 20: a non-transitory computer readable medium storing computer readable instructions that, when executed, cause a machine to: obtaining values of the parameters by a surgical drainage system; transmitting the value of the parameter to at least one of a cloud computing network and a surgical hub; processing, by at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub, the value of the parameter; determining, by at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub, an effect of the value of the parameter on at least one of the surgical drainage system and a modular device; sending instructions to adjust operation from at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub to at least one of the surgical drainage system and the modular device; and adjusting, by at least one of the surgical evacuation system and the modular device, an operation based on the instruction.

Example 21: a method, comprising: acquiring a value of a parameter by a surgical drainage system; transmitting, via a network router, the value of the parameter to a cloud computing network; processing, by the cloud computing network, the value of the parameter; determining, by the cloud computing network, an effect of the value of the parameter on at least one of the surgical drainage system and the modular device; sending instructions to adjust operation from the cloud computing network to at least one of the surgical drainage system and the modular device via the network router; and adjusting, by at least one of the surgical evacuation system and the modular device, an operation based on the instruction.

Example 22: the method of embodiment 21, wherein the parameter is sensed by an internal sensor in the surgical evacuation system.

Example 23: the method of any of embodiments 21-22, wherein the parameter is at least one of a particle concentration, an aerosol percentage, or a chemical analysis, and any combination thereof.

Example 24: the method of any of embodiments 21-23, wherein the internal sensor in the surgical evacuation system is at least one of a fluid sensor, a chemical sensor, a laser particle counter, or a pressure sensor, and any combination thereof.

Example 25: the method of any of embodiments 21-24, wherein the parameter is an operating parameter.

Example 26: the method of embodiment 25, wherein the operating parameter is at least one of airflow, pressure differential, or air quality, and any combination thereof.

Example 27: the method of any of embodiments 25-26, wherein the operating parameter is sensed by at least one of an air quality particle sensor or an ambient pressure sensor, and any combination thereof.

Example 28: a method, comprising: acquiring a value of a parameter by a surgical drainage system; transmitting the value of the parameter to a surgical hub; transmitting the value of the parameter from a surgical hub to a cloud computing network via a network router; processing, by the cloud computing network, the value of the parameter; determining, by the cloud computing network, an effect of the value of the parameter on at least one of the surgical drainage system and the modular device; sending instructions to adjust operation from the cloud computing network to at least one of the surgical drainage system and the modular device via the network router; and adjusting, by at least one of the surgical evacuation system and the modular device, an operation based on the instruction.

Example 29: the method of embodiment 28, wherein the parameter is sensed by an internal sensor in the surgical drainage system.

Example 30: the method of embodiment 29, wherein the internal sensor in the surgical evacuation system is at least one of a fluid sensor, a chemical sensor, a laser particle counter, or a pressure sensor, and any combination thereof.

Example 31: the method of any of embodiments 28-30, wherein the parameter is at least one of a particle concentration, an aerosol percentage, or a chemical analysis, and any combination thereof.

Example 32: the method of any of embodiments 28-31, wherein the parameter is an operating parameter.

Example 33: the method of embodiment 32, wherein the operating parameter is at least one of airflow, pressure differential, or air quality, and any combination thereof.

Example 34: the method of any of embodiments 32-33, wherein the operating parameter is sensed by at least one of an air quality particle sensor or an ambient pressure sensor, and any combination thereof.

Example 35: a method, comprising: acquiring a value of a parameter by a surgical drainage system; transmitting the value of the parameter to a surgical hub; processing, by the surgical hub, the value of the parameter; determining, by a surgical hub, an effect of the value of the parameter on at least one of the surgical drainage system and a modular device; sending instructions from a surgical hub to at least one of the surgical evacuation system and the modular device to adjust operation; and adjusting, by at least one of the surgical evacuation system and the modular device, an operation based on the instruction.

Example 36: the method of embodiment 35, wherein the parameter is sensed by an internal sensor in the surgical evacuation system.

Example 37: the method of any one of embodiments 35-36, wherein the parameter is at least one of a particle concentration, an aerosol percentage, or a chemical analysis, and any combination thereof.

Example 38: the method of any of embodiments 35-37, wherein the internal sensor in the surgical evacuation system is at least one of a fluid sensor, a chemical sensor, a laser particle counter, or a pressure sensor, and any combination thereof.

Example 39: the method of any one of embodiments 35-38 wherein the parameter is an operating parameter.

Example 40: the method of any of embodiments 35-39, wherein the operating parameter is at least one of airflow, pressure differential, or air quality, and any combination thereof.

Example 41: the method of any of embodiments 35-40, wherein the operating parameter is sensed by at least one of an air quality particle sensor and an ambient pressure sensor.

Example 42: a computer-implemented surgical system comprising: a surgical hub; a smoke evacuation module located within a surgical hub, wherein the smoke evacuation module is configured to: sensing a parameter by a sensor; transmitting the parameters to a surgical hub; wherein the surgical hub is configured to: analyzing the parameter; modifying operation of at least one of the smoke evacuation module and a second module in communication with the surgical hub based on the analysis of the parameter.

Example 43: a surgical hub comprising a processor and a memory coupled to the processor, the memory storing instructions executable by the processor to perform a method according to any one of embodiments 21-31.

Example 44: a non-transitory computer readable medium storing computer readable instructions that, when executed, cause a machine to perform the method of any of embodiments 21-31.

Example 45: a method, comprising: acquiring a value of a parameter by a surgical drainage system; transmitting the value of the parameter to at least one of a cloud computing network and a surgical hub; processing, by at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub, the value of the parameter; determining, by at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub, an effect of the value of the parameter on at least one of the surgical drainage system and a modular device; sending instructions to adjust operation from at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub to at least one of the surgical drainage system and the modular device; and adjusting, by at least one of the surgical evacuation system and the modular device, an operation based on the instruction.

Example 46: the method of embodiment 45, wherein the parameter is sensed by an internal sensor in the surgical evacuation system.

Example 47: the method of any of embodiments 45-46, wherein the parameter is at least one of a particle concentration, an aerosol percentage, or a chemical analysis, and any combination thereof.

Example 48: the method of any of embodiments 45-47, wherein the internal sensor in the surgical evacuation system is at least one of a fluid sensor, a chemical sensor, a laser particle counter, or a pressure sensor, and any combination thereof.

Example 49: the method of any one of embodiments 45-48 wherein the parameter is an operating parameter.

Example 50: the method of any of embodiments 45-49, wherein the operating parameter is at least one of airflow, pressure differential, or air quality, and any combination thereof.

Example 51: the method of any of embodiments 45-50, wherein the operating parameter is sensed by at least one of an air quality particle sensor or an ambient pressure sensor, and any combination thereof.

Example 52: the method of any of embodiments 45-51, further comprising transmitting the value of the parameter from the surgical hub to the cloud computing network.

Example 53: the method of any of embodiments 45-52, wherein the value of the parameter is manipulated by the surgical hub prior to transmitting the value of the parameter to the cloud computing network.

Example 54: the method of any of embodiments 45-53, wherein the value of the parameter is transmitted from the surgical hub to the cloud computing network via a network router.

Example 55: the method of any of embodiments 45-54, further comprising sending instructions to adjust operation from the cloud computing network to the surgical hub.

Example 56: the method of any of embodiments 45-55, wherein the surgical hub sends the instruction to adjust operation to at least one of the surgical evacuation system and the modular device.

Example 57: the method of any of embodiments 45-56, wherein the surgical evacuation system acquires values for at least two parameters.

Example 58: the method of any of embodiments 45-57, wherein the modular device is at least one of: a visualization circuit; a robot circuit; an intelligent communication circuit; an imaging circuit; a generator; a suction/irrigation circuit; a communicator; a processor; a storage array; and an operating room mapping circuit.

Example 59: the method of any of embodiments 45-58, wherein at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub is in bidirectional communication with at least one of the surgical drainage system and the modular device.

Example 60: the method of any of embodiments 45-59, wherein the cloud computing network is in bidirectional communication with the surgical hub.

Example 61: the method of any of embodiments 45-60, wherein at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub comprises an algorithm contained in a memory to determine the effect of the value of the parameter on at least one of the surgical drainage system and the modular device.

Example 62: the method of any of embodiments 45-61, wherein at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub comprises learning software contained in memory to determine the effect of the value of the parameter on at least one of the surgical drainage system and the modular device.

Example 63: a computer-implemented surgical system, the surgical system comprising: a surgical hub comprising a processor and a memory; a smoke evacuation module in communication with the surgical hub, wherein the smoke evacuation module is configured to: obtaining the value of the parameter; transmitting the value of the parameter to at least one of a cloud computing network and the surgical hub; wherein at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub is configured to: processing the value of the parameter; determining an effect of the value of the parameter on at least one of the smoke evacuation module and a modularization device; sending an instruction to adjust operation to at least one of the smoke evacuation module and the modularization means; wherein at least one of the smoke evacuation module and the modularization device is configured to be capable of: adjusting an operation based on the instruction.

Example 64: a non-transitory computer readable medium storing computer readable instructions that, when executed, cause a machine to: obtaining values of the parameters by a surgical drainage system; transmitting the value of the parameter to at least one of a cloud computing network and a surgical hub; processing, by at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub, the value of the parameter; determining, by at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub, an effect of the value of the parameter on at least one of the surgical drainage system and a modular device; sending instructions to adjust operation from at least one of the cloud computing network and the surgical hub to at least one of the surgical drainage system and the modular device; and adjusting, by at least one of the surgical evacuation system and the modular device, an operation based on the instruction.

Example 1: a surgical hub, the surgical hub comprising: a control circuit comprising a plurality of segments; the plurality of segments comprises a first segment, a second segment, and a third segment; the first section comprising a primary processor and a secure processor, wherein the primary processor is coupled to a memory and the memory stores instructions executable by the primary processor to power on the first section prior to powering on the second section and the third section, thereby powering on the second section and the third section after the first section performs a first function; the second section comprises sensing circuitry and display circuitry; and the third section includes a motor control circuit and a motor.

Example 2: the surgical hub of embodiment 1, wherein the first function is to check the first, second, and third segments for at least one of a short circuit and an error.

Example 3: the surgical hub according to any one of embodiments 1-2, wherein the first function is to perform a safety check on the first, second and third sections.

Example 4: the surgical hub according to any one of embodiments 1-3, wherein the first function is to verify that the sensing circuit, the display circuit, the motor control circuit, and the motor are the correct components.

Example 5: the surgical hub of any one of embodiments 1-4, wherein the control circuit identifies the primary processor, the safety processor, the sensing circuit, the display circuit, the motor control circuit, and the motor, and displays the status of the primary processor, the safety processor, the sensing circuit, the display circuit, the motor control circuit, and the motor on a display device.

Example 6: the surgical hub according to any one of embodiments 1-5, wherein the control circuit identifies the first, second, and third segments and displays the status of the first, second, and third segments to a user on a display device.

Example 7: the surgical hub of any of embodiments 1-6, further comprising a pump coupled to the motor.

Example 8: the surgical hub according to any one of embodiments 1-7, wherein the motor operates in a first state or a second state.

Example 9: the surgical hub of any of embodiments 1-8, wherein the first state is activated by a user and the motor operates the pump at a first rate.

Example 10: the surgical hub according to any one of embodiments 1-9, wherein the motor operates the pump at a second rate in the second state.

Example 11: a method of operating a segmented control circuit in a surgical evacuation system, comprising: activating a first section, wherein the first section comprises a main processor and a secure processor; causing the first section to perform a first function; activating a second section, wherein the second section comprises a sensing circuit and a display circuit; and activating a third section, wherein the third section comprises a motor control circuit and a motor.

Example 12: the method of operating the segmented control circuit of embodiment 11 wherein the first function is to check the first, second and third segments for at least one of a short circuit and an error.

Example 13: the method of operating the segmented control circuit as recited in any of embodiments 11 to 12, wherein the first function is to perform a security check on the first segment, the second segment, and the third segment.

Example 14: the method of operating the segmented control circuit as recited in any of embodiments 11-13, wherein the first function is verifying that the sensing circuit, the display circuit, the motor control circuit, and the motor are the correct components.

Example 15: the method of operating the segmented control circuit of any of embodiments 11-14, further comprising: identifying, by the control circuit, the primary processor, the safety processor, the sensing circuit, the display circuit, the motor control circuit, and the motor; and displaying the status of the main processor, the safety processor, the sensing circuit, the display circuit, the motor control circuit, and the motor on a display device.

Example 16: the method of operating the segmented control circuit of any of embodiments 11-15, further comprising: identifying, by the control circuit, the first section, the second section, and the third section; and displaying the states of the first section, the second section, and the third section on a display device.

Example 17: the method of operating the segmented control circuit of any of embodiments 11-16, further comprising: operating the motor in a first state or a second state.

Example 18: the method of operating the segmented control circuit as recited in any of embodiments 11-17, wherein the first state is activated by a user, wherein the motor operates the pump at a first rate.

Example 19: the method of operating the segmented control circuit as recited in any of embodiments 11 to 18, wherein the motor operates the pump at a second rate in the second state.

Example 20: a non-transitory computer readable medium storing computer readable instructions that, when executed, cause a machine to: activating a first section, wherein the first section comprises a main processor and a secure processor; causing the first section to perform a first function; activating a second section, wherein the second section comprises a sensing circuit and a display circuit; and activating a third section, wherein the third section comprises a motor control circuit and a motor.

Example 21: a surgical evacuation system comprising a control circuit, the control circuit comprising a plurality of segments; the plurality of segments comprises a first segment, a second segment, and a third segment; the first section comprising a primary processor and a secure processor, wherein the primary processor is coupled to a memory and the memory stores instructions executable by the primary processor to power on the first section prior to powering on the second section and the third section, thereby powering on the second section and the third section after the first section performs a first function; the second section comprises sensing circuitry and display circuitry; and the third section includes a motor control circuit and a motor.

Example 22: the surgical evacuation system of embodiment 21, wherein the first function is to check the first, second, and third sections for at least one of a short circuit and an error.

Example 23: the surgical evacuation system of any of embodiments 21-22, wherein the first function is performing a safety check on the first, second, and third segments.

Example 24: the surgical drainage system of any of embodiments 21-23, wherein the first function is to verify that the sensing circuit, the display circuit, the motor control circuit, and the motor are the correct components.

Example 25: the surgical drainage system of any of embodiments 21-24, wherein the control circuit identifies the primary processor, the safety processor, the sensing circuit, the display circuit, the motor control circuit, and the motor and displays the status of the primary processor, the safety processor, the sensing circuit, the display circuit, the motor control circuit, and the motor on a display device.

Example 26: the surgical drainage system of any of embodiments 21-25, wherein the control circuit identifies the first, second, and third segments and displays the status of the first, second, and third segments to a user on a display device.

Example 27: the surgical evacuation system of any of embodiments 21-26, further comprising a pump coupled to the motor.

Example 28: the surgical evacuation system of any of embodiments 21-27, wherein the motor operates in a first state or a second state.

Example 29: the surgical evacuation system of embodiment 28, wherein the first state is activated by a user and the motor causes the pump to operate at a fast rate.

Example 30: the surgical evacuation system of any of embodiments 28-29, wherein the second state is a slow state in which the motor operates the pump at a slower rate.

Example 31: a method of operating a segmented control circuit in a surgical evacuation system, comprising: activating a first section, wherein the first section comprises a main processor and a secure processor; causing the first section to perform a first function; activating a second section, wherein the second section comprises a sensing circuit and a display circuit; and activating a third section, wherein the third section comprises a motor control circuit and a motor.

Example 32: the method of operating the segmented control circuit of embodiment 31 wherein the first function is to check the first, second and third segments for at least one of a short circuit and an error.

Example 33: the method of operating the segmented control circuit as recited in any of embodiments 31-32, wherein the first function is performing a security check on the first segment, the second segment, and the third segment.

Example 34: the method of operating the segmented control circuit as recited in any of embodiments 31-33, wherein the first function is verifying that the sensing circuit, the display circuit, the motor control circuit, and the motor are the correct components.

Example 35: the method of operating the segmented control circuit of any of embodiments 31-34, further comprising: identifying, by the control circuit, the primary processor, the safety processor, the sensing circuit, the display circuit, the motor control circuit, and the motor; and displaying the status of the main processor, the safety processor, the sensing circuit, the display circuit, the motor control circuit, and the motor on a display device.

Example 36: the method of operating the segmented control circuit of any of embodiments 31-35, further comprising: identifying, by the control circuit, the first section, the second section, and the third section; and displaying the states of the first section, the second section, and the third section on a display device.

Example 37: the method of operating the segmented control circuit of any of embodiments 31-36 wherein a pump is coupled to the motor.

Example 38: the method of operating the segmented control circuit of embodiment 37, further comprising operating the motor in a first state or a second state.

Example 39: the method of operating the segmented control circuit of embodiment 38 wherein the first state is activated by a user wherein the motor causes the pump to operate at a fast rate.

Example 40: the method of operating the segmented control circuit as recited in any one of embodiments 38 to 39, wherein the second state is a slow state in which the motor operates the pump at a slower rate.

Example 41: a surgical hub comprising a processor and a memory coupled to the processor, the memory storing instructions executable by the processor to perform a method according to any one of embodiments 31-40.

Example 42: a non-transitory computer readable medium storing computer readable instructions that, when executed, cause a machine to perform the method of any of embodiments 31-40.

Example 43: the method of operating the segmented control circuit of embodiment 38 wherein the first state is activated by a user wherein the motor causes the pump to operate at a first rate.

Example 44: the method of operating the segmented control circuit of embodiment 38 wherein the motor operates the pump at a second rate in the second state.

Example 45: a non-transitory computer readable medium storing computer readable instructions that, when executed, cause a machine to: activating a first section, wherein the first section comprises a main processor and a secure processor; causing the first section to perform a first function; activating a second section, wherein the second section comprises a sensing circuit and a display circuit; and activating a third section, wherein the third section comprises a motor control circuit and a motor.

Example 1: a surgical evacuation system, the surgical evacuation system comprising: a fume extractor comprising a pump; and a motor operably coupled to the pump; a communication circuit; and a filter device in communication with the smoke evacuation device through the communication circuit, wherein the filter device comprises a plurality of filter components comprising: a plurality of filter elements including at least one of a fluid filter, a particulate filter, and a charcoal filter; and a plurality of filter sensors, wherein the communication circuit is configured to: authenticating the plurality of filter components; verifying a remaining life of at least one filter component of the plurality of filter components; updating parameters output from the plurality of filter components; and recording errors output from the plurality of filter components.

Example 2: the surgical drainage system of embodiment 1, wherein the communication circuit is further configured to limit the number or types of filter components that can be identified by the communication circuit.

Example 3: the surgical drainage system of any of embodiments 1-2, wherein the communication circuit is further configured to enable or disable the plurality of filter components based on a result of the authentication.

Example 4: the surgical drainage system of any of embodiments 1-3, wherein the communication circuit authenticates the plurality of filter components using filter component information.

Example 5: the surgical drainage system of embodiment 4, wherein the filter component information includes at least one of a product type, a product name, a unique device identifier, a product brand, a serial number, and configuration parameters of the plurality of filter components.

Example 6: the surgical drainage system of any of embodiments 1-5, wherein the filter device is configured to encrypt the parameters output from the plurality of filter components prior to sending the parameters to the communication circuit.

Example 7: the surgical drainage system of embodiment 6, wherein upon receiving the encrypted parameters, the communication circuit decrypts the encrypted parameters.

Example 8: the surgical drainage system of any of embodiments 1-7, wherein the communication device functions as a master device and the filter device functions as a slave device, wherein communication between the master device and the slave device is unidirectional from the master device to the slave device when performing the authentication process.

Example 9: a method for communicating between a smoke evacuation device and a filter device over a communication circuit, wherein the method comprises: authenticating, by the communication circuit, a plurality of filter components in the filter device, wherein the plurality of filter components comprises: a plurality of filter elements including at least one of a fluid filter, a particulate filter, and a charcoal filter; and a plurality of filter sensors; verifying, by the communication circuit, a remaining life of at least one filter component of the plurality of filter components; updating, by the communication circuit, parameters output from the plurality of filter components; and recording, by the communication circuit, errors output from the plurality of filter components, wherein the smoke evacuation device comprises: a pump; and a motor operatively coupled to the pump.

Example 10: the method of embodiment 9, further comprising limiting a number or type of filter components that can be identified by the communication circuit.

Example 11: the method of embodiment 9, further comprising enabling or disabling, by the communication circuit, the plurality of filter components based on a result of the authenticating.

Example 12: the method of any of embodiments 9-11, wherein the communication circuit authenticates the plurality of filter components using filter component information.

Example 13: the method of embodiment 12, wherein the filter component information comprises at least one of a product type, a product name, a unique device identifier, a product brand, a serial number, and configuration parameters of the plurality of filter components.

Example 14: the method of any of embodiments 9-13, further comprising encrypting, by the filter device, the parameters output from the plurality of filter components prior to sending the parameters to the communication circuit.

Example 15: the method of embodiment 14, further comprising decrypting, by the communication circuit, the encrypted parameters upon receiving the encrypted parameters.

Example 16: the method of any of embodiments 9-15, wherein the communication device functions as a master device and the filter device functions as a slave device, wherein when the authentication process is performed, communication between the master device and the slave device is unidirectional from the master device to the slave device.

Example 17: a surgical hub comprising a processor and a memory coupled to the processor, the memory storing instructions executable by the processor to perform a method according to any one of embodiments 9-16.

Example 18: a non-transitory computer readable medium storing computer readable instructions that, when executed, cause a machine to perform the method of any of embodiments 9-16.

Example 19: a surgical hub comprising a processor and a memory coupled to the processor, the memory storing instructions executable by the processor to authenticate a plurality of filter components in a filter device, wherein the plurality of filter components comprises a plurality of filter elements comprising at least one of a fluid filter, a particulate filter, and a charcoal filter; and a plurality of filter sensors; verifying a remaining life of at least one filter component of the plurality of filter components; updating parameters output from the plurality of filter components; and recording errors output from the plurality of filter components.

Example 20: the surgical hub of embodiment 19, wherein the memory stores further instructions executable by the processor to limit the number or types of filter components that can be identified.

Example 21: the surgical hub according to any one of embodiments 19-20, wherein the memory stores further instructions executable by the processor to enable or disable the plurality of filter components based on a result of the authentication.

Example 22: the surgical hub according to any one of embodiments 19-21, wherein the plurality of filter components are authenticated by using filter component information including at least one of a product type, a product name, a unique device identifier, a product brand, a serial number, and configuration parameters of the plurality of filter components.

Example 1: a surgical evacuation system comprising: a pump; a motor operably coupled to the pump; and a flow path fluidly coupled to the pump, wherein the flow path comprises: a first fluid filter configured to be able to draw large droplets in fluid moving through the flow path; and a second fluid filter configured to be capable of drawing out small droplets of the fluid moving through the flow path, wherein the first fluid filter is coupled in series with the second fluid filter, wherein the first fluid filter is positioned upstream of the second fluid filter, wherein an outlet port of the second fluid filter is coupled to an inlet port of a non-fluid filter.

Example 2: the surgical evacuation system of embodiment 1, further comprising a first recirculation channel, wherein an inlet port of the first recirculation channel is positioned between the second fluid filter and the non-fluid filter, wherein the first recirculation channel is configured to recirculate the fluid output from the second fluid filter.

Example 3: the surgical evacuation system of embodiment 2, further comprising a first recirculation valve configured to close and open the first recirculation passage, wherein the fluid output from the second fluid filter is recirculated through the first recirculation passage when the first recirculation valve is open.

Example 4: the surgical evacuation system of embodiment 3, further comprising a first sensor positioned proximate the first recirculation valve, wherein the first sensor is configured to detect a parameter of the fluid, wherein the first recirculation valve opens the first recirculation channel when the parameter detected by the first sensor is equal to or greater than a first predetermined threshold.

Example 5: the surgical evacuation system of any of embodiments 2-4, wherein the fluid directed into the first recirculation channel is injected into the fluid path upstream of the second fluid filter.

Example 6: the surgical evacuation system of embodiment 5, wherein the fluid directed into the first recirculation channel is injected into the first fluid filter.

Example 7: the surgical evacuation system of any of embodiments 2-6, wherein the fluid directed into the first recirculation channel is injected into an upstream portion of the second fluid filter.

Example 8: the surgical evacuation system of any of embodiments 2-7, wherein the first recirculation channel extends downward from the inlet port of the first recirculation channel, which allows large or small droplets in the fluid output from the second fluid filter to be directed to the first recirculation channel due to gravity.

Example 9: the surgical evacuation system of any of embodiments 2-8, further comprising a second recirculation channel, wherein an inlet port of the second recirculation channel is positioned between the first fluid filter and the second fluid filter, wherein the second recirculation channel is configured to recirculate the fluid output from the first fluid filter.

Example 10: the surgical evacuation system of embodiment 9, further comprising a second recirculation valve configured to close and open the second recirculation passage, wherein the fluid output from the first fluid filter is recirculated through the second recirculation passage when the second recirculation valve is open.

Example 11: the surgical evacuation system of embodiment 10, further comprising a second sensor positioned proximate the second recirculation valve, wherein the second sensor is configured to detect the parameter of the fluid, wherein the second recirculation valve opens the second recirculation channel when the parameter detected by the second sensor is equal to or greater than a second predetermined threshold.

Example 12: the surgical evacuation system of any of embodiments 9-11, wherein the fluid directed into the second recirculation passage is injected into the fluid path upstream of the first fluid filter.

Example 13: the surgical evacuation system of any of embodiments 9-12, wherein the fluid directed into the second recirculation passage is injected into an upstream portion of the first fluid filter.

Example 14: the surgical evacuation system of any of embodiments 9-13, wherein the second recirculation channel extends downward from the inlet port of the second recirculation channel, which allows the large or small droplets in the fluid output from the first fluid filter to be directed to the second recirculation channel due to gravity.

Example 15: the surgical evacuation system of any of embodiments 1-14, wherein the first fluid filter comprises at least one baffle.

Example 16: the surgical evacuation system of any of embodiments 1-15, wherein the first fluid filter comprises a diverter valve.

Example 17: the surgical evacuation system of any of embodiments 1-16, wherein the second fluid filter comprises a filter selected from the group consisting of: membrane filters, honeycomb filters and porous structure filters and combinations thereof.

Example 18: the surgical evacuation system of any of embodiments 1-17, wherein the non-fluid filter comprises a particulate filter.

Example 19: the surgical evacuation system of any of embodiments 1-17, wherein at least one of the first and second fluid filters is disabled when it is determined that the number of recirculation procedures performed through the recirculation channel is equal to or greater than a third predetermined threshold.

Example 20: a surgical evacuation system comprising: a pump; a motor operably coupled to the pump; and a flow path fluidly coupled to the pump, wherein the flow path comprises: a first fluid filter configured to be capable of drawing large droplets in fluid moving through the flow path, wherein the first fluid filter comprises at least one baffle; and a second fluid filter configured to be capable of drawing out small droplets in the fluid moving through the flow path, wherein the second fluid filter comprises a filter selected from the group consisting of: membrane filters, honeycomb filters, and porous structure filters, and combinations thereof, wherein the first fluid filter is coupled in series with the second fluid filter, wherein the first fluid filter is positioned upstream of the second fluid filter, wherein an outlet port of the second fluid filter is coupled to an inlet port of a non-fluid filter.

Example 21: the surgical evacuation system of embodiment 20, further comprising a first recirculation channel, wherein an inlet port of the first recirculation channel is positioned between the second fluid filter and the non-fluid filter, wherein the first recirculation channel is configured to recirculate the fluid output from the second fluid filter.

Example 22: the surgical evacuation system of any of embodiments 20-21, further comprising a second recirculation channel, wherein an inlet port of the second recirculation channel is positioned between the first fluid filter and the second fluid filter, wherein the second recirculation channel is configured to recirculate the fluid output from the first fluid filter.

Example 1: a return pad for an electrosurgical system, the return pad comprising: a plurality of conductive members configured to receive radio frequency current applied to a patient; and a plurality of sensing devices configured to be capable of detecting at least one of: a neural control signal applied to the patient; and a motion of an anatomical feature of the patient caused by the application of the neural control signal.

Example 2: the return pad of embodiment 1, wherein the plurality of conductive members are further configured to capacitively couple with the patient.

Example 3: the return pad of any of embodiments 1-2, further comprising a switching device configured to selectively decouple at least one conductive member of the plurality of conductive members from another conductive member of the plurality of conductive members.

Example 4: the return pad of any of embodiments 1-3, further comprising a switching device configured to selectively decouple each of the conductive members from one another.

Example 5: the return pad of any of embodiments 1-4, further comprising a switching device configured to selectively decouple the plurality of conductive members from the patient.

Example 6: the return pad of any of embodiments 1-5, further comprising a switching device configured to selectively decouple the plurality of conductive members from the generator.

Example 7: the return pad of any of embodiments 1-6, further comprising a switching device configured to selectively couple each of the plurality of conductive members to a generator.

Example 8: the return pad of any of embodiments 1-7, wherein the plurality of sensing devices are configured as an array of sensing devices.

Example 9: the return pad of any of embodiments 1-8, wherein each of the plurality of sensing devices is coupled to a corresponding one of the plurality of conductive members.

Example 10: the return pad of any of embodiments 1-9, wherein each of the plurality of conductive members is coupled to a corresponding one of the plurality of sensing devices.

Example 11: the return pad of any of embodiments 1-10, wherein at least one of the plurality of sensing devices comprises one of: a pressure sensor; an accelerometer; as well as pressure sensors and accelerometers.

Example 12: the return pad of any of embodiments 1-11, wherein each of the plurality of sensing devices is further configured to be capable of outputting a signal indicative of detection.

Example 13: an electrosurgical system comprising: a generator configured to be capable of supplying radio frequency alternating current; an instrument configured to apply the alternating current to a patient; a return pad capable of capacitive coupling to a patient, wherein the return pad comprises: a plurality of conductive members configured to conduct radio frequency current, wherein the plurality of conductive members are capacitively coupleable to a patient and selectively coupleable to a generator; a plurality of sensing devices configured to be capable of detecting at least one of: a neural control signal applied to the patient; and a motion of an anatomical feature of the patient caused by the application of the neural control signal; and a conductor coupled to the return pad and the generator.

Example 14: the electrosurgical system of embodiment 13, further comprising a multiple-input-single-output switching device coupled to each of the plurality of sensing devices.

Example 15: the electrosurgical system of embodiment 14, further comprising an analog-to-digital converter coupled to the multiple-input-single-output switching device.

Example 16: the electrosurgical system of any of embodiments 1-15, wherein the generator is further configured to: generating the alternating current as a high frequency waveform; generating a low frequency waveform configured to stimulate nerves of the patient; modulating the low frequency waveform with the high frequency waveform to form a composite waveform; and supplying the composite waveform to the instrument.

Example 17: the electrosurgical system of any of embodiments 1-16, wherein the generator is further configured to amplitude modulate the low frequency waveform to form the composite waveform.

Example 18: a return pad for an electrosurgical system, comprising: a plurality of electrodes configured to capacitively couple with a patient; and an array of sensing devices configured to be capable of detecting at least one of: a neural control signal applied to the patient; and a motion of an anatomical feature of the patient caused by the application of the neural control signal.

Example 19: the return pad of embodiment 18, wherein each sensing device of the array of sensing devices is configured to be capable of outputting a signal indicative of detection.

Example 20: the return pad of any one of embodiments 18-19, wherein each sensing device of the array of sensing devices is positioned on a corresponding one of the plurality of electrodes.

While several forms have been illustrated and described, it is not the intention of the applicants to restrict or limit the scope of the appended claims to such detail. Numerous modifications, changes, variations, substitutions, combinations, and equivalents of these forms can be made without departing from the scope of the present disclosure, and will occur to those skilled in the art. Further, the structure of each element associated with the described forms may alternatively be described as a means for providing the function performed by the element. In addition, where materials for certain components are disclosed, other materials may also be used. It is, therefore, to be understood that the foregoing detailed description and appended claims are intended to cover all such modifications, combinations and variations as fall within the scope of the disclosed forms of the invention. It is intended that the following claims cover all such modifications, changes, variations, substitutions, modifications, and equivalents.

The foregoing detailed description has set forth various forms of the devices and/or methods via the use of block diagrams, flowcharts, and/or examples. Insofar as such block diagrams, flowcharts, and/or examples contain one or more functions and/or operations, it will be understood by those within the art that each function and/or operation within such block diagrams, flowcharts, or examples can be implemented, individually and/or collectively, by a wide range of hardware, software, firmware, or virtually any combination thereof. Those skilled in the art will recognize that some aspects of the forms disclosed herein, in whole or in part, can be equivalently implemented in integrated circuits, as one or more computer programs running on one or more computers (e.g., as one or more programs running on one or more computer systems), as one or more programs running on one or more processors (e.g., as one or more programs running on one or more microprocessors), as firmware, or as virtually any combination thereof, and that designing the electronic circuitry and/or writing the code for the software and or hardware would be well within the skill of one of skill in the art in light of this disclosure. In addition, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the mechanisms of the subject matter described herein are capable of being distributed as one or more program products in a variety of forms, and that an exemplary form of the subject matter described herein applies regardless of the particular type of signal bearing media used to actually carry out the distribution.

Instructions for programming logic to perform the various disclosed aspects may be stored within a memory within a system, such as a Dynamic Random Access Memory (DRAM), cache, flash memory, or other memory. Further, the instructions may be distributed via a network or by other computer readable media. Thus, a machine-readable medium may include a mechanism for storing or transmitting information in a form readable by a machine (e.g., a computer), but is not limited to, floppy diskettes, optical disks, read-only memories (CD-ROMs), magneto-optical disks, read-only memories (ROMs), Random Access Memories (RAMs), erasable programmable read-only memories (EPROMs), electrically erasable programmable read-only memories (EEPROMs), magnetic or optical cards, flash memory, or a tangible, machine-readable storage device used in transmitting information over the internet via electrical, optical, acoustical or other forms of propagated signals (e.g., carrier waves, infrared signals, digital signals, etc.). Thus, a non-transitory computer-readable medium includes any type of tangible machine-readable medium suitable for storing or transmitting electronic instructions or information in a form readable by a machine (e.g., a computer).

As used in any aspect herein, the term "control circuitry" can refer to, for example, hardwired circuitry, programmable circuitry (e.g., a computer processor that includes one or more separate instruction processing cores, processing units, processors, microcontrollers, microcontroller units, controllers, Digital Signal Processors (DSPs), Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs), Programmable Logic Arrays (PLAs), Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs)), state machine circuitry, firmware that stores instructions executed by programmable circuitry, and any combination thereof. The control circuitry may be collectively or individually embodied as circuitry forming part of a larger system, such as an Integrated Circuit (IC), an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), a system on a chip (SoC), a desktop computer, a laptop computer, a tablet computer, a server, a smartphone, or the like. Thus, as used herein, "control circuitry" includes, but is not limited to, electronic circuitry having at least one discrete circuit, electronic circuitry having at least one integrated circuit, electronic circuitry having at least one application specific integrated circuit, electronic circuitry forming a general purpose computing device configured by a computer program (e.g., a general purpose computer configured by a computer program that implements, at least in part, the methods and/or apparatus described herein, or a microprocessor configured by a computer program that implements, at least in part, the methods and/or apparatus described herein), electronic circuitry forming memory means (e.g., forming random access memory), and/or electronic circuitry forming communication means (e.g., a modem, a communication switch, or an optoelectronic device). Those skilled in the art will recognize that the subject matter described herein may be implemented in an analog or digital fashion, or some combination thereof.

As used in any aspect herein, the term "logic" may refer to an application, software, firmware, and/or circuitry configured to be capable of performing any of the foregoing operations. The software may be embodied as a software package, code, instructions, instruction sets, and/or data recorded on a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. Firmware may be embodied as code, instructions or instruction sets and/or data that are hard-coded (e.g., non-volatile) in a memory device.

As used in any aspect herein, the terms "device," "system," "module," and the like can refer to a computer-related entity, either hardware, a combination of hardware and software, or software in execution.

An "algorithm," as used in any aspect herein, is a self-consistent sequence of steps leading to a desired result, wherein "step" refers to the manipulation of physical quantities and/or logical states which may (but are not necessarily) take the form of electrical or magnetic signals capable of being stored, transferred, combined, compared, and otherwise manipulated. And are used to refer to these signals as bits, values, elements, symbols, characters, terms, numbers, or the like. These and similar terms may be associated with the appropriate physical quantities and are merely convenient labels applied to these quantities and/or conditions.

The network may comprise a packet switched network. The communication devices may be capable of communicating with each other using the selected packet switched network communication protocol. One exemplary communication protocol may include an ethernet communication protocol that may allow communication using the transmission control protocol/internet protocol (TCP/IP). The ethernet protocol may conform to or be compatible with the ethernet standard entitled "IEEE 802.3 standard" promulgated by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) at 12 months 2008 and/or higher versions of this standard. Alternatively or additionally, the communication devices may be capable of communicating with each other using an x.25 communication protocol. The x.25 communication protocol may conform to or conform to standards promulgated by the international telecommunication union, telecommunication standardization sector (ITU-T). Alternatively or additionally, the communication devices may be capable of communicating with each other using a frame relay communication protocol. The frame relay communication protocol may conform to or conform to standards promulgated by the international committee for telephone and telephone negotiations (CCITT) and/or the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). Alternatively or additionally, the transceivers may be capable of communicating with each other using an Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) communication protocol. The ATM communication protocol may conform to or be compatible with the ATM standard entitled "ATM-MPLS network interworking 2.0" promulgated by the ATM forum at 8 months 2001 and/or higher versions of that standard. Of course, different and/or later-developed connection-oriented network communication protocols are also contemplated herein.

Unless specifically stated otherwise as apparent from the above discussion, it is appreciated that throughout the above disclosure, discussions utilizing terms such as "processing," "computing," "calculating," "determining," "displaying" or the like, refer to the action and processes of a computer system, or similar electronic computing device, that manipulates and transforms data represented as physical (electronic) quantities within the computer system's registers and memories into other data similarly represented as physical quantities within the computer system memories or registers or other such information storage, transmission or display devices.

One or more components may be referred to herein as "configured to be able," "configurable to be able," "operable/operable," "adapted/adaptable," "able," "conformable/conformal," or the like. Those skilled in the art will recognize that "configured to be able to" may generally encompass components in an active state and/or components in an inactive state and/or components in a standby state unless the context indicates otherwise.

The terms "proximal" and "distal" are used herein with respect to a clinician manipulating a handle portion of a surgical instrument. The term "proximal" refers to the portion closest to the clinician and the term "distal" refers to the portion located away from the clinician. It will be further appreciated that for simplicity and clarity, spatial terms such as "vertical," "horizontal," "up," and "down" may be used herein with respect to the drawings. However, surgical instruments are used in many orientations and positions, and these terms are not intended to be limiting and/or absolute.

Those skilled in the art will recognize that, in general, terms used herein, and especially in the appended claims (e.g., bodies of the appended claims) are generally intended as "open" terms (e.g., the term "including" should be interpreted as "including but not limited to," the term "having" should be interpreted as "having at least," the term "includes" should be interpreted as "includes but is not limited to," etc.). It will be further understood by those within the art that if a specific number of an introduced claim recitation is intended, such an intent will be explicitly recited in the claim, and in the absence of such recitation no such intent is present. For example, as an aid to understanding, the following appended claims may contain usage of the introductory phrases "at least one" and "one or more" to introduce claims. However, the use of such phrases should not be construed to imply that the introduction of a claim recitation by the indefinite articles "a" or "an" limits any particular claim containing such introduced claim recitation to claims containing only one such recitation, even when the same claim includes the introductory phrases "one or more" or "at least one" and indefinite articles such as "a" or "an" (e.g., "a" and/or "an" should typically be interpreted to mean "at least one" or "one or more"); this also applies to the use of definite articles used to introduce claim recitations.

In addition, even if a specific number of an introduced claim recitation is explicitly recited, those skilled in the art will recognize that such recitation should typically be interpreted to mean at least the recited number (e.g., the bare recitation of "two recitations," without other modifiers, typically means at least two recitations, or two or more recitations). Further, in those instances where a convention analogous to "at least one of A, B and C, etc." is used, in general such a construction is intended to have a meaning that one of ordinary skill in the art would understand the convention (e.g., "a system having at least one of A, B and C" would include, but not be limited to, systems having a alone, B alone, C, A and B together alone, a and C together, B and C together, and/or A, B and C together, etc.). In those instances where a convention analogous to "A, B or at least one of C, etc." is used, in general such a construction is intended to have a meaning that one of skill in the art would understand the convention (e.g., "a system having at least one of A, B or C" would include but not be limited to systems having a alone, B alone, C, A and B together alone, a and C together, B and C together, and/or A, B and C together, etc.). It will also be understood by those within the art that, in general, disjunctive words and/or phrases having two or more alternative terms, whether appearing in the detailed description, claims, or drawings, should be understood to encompass the possibility of including one of the terms, either of the terms, or both terms, unless the context indicates otherwise. For example, the phrase "a or B" will generally be understood to include the possibility of "a" or "B" or "a and B".

Those skilled in the art will appreciate from the appended claims that the operations recited therein may generally be performed in any order. In addition, while the various operational flow diagrams are listed in sequence(s), it should be understood that the various operations may be performed in other sequences than the illustrated sequences, or may be performed concurrently. Examples of such alternative orderings may include overlapping, interleaved, interrupted, reordered, incremental, preliminary, complementary, simultaneous, reverse, or other altered orderings, unless context dictates otherwise. Furthermore, unless the context dictates otherwise, terms like "responsive," "related," or other past adjectives are generally not intended to exclude such variations.

It is worthy to note that any reference to "an aspect," "an example" means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the aspect is included in at least one aspect. Thus, the appearances of the phrases "in one aspect," "in an example" in various places throughout this specification are not necessarily all referring to the same aspect. Furthermore, the particular features, structures, or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more aspects.

Any patent applications, patents, non-patent publications or other published materials mentioned in this specification and/or listed in any application data sheet are herein incorporated by reference, to the extent that the incorporated materials are not inconsistent herewith. Thus, and to the extent necessary, the disclosure as explicitly set forth herein supersedes any conflicting material incorporated herein by reference. Any material, or portion thereof, that is said to be incorporated by reference herein, but which conflicts with existing definitions, statements, or other disclosure material set forth herein will only be incorporated to the extent that no conflict arises between that incorporated material and the existing disclosure material.

In summary, a number of benefits resulting from employing the concepts described herein have been described. The foregoing detailed description of one or more forms has been presented for purposes of illustration and description. It is not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise form disclosed. Modifications or variations are possible in light of the above teachings. The form or forms selected and described are to be illustrative of the principles and practical applications to thereby enable one of ordinary skill in the art to utilize the form or forms and various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated. The claims as filed herewith are intended to define the full scope.

Claims

1. A method for evacuating particles from a surgical site, the method comprising:

communicatively connecting a particle extraction module with a surgical hub, wherein the surgical hub comprises a surgical hub housing, and wherein the particle extraction module is configured to be housed within the surgical hub housing;

removing particles from the surgical site and entering the particles into the particle evacuation module;

analyzing the removed particles; and

modifying operation of the particle extraction module based on the analysis of the removed particles.

2. The method of claim 1, further comprising attaching a generator module to the surgical hub housing.

3. The method of claim 2, further comprising communicatively connecting the generator module with the particle extraction module.

4. The method of claim 2, further comprising connecting the generator module to at least one of a monopolar device, a bipolar device, and an ultrasound device.

5. The method of claim 2, further comprising modifying operation of the generator module based on the analysis of the removed particles.

6. The method of claim 2, wherein the generator module comprises a plurality of sub-generator modules, and wherein the surgical hub is configured to facilitate communication between the sub-generator modules to allow the sub-generator modules to function as a single generator module.

7. The method of claim 1, wherein the particulate extraction module comprises a fluid line, and wherein an end of the fluid line terminates within the surgical hub housing.

8. A method for evacuating particles from a surgical site, the method comprising:

connecting a particle extraction module with a surgical hub, wherein the surgical hub comprises a surgical hub housing, and wherein the particle extraction module is configured to be housed within the surgical hub housing;

activating a surgical instrument within the surgical site;

aspirating particles from the surgical site into the particle evacuation module;

analyzing the particles; and

modifying an operating parameter of the particle extraction module based on the analysis of the particles.

9. The method of claim 8, wherein the surgical instrument comprises at least one of a monopolar device, a bipolar device, and an ultrasonic device.

10. The method of claim 8, further comprising attaching a generator module to the surgical hub housing.

11. The method of claim 10, further comprising communicatively connecting the generator module with a smoke evacuation module.

12. The method of claim 10, further comprising connecting the generator module to at least one of a monopolar device, a bipolar device, and an ultrasound device.

13. The method of claim 10, further comprising modifying operation of the generator module based on the analysis of the particles.

14. The method of claim 10, wherein the generator module comprises a plurality of sub-generator modules, and wherein the surgical hub is configured to facilitate communication between the sub-generator modules to allow the sub-generator modules to function as a single generator module.

15. A method for evacuating smoke from a surgical site, the method comprising:

connecting a smoke evacuation module with a surgical hub, wherein the surgical hub comprises a surgical hub housing, and wherein the smoke evacuation module is configured to be housed within the surgical hub housing;

inserting components of the smoke evacuation module into the surgical site;

removing smoke from the surgical site;

analyzing the removed smoke; and

modifying operation of the smoke evacuation module based on the analysis of the removed smoke.

16. The method of claim 15, further comprising attaching a generator module to the surgical hub housing.

17. The method of claim 16, further comprising connecting the generator module with the smoke evacuation module.

18. The method of claim 16, further comprising connecting the generator module to at least one of a monopolar device, a bipolar device, and an ultrasound device.

19. The method of claim 16, further comprising modifying operation of the generator module based on the analysis of the removed smoke.

20. The method of claim 16, wherein the generator module comprises a plurality of sub-generator modules, and wherein the surgical hub is configured to facilitate communication between the sub-generator modules to allow the sub-generator modules to function as a single generator module.